Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

the time to act is near at hand

Толкование Перевод

1 приближается время действовать

Makarov: the time to act is near at hand, time to act is near at hand

Универсальный русско-английский словарь > приближается время действовать
2 dabei

Adv.

1. with it; (nahe) near-by, close by; ein Haus mit Garten dabei a house with a garden; dabei sein (anwesend sein) be there; (teilnehmen) take part (in it); (mit ansehen) see it; darf ich dabei sein? can I come too?; (teilnehmen) can I join in?; ich bin dabei! (you can) count me in!, I’m game!; er muss immer dabei sein he’s got to be in on everything; ist ein Brief für mich dabei? is there a letter for me there?; es war ziemlich viel Glück dabei I was etc. pretty lucky there; ein bisschen Risiko ist immer dabei there’s always an element of risk

2. (im Begriff): dabei, etw. zu tun just doing s.th., in the middle of doing s.th.; (kurz davor) about ( oder going) to do s.th., on the point of doing s.th.; ich war gerade dabei zu packen I was just packing; tu das endlich! - ja, ja, ich bin ja schon dabei! umg. alright, alright, I’m doing it!

3. (gleichzeitig) at the same time, while doing so; sie strickt und liest dabei she knits and reads at the same time; er aß und sah mich dabei fragend an while he ate, he gave me a questioning look

4. (überdies) besides, what is more; sie ist hübsch und dabei auch noch klug auch she’s attractive and intelligent into the bargain (Am. intelligent to boot)

5. (dennoch) nevertheless, yet, for all that, at the same time; und dabei ist er doch schon alt and he’s an old man, after all; er ist streng und dabei sehr fair he’s strict but very fair

6. (obwohl) although, even though; er schenkte es mir, dabei hatte ich es gar nicht verlangt he gave it to me although I hadn’t even asked for it; jetzt schreibt sie immer noch, dabei könnte sie schon längst fertig sein she’s still writing, even though she could have been finished ages ago; dabei hätten wir gewinnen können to think we could have won; dabei macht man sich gar keinen Begriff, wie schwierig es ist but people have no idea how hard it is; sie suchte danach, dabei hatte er ihn in der Hand she was looking for it and he had it in his hand all the time

7. (bei dieser Gelegenheit) on the occasion, then; (während) while, in the process; (dadurch) as a result; jemanden dabei ertappen oder erwischen, wie er... catch s.o. red-handed as he...; dabei kam es zu einer heftigen Auseinandersetzung this gave rise to ( oder resulted in) a heated argument; dabei fällt mir ein:... talking of which:...; alle dabei entstehenden Kosten all resulting costs; man könnte verrückt werden dabei it’s enough to drive you mad

8. (bei dieser Handlung, Angelegenheit) about it; das Schwierige dabei ist,... the difficult thing about it is...; es kommt nichts dabei heraus umg. it’s no use, it’s not worth it; dabei dürfen wir nicht vergessen here we must not forget; mir ist gar nicht wohl dabei I don’t feel too good about it; ich dachte mir nichts Böses dabei I meant no harm; ich dachte mir nichts dabei (zu + Inf.) I thought nothing of it (of + Ger.); (bei einer Bemerkung) I didn’t mean anything by it; was hast du dir eigentlich dabei gedacht? what on earth made you do ( oder say etc.) that?; weitS. whatever possessed you?; ich finde nichts dabei I don’t see any harm in it; was ist schon dabei? umg. so what?; was ist schon dabei, wenn...? what difference does it make if...?, what harm does it do if...?; da ist doch nichts dabei umg. (ist nicht schwer) that’s child’s play, there’s nothing to it; (ist nicht bedenklich) it’s nothing to worry about; (schadet nichts) it can’t do any harm; (ist nicht gefährlich) it’s perfectly safe

9. abschließend: ich bleibe dabei I’m not changing my mind; und ich bleibe dabei, in X ist es am schönsten I’m still convinced X is the most beautiful place in the world; du kommst mit, und dabei bleibt’s umg. you’re coming with us, and that’s that; dabei blieb’s umg. (and) that was the end of that; lassen wir es dabei let’s leave it at that

* * *

by; thereby; with it

* * *
da|bei [da'bai] (emph) ['daːbai]
adv

1) (örtlich) with it; (bei Gruppe von Menschen, Dingen) there

ein Häuschen mit einem Garten dabéí — a little house with a garden (attached to it or attached)

ist die Lösung dabéí? — is the solution given (there)?

nahe dabéí — nearby

2) (zeitlich) (= gleichzeitig) at the same time; (= währenddessen, wodurch) in the course of this

er aß weiter und blätterte dabéí in dem Buch — he went on eating, leafing through the book as he did so or at the same time

warum arbeiten Sie im Stehen? Sie können doch auch dabéí sitzen — why are you working standing up? you can sit down while you're doing it

dabéí wurden drei Kinder verletzt —

... orkanartige Winde dabéí kam es zu schweren Schäden —... gale-force winds, which have resulted in serious damage

3) (= außerdem) as well, into the bargain (inf), with it (inf)

sie ist schön und dabéí auch noch klug — she's pretty, and clever as well

4) (wenn, während man etw tut) in the process; ertappen, erwischen at it

er wollte helfen und wurde dabéí selbst verletzt — he wanted to help and got injured in the process or (in) doing so or while he was about it (inf)

du warst bei einem Jugendtreffen? hast du denn dabéí etwas gelernt? — you were at a youth meeting? did you learn anything there or from it?

dabéí darf man nicht vergessen, dass... — it shouldn't be forgotten that...; (Einschränkung eines Arguments) it should not be forgotten here that...

die dabéí entstehenden Kosten — the expenses arising from this/that

als er das tat, hat er dabéí... — when he did that he...

wenn man das tut, muss man dabéí... — when you do that you have to...

wir haben ihn dabéí ertappt, wie er über den Zaun stieg — we caught him in the act of climbing over the fence

5)

(= in dieser Angelegenheit) das Schwierigste dabéí — the most difficult part of it

wichtig dabéí ist... — the important thing here or about it is...

mir ist nicht ganz wohl dabéí — I don't really feel happy about it

dabéí kann man viel Geld verdienen — there's a lot of money in that

er hat dabéí einen Fehler gemacht — he's made a mistake

sie hat sich dabéí sehr dumm benommen — she behaved very stupidly

es kommt doch nichts dabéí heraus — nothing will come of it

6) (einräumend = doch) (and) yet

er hat mich geschlagen, dabéí hatte ich gar nichts gemacht — he hit me and I hadn't even done anything or and yet I hadn't done anything

ich habe fünf Stück gegessen, dabéí hatte ich gar keinen Hunger — I've eaten five pieces, and I wasn't even hungry

7)

du gehst sofort nach Hause, und dabéí bleibt es! — you're going straight home and that's that or that's the end of it!

es bleibt dabéí, dass ihr morgen alle mitkommt — we'll stick to that or keep it like that, you're all coming tomorrow

ich bleibe dabéí — I'm not changing my mind

er bleibt dabéí, dass er es nicht gewesen ist — he still insists that he didn't do it, he's still sticking to his guns that he didn't do it

aber dabéí sollte es nicht bleiben — but it shouldn't stop there or at that

lassen wir es dabéí — let's leave it at that!

was ist schon dabéí? — so what? (inf), what of it? (inf)

was ist schon dabéí, wenn man das tut? — what harm is there in doing that?

ich finde gar nichts dabéí — I don't see any harm in it

nimm meine Bemerkung nicht so ernst, ich habe mir nichts dabéí gedacht — don't take my remark so seriously, I didn't mean anything by it

ich habe mir nichts dabéí gedacht, als ich den Mann aus der Bank kommen sah — I didn't think anything of it when I saw the man coming out of the bank

was hast du dir denn dabéí gedacht? — what were you thinking of?

dabéí kann er sich nicht viel gedacht haben — he can't have thought about it much

* * *

(near: They stood by and watched.) by

* * *

da·bei

[daˈbai]

adv

1. (dazugehörend) with it

ein kleines Häuschen mit einem Garten \dabei a little house with a garden

[bei etw dat] \dabei sein to be included [in sth]; (als Anlage) to be enclosed [in sth]

die Rechnung war nicht \dabei the bill was not enclosed

war bei dem Muster ein Brief \dabei? did the sample come with a letter?

ist der Salat bei dem Gericht \dabei? is the salad included in the meal?

ist bei dem Gericht ein Salat \dabei? does the meal come with a salad?, is there a salad with the meal?

2. (in der Nähe)

direkt/nahe \dabei right next/near to it

3. (anwesend, beteiligt) there

[bei etw dat] \dabei sein to be there [at sth]; (mitmachen) to take part [in sth]

er war bei dem Treffen \dabei he was there at the meeting

ich bin \dabei! count me in!

sie kennt sich im Betrieb noch nicht so gut aus, sie ist erst seit einem Monat \dabei she is not familiar with the company yet, she's only been working there for a month

4. (im Verlauf davon) during [or in the course of] which; (als Folge davon) as a result

es kam zu einem Massenandrang, \dabei wurden viele Menschen verletzt there was a crush, in the course of which many people were injured

es goss in Strömen, \dabei kam es zu zahlreichen Unfällen it was pouring down with rain, which resulted in a lot of accidents

5. (bei dieser Verrichtung) in doing so; (währenddessen) while doing so

Arbeit am Computer? aber \dabei muss man doch immer so viel tippen! working on the computer? but that involves so much typing!

er half den Opfern und wurde \dabei selbst verletzt he helped the victims and in doing so got injured himself

wir haben ihn \dabei ertappt, wie er über den Zaun stieg we caught him [while he was] climbing over the fence

jdm \dabei helfen, etw zu tun to help sb doing sth

6. (daraus resultierend) as a result

die \dabei entstehenden Kosten sind sehr hoch the resulting costs are very high

7. (gleichzeitig) at the same time; einräumend (doch) but; (außerdem)

und \dabei auch noch and what's more, besides

sie ist schön und \dabei auch noch intelligent she is beautiful and what's more [or besides] clever [or BRIT and clever to boot]

sie las und hörte \dabei Radio she was reading and listening to the radio at the same time

sie ist flink, \dabei aber [auch] sehr umsichtig she's quick but very cautious

8. (und das obwohl) even though

er hat die Prüfung nicht bestanden, \dabei hat er so fleißig gelernt he failed the exam, although he had studied so hard

9. (damit beschäftigt)

[gerade] \dabei sein, etw zu tun to be [just] doing sth

10. (an dieser Sache)

das Dumme/Schöne \dabei ist, dass... the stupid/good thing about it is that...

interessant/wichtig \dabei ist, dass/ob/wie... the interesting/important thing about it is that/whether/how...

11. (bei dieser Sache) by it; (damit) through it

das Geschäft ist riskant, \dabei kann man aber reich werden it's a risky business but it can make you rich

nimm meine Bemerkung nicht so ernst, ich habe mir nichts \dabei gedacht don't take my remark so seriously, I didn't mean anything by it

was hast du dir denn \dabei gedacht? what were you thinking of?

ich habe kein gutes Gefühl \dabei I don't feel happy about it

nichts \dabei finden, etw zu tun/wenn jd etw tut to not see the harm in doing sth/in sb doing sth

12. (fam: auszusetzen, problematisch)

es ist nichts \dabei, wenn man/jd etw tut there is no harm in one/sb doing sth

da ist [doch] nichts \dabei (nicht schwierig) there's nothing to it; (nicht schlimm) there's no harm in it

was ist schon \dabei? so what?

13. (wie gesagt) s. belassen 1, bleiben 8, lassen I. 6

* * *

Adverb

1) with it/him/her/them

eine Tankstelle mit einer Werkstatt dabei — a filling station with its own workshop [attached]

nahe dabei — near it; close by

dabei sein — (anwesend sein) be there; be present ( bei at); (teilnehmen) take part ( bei in)

Dabeisein ist alles — it's taking part that counts

2) (währenddessen) at the same time; (bei diesem Anlass) then; on that occasion

die dabei entstehenden Kosten — the expense involved

er ist dabei gesehen worden, wie er das Geld nahm — he was seen [in the act of] taking the money

ein Unfall - dabei gab es zwei Tote — an accident - two people were killed [in it]

er suchte nach dem Brief, dabei hatte er ihn in der Hand — he was looking for the letter and all the time he had it in his hand

[gerade] dabei sein, etwas zu tun — be just doing something

3) (außerdem)

dabei [auch] — what is more

er ist sehr beschäftigt, aber dabei (dennoch) immer freundlich — he is very busy but even so always friendly

4) (hinsichtlich dessen)

ich fühle mich gar nicht wohl dabei — I'm not at all happy about it

was hast du dir denn dabei gedacht? — what were you thinking of?; what came over you?

er hat sich nichts dabei gedacht — he saw no harm in it

5)

da ist doch nichts dabei! — there's really no harm in it!; (es ist nicht schwierig) there's nothing to it!; s. auch bleiben 1)

* * *

dabei adv

1. with it; (nahe) near-by, close by;

ein Haus mit Garten dabei a house with a garden;

dabei sein (anwesend sein) be there; (teilnehmen) take part (in it); (mit ansehen) see it;

darf ich dabei sein? can I come too?; (teilnehmen) can I join in?;

ich bin dabei! (you can) count me in!, I’m game!;

er muss immer dabei sein he’s got to be in on everything;

ist ein Brief für mich dabei? is there a letter for me there?;

es war ziemlich viel Glück dabei I was etc pretty lucky there;

ein bisschen Risiko ist immer dabei there’s always an element of risk

2. (im Begriff):

dabei, etwas zu tun just doing sth, in the middle of doing sth; (kurz davor) about ( oder going) to do sth, on the point of doing sth;

ich war gerade dabei zu packen I was just packing;

tu das endlich! -

ja, ja, ich bin ja schon dabei! umg alright, alright, I’m doing it!

3. (gleichzeitig) at the same time, while doing so;

sie strickt und liest dabei she knits and reads at the same time;

er aß und sah mich dabei fragend an while he ate, he gave me a questioning look

4. (überdies) besides, what is more;

sie ist hübsch und dabei auch noch klug auch she’s attractive and intelligent into the bargain (US intelligent to boot)

5. (dennoch) nevertheless, yet, for all that, at the same time;

und dabei ist er doch schon alt and he’s an old man, after all;

er ist streng und dabei sehr fair he’s strict but very fair

6. (obwohl) although, even though;

er schenkte es mir, dabei hatte ich es gar nicht verlangt he gave it to me although I hadn’t even asked for it;

jetzt schreibt sie immer noch, dabei könnte sie schon längst fertig sein she’s still writing, even though she could have been finished ages ago;

dabei hätten wir gewinnen können to think we could have won;

dabei macht man sich gar keinen Begriff, wie schwierig es ist but people have no idea how hard it is;

sie suchte danach, dabei hatte er ihn in der Hand she was looking for it and he had it in his hand all the time

7. (bei dieser Gelegenheit) on the occasion, then; (während) while, in the process; (dadurch) as a result;

jemanden dabei ertappen oder

erwischen, wie er … catch sb red-handed as he …;

dabei kam es zu einer heftigen Auseinandersetzung this gave rise to ( oder resulted in) a heated argument;

dabei fällt mir ein: … talking of which: …;

alle dabei entstehenden Kosten all resulting costs;

man könnte verrückt werden dabei it’s enough to drive you mad

8. (bei dieser Handlung, Angelegenheit) about it;

das Schwierige dabei ist, … the difficult thing about it is …;

es kommt nichts dabei heraus umg it’s no use, it’s not worth it;

dabei dürfen wir nicht vergessen here we must not forget;

mir ist gar nicht wohl dabei I don’t feel too good about it;

ich dachte mir nichts Böses dabei I meant no harm;

ich dachte mir nichts dabei (

zu +inf) I thought nothing of it (of +ger); (bei einer Bemerkung) I didn’t mean anything by it;

was hast du dir eigentlich dabei gedacht? what on earth made you do ( oder say etc) that?; weitS. whatever possessed you?;

ich finde nichts dabei I don’t see any harm in it;

was ist schon dabei? umg so what?;

was ist schon dabei, wenn …? what difference does it make if …?, what harm does it do if …?;

da ist doch nichts dabei umg (ist nicht schwer) that’s child’s play, there’s nothing to it; (ist nicht bedenklich) it’s nothing to worry about; (schadet nichts) it can’t do any harm; (ist nicht gefährlich) it’s perfectly safe

9. abschließend:

ich bleibe dabei I’m not changing my mind;

und ich bleibe dabei, in X ist es am schönsten I’m still convinced X is the most beautiful place in the world;

du kommst mit, und dabei bleibt’s umg you’re coming with us, and that’s that;

dabei blieb’s umg (and) that was the end of that;

lassen wir es dabei let’s leave it at that

* * *

Adverb

1) with it/him/her/them

eine Tankstelle mit einer Werkstatt dabei — a filling station with its own workshop [attached]

nahe dabei — near it; close by

dabei sein — (anwesend sein) be there; be present ( bei at); (teilnehmen) take part ( bei in)

Dabeisein ist alles — it's taking part that counts

2) (währenddessen) at the same time; (bei diesem Anlass) then; on that occasion

die dabei entstehenden Kosten — the expense involved

er ist dabei gesehen worden, wie er das Geld nahm — he was seen [in the act of] taking the money

ein Unfall - dabei gab es zwei Tote — an accident - two people were killed [in it]

er suchte nach dem Brief, dabei hatte er ihn in der Hand — he was looking for the letter and all the time he had it in his hand

[gerade] dabei sein, etwas zu tun — be just doing something

3) (außerdem)

dabei [auch] — what is more

er ist sehr beschäftigt, aber dabei (dennoch) immer freundlich — he is very busy but even so always friendly

4) (hinsichtlich dessen)

ich fühle mich gar nicht wohl dabei — I'm not at all happy about it

was hast du dir denn dabei gedacht? — what were you thinking of?; what came over you?

er hat sich nichts dabei gedacht — he saw no harm in it

5)

da ist doch nichts dabei! — there's really no harm in it!; (es ist nicht schwierig) there's nothing to it!; s. auch bleiben 1)

* * *

adv.

thereby adv.

withal adv. präp.

near by prep.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > dabei
3 Н-236

НА НОСУ coll PrepP Invar subj-compl with бытье ( subj: usu. abstr)) sth. will happen (ensue etc) in the immediate future, very soon
X на носу - X is just (right) around the corner
X is close (near) at hand X is almost here X is (almost) on top of us (upon us) X is coming (up) itfs almost (time for) X.
«Нам надо, чтобы кузница сейчас дымила. Посевная на носу...» (Абрамов 1). "We need the smithy smoking away right now. The crop-sowing campaign is just around the corner" (1a).

«Праздник на носу, жена велела продуктов купить» (Войнович 5). "The holiday's almost here and my wife wants me to do some shopping for her" (5a).

Лопахин:) И вишневый сад и землю необходимо отдать в аренду под дачи, сделать это теперь же, поскорее, - аукцион на носу! (Чехов 2). (L.:) The cherry orchard and the rest of the land must be leased out for summer cottages. You must act at once, without delay, the auction's almost on top of us (2c).

(Сильва:) Да-да, надо ехать. У нас ведь там эта... сессия на носу (Вампилов 4). (S:) Yes-yes, we have to leave. We've got those uh.. exams coming up (4b).

Незадолго до ареста, услыхав, что О. М(андельштам) ведет вольные разговоры с какими-то посторонними людьми, я напомнила: «Май на носу - ты бы поосторожнее!» (Мандельштам 1). Not long before his arrest, hearing M(andelstam) talk rather carelessly with some people we did not know, I said to him: "You'd better watch out - it's almost May!" (1a)

Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > Н-236
4 на носу

• НА НОСУ coll

[PrepP; Invar; subj-compl with быть (subj: usu. abstr)]

=====

⇒ sth. will happen (ensue etc) in the immediate future, very soon:

- X на носу≈ X is just (right) around the corner;

- X is close (near) at hand;

- X is almost here;

- X is (almost) on top of us (upon us);

- X is coming (up);

- it's almost (time for) X.

     ♦ "Нам надо, чтобы кузница сейчас дымила. Посевная на носу..." (Абрамов 1). "We need the smithy smoking away right now. The crop-sowing campaign is just around the corner" (1a).

     ♦ "Праздник на носу, жена велела продуктов купить" (Войнович 5). "The holiday's almost here and my wife wants me to do some shopping for her" (5a).

     ♦ [Лопахин:] И вишневый сад и землю необходимо отдать в аренду под дачи, сделать это теперь же, поскорее, - аукцион на носу! (Чехов 2). [L.:] The cherry orchard and the rest of the land must be leased out for summer cottages. You must act at once, without delay, the auction's almost on top of us (2c).

     ♦ [Сильва:] Да-да, надо ехать. У нас ведь там эта... сессия на носу (Вампилов 4). [S:] Yes-yes, we have to leave. We've got those uh.. exams coming up (4b).

     ♦ Незадолго до ареста, услыхав, что О. М[андельштам] ведет вольные разговоры с какими-то посторонними людьми, я напомнила: "Май на носу - ты бы поосторожнее!" (Мандельштам 1). Not long before his arrest, hearing M[andelstam] talk rather carelessly with some people we did not know, I said to him: "You'd better watch out - it's almost May!" (1a)

Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > на носу
5 por

prep.

1 because of (causa).

por mí no te preocupes don't worry about me

¿por qué? why?

¿por qué lo dijo? why did she say it?

¿por qué no vienes? why don't you come?

¿por? (informal) why?

se enfadó por tu comportamiento she got angry because of your behavior

lo hizo por amor he did it out of o for love

2 (in order) to.

lo hizo por complacerte he did it to please you

lo hice por ella I did it for her

3 by (medio, modo, agente).

por mensajero/fax/teléfono by courier/fax/telephone

estuvimos hablando por teléfono we were talking on the phone

por escrito in writing

lo cogieron por el brazo they took him by the arm

el récord fue batido por el atleta the record was broken by the athlete

4 through.

vamos por aquí/allí let's go this/that way

iba paseando por el bosque/la calle she was walking through the forest/along the street

pasar por la aduana to go through customs

5 for (a cambio de, en lugar de).

lo ha comprado por poco dinero she bought it for very little

cambió el coche por la moto he exchanged his car for a motorbike

él lo hará por mí he'll do it for me

6 per.

80 céntimos por unidad 80 cents each

mil unidades por semana a thousand units a o per week

uno por uno one by one

20 kms por hora 20 km an o per hour

7 for.

baja por tabaco go down to the shops for some cigarettes, go down to get some cigarettes

a por for

vino a por las entradas she came for the tickets

8 times, multiplied by.

* * *

por

► preposición

1 (gen) for

■ lo hice por ti I did it for you

■ lo compré por dos euros I bought it for two euros

2 (a través de) through, by

■ entra por la puerta trasera come in by the back door

■ pasamos por Valladolid we went through Valladolid

■ iremos por la autopista we'll go on the motorway

3 (calle, carretera) along, down, up

■ íbamos por la calle cuando... we were walking along the street when...

■ subí por la Calle Jovellanos I went up Jovellanos Street

4 (lugar aproximado) in, near, round

■ anda por el edificio he's somewhere in the building

■ está por la Plaza Mayor it's somewhere near the Plaza Mayor

■ está por aquí it's somewhere round here

5 (causa) because of

■ las plantas han muerto por el frío the plants have died because of the cold

■ suspendieron el concierto por la lluvia they cancelled the concert because of the rain

6 (tiempo) at, for

■ nos veremos por vacaciones I'll see you during the holidays

7 (medio) by

■ lo enviaré por avión I'll send it by air

■ está hablando por teléfono he's on the phone

■ llegó por correo it arrived by post

8 (autoría) by

■ fue escrito por Azorín it was written by Azorín

9 (distribución) per

■ cinco por ciento five per cent

■ tocamos a dieciocho euros por persona it works out at eighteen euros per person

■ iba a veinte kilómetros por hora it was going at twenty kilometres an hour

10 (tras) by

■ registraron la cárcel celda por celda they searched the prison cell by cell

■ les interrogó uno por uno he interrogated each one in turn

11 (con pasiva) by

■ fue comprado por la reina it was bought by the queen

12 (a favor de) for, in favour of, US in favor of

■ estoy por una amnistía general I'm in favour of a general amnesty

13 (en calidad de) as

■ la tomó por esposa he took her as his wife

14 (en lugar de) instead of, in the place of

■ ve tú por mi you go in my place

15 (multiplicado por) times, multiplied by

■ tres por cuatro, doce three fours are twelve, three times four is twelve

16 por adjective que no matter how adjective

■ por caro que sea, lo voy a comprar no matter how expensive it is I'm going to buy it

■ por viejo que parezca funciona even though it looks old, it still works

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

estar por + inf (a punto de) to be on the point of + - ing

estar por hacer to remain to be done, not to have been done yet

por aquí around here

por lo tanto therefore

por lo visto apparently

por más que + subjuntivo however much, no matter how much

por mucho que + subjuntivo however much, no matter how much

por mí as far as I am concerned

¿por qué? why?

por supuesto of course

por tanto therefore, so

* * *

prep.

1) for

2) during

3) by

4) through

5) along

6) around

7) per

8) from

9) because of

10) instead of

•

- ¿por qué?

- por si acaso

* * *

PREPOSICIÓN

1) [causa]

a) + sustantivo because of

tuvo que suspenderse por el mal tiempo — it had to be cancelled because of the weather

no se realizó por escasez de fondos — it didn't go ahead because of a shortage of funding

• nos encontramos por casualidad — we met by chance

• lo hago por gusto — I do it because I like to

• fue por necesidad — it was out of necessity

• por temor a — for fear of

no se lo dijo por temor a ofenderla — he didn't tell her for fear of offending her

b) + infin

no aprobó por no haber estudiado — he didn't pass because he hadn't studied

por venir tarde se perdió la mitad — because he arrived late he missed half of it

me castigaron por mentir — I was punished for lying

c) + adj

le expulsaron por revoltoso — they expelled him for being a troublemaker

lo dejó por imposible — he gave it up as (being) impossible

esto te pasa por tonto — this is what you get for being stupid

2) [objetivo]

a) + sustantivo for

trabajar por dinero — to work for money

daría lo que fuera por un poco de tranquilidad — I'd give anything for a bit of peace and quiet

brindemos por nuestro futuro — let's drink to our future

b) + infin

lo hizo por complacerle — he did it to please her

por no llegar tarde — so as not to arrive late, in order not to be late

hablar por hablar — to talk for the sake of talking

3) (=en favor, defensa de) for

lo hice por mis padres — I did it for my parents

hazlo por mí — do it for me, do it for my sake

luchar por la patria — to fight for one's country

4) [elección]

su amor por la pintura — his love of painting

está loca por ti — she's crazy about you

no sabía por cuál decidirme — I couldn't decide which to choose

5) [evidencia] judging by, judging from

por lo que dicen — judging by o from what they say

por la cara que pone no debe de gustarle — judging by o from his face I don't think he likes it

por las señas no piensa hacerlo — apparently he's not intending to do it, it doesn't seem like he's intending to do it

6) [medio]

por su propia mano — by his own hand

lo obtuve por un amigo — I got it through a friend

la conozco por mi hermano — I know her through my brother

• por correo — by post

• por mar — by sea

• hablar por señas — to use sign language

7) [agente] by

hecho por él — done by him

"dirigido por" — "directed by"

fueron apresados por la policía — they were captured by the police

8) [modo] by

me agarró por el brazo — he grabbed me by the arm

punto por punto — point by point

buscaron casa por casa — they searched house by house

están dispuestos por tamaños — they are arranged according to size o by size

• por orden alfabético — in alphabetical order

9) [lugar]

se va por ahí — it's that way

¿por dónde? — which way?

ir a Bilbao por Santander — to go to Bilbao via Santander

cruzar la frontera por Canfranc — to cross the border at Canfranc

pasar por Madrid — to go through Madrid

se asomaron por la ventana — they leaned out of the window

iban cantando por la calle — they were walking along the street singing

paseábamos por la playa — we were walking along the beach

por todas partes — everywhere

por todo el país — throughout the country

viajar por el mundo — to travel (around) the world

10) [aproximación]

busca por ahí — look over there

viven por esta zona — they live around here

por aquí cerca — near o around here

aquello ocurrió por abril — it happened around April

por la feria — round about o around carnival time

está por el norte — it's somewhere up north

11) [tiempo]

se levanta por la mañana temprano — she gets up early in the morning

por la mañana siempre tengo mucho trabajo — I always have a lot of work in o during the morning

no sale por la noche — he doesn't go out at night

12) [duración] for

será por poco tiempo — it won't be for long

se quedarán por 15 días — they will stay for a fortnight

13) [sustitución, intercambio] (=a cambio de) for; (=en lugar de) instead of

te doy este por aquel — I'll swap you this one for that one

le dieron uno nuevo por el viejo — they gave him a new one (in exchange) for the old one

lo vendí por 15 dólares — I sold it for 15 dollars

me dieron 13 francos por una libra — I got 13 francs to the pound

hoy doy yo la clase por él — today I'm giving the class for him o in his place

ha puesto B por V — he has put B instead of V

14) [representación]

hablo por todos — I speak on behalf of o for everyone

interceder por algn — to intercede on sb's behalf, intercede for sb

diputado por Madrid — a member of parliament for Madrid

vino por su jefe — he came instead of o in place of his boss

15) [distribución]

10 dólares por hora — 10 dollars an hour

80km por hora — 80km per o an hour

revoluciones por minuto — revolutions per minute

tres dólares por persona — three dollars each, three dollars per person

16) [en multiplicaciones]

cinco por tres, quince — five times three is fifteen, five threes are fifteen

mide 6 metros de alto por 4 de ancho — it is 6 metres high by 4 wide

17) (=en cuanto a)

por mí no hay inconveniente — that's fine as o so far as I'm concerned

por mí, que se vaya — as o so far as I'm concerned he can go, for all I care he can go

por mí, como si quieres pasar una semana sin comer — I don't care if you want to go for a week without eating

si por mi fuera, tú estarías trabajando — if it were o was down to me, you'd be working

18) (=como)

• tomar a algn por esposo/esposa — to take sb to be one's husband/wife

• le dan por muerto — they have given him up for dead

• le tienen por tonto — they think he's stupid

19) [concesión]
+ subjun
por (muy) difícil que sea — however hard it is o may be

por mucho que lo quisieran — however much they would like to, much as they would like to

por más que lo intente — no matter how o however hard I try, try as I might

20) [acción inacabada]
+ infin
quedan platos por lavar — there are still some dishes to do

aún me quedan tres páginas por traducir — I still have three pages left to translate

21) ir (a) por algo/algn (=en busca de) to go and get sth/sb

ha ido (a) por vino — she's gone to get some wine

voy por el médico — I'll go and fetch o get the doctor

voy a por él — [a buscarle] I'll go and get him; [a atacarle] I'm going to get him

solo van a por las pelas — * they're only in it for the money

¡a por ellos! — get them!

- ir a por todas

22) [en preguntas]
por qué why
¿por qué no vienes conmigo? — why don't you come with me?

no tengo por qué ir — there's no reason why I should go
¿por? * why (do you ask)?
* * *

preposición

Sentido I

1) ( en relaciones causales) because of

lo he puesto aquí por el gato — I've put it here because of the cat

por falta de dinero — because of o owing to lack of money

eso te pasa por crédulo — that's what you get for being (so) gullible

por naturaleza — by nature

por necesidad — out of necessity

tanto por su precio como por su calidad — both for its price and its quality

fue por eso que vine — that was why I came

si no fuera por mi hijo... — if it wasn't for my son...

fue elogiado por su actuación — he was praised for his performance

por + inf — for -ing

me pidió perdón por haberme mentido — he apologized for lying o for having lied to me

2) ( según)

por lo que he oído — from what I've heard

por lo que parece... — it seems o it would seem...

3) (en locs)

por qué — why

¿por qué no vienes conmigo? — why don't you come with me?

por si — in case; acaso, mosca II

4) ( en expresiones concesivas)

por más que me esfuerzo — however hard o no matter how hard I try

por (muy) fácil que sea — however easy o no matter how easy it is

5)

a) ( en expresiones de modo)

colócalos por orden de tamaño/altura — put them in order of size/height

por orden de altura — in order of height

por adelantado — in advance

por escrito — in writing

b) ( indicando el medio)

se lo comunicaron por teléfono — they told him over the phone

lo dijeron por la radio — they said it on the radio

por avión/barco/carretera — by air/sea/road

la conocí por la voz — I recognized her by her voice

me enteré por un amigo — I heard from o through a friend

lo intenté por todos los medios — I tried everything possible o every possible way

c) (Educ) from

es doctor honoris causa por Oxford — he has an honorary doctorate from Oxford

6)

a) ( en relaciones de proporción)

cobra $30 por clase — he charges $30 a o per class

120 kilómetros por hora — 120 kilometers an o per hour

lo venden por metro — they sell it by the meter

tú comes por tres — you eat enough for three people

había un hombre por cada dos mujeres — there was one man to every two women

tiene tres metros de largo por uno de ancho — it's three meters long by one meter wide

es bastante por hoy — it's enough for today

uno por uno — one by one; ciento II

b) ( en multiplicaciones)

tres por cuatro (son) doce — three times four is twelve, three fours are twelve

7)

a) (en relaciones de sustitución, intercambio, representación) for

su secretaria firmó por él — his secretary signed for him o on his behalf

yo puedo ir por ti — I can go for you o in your place

podrías pasar por inglesa — you could pass as English o for an Englishwoman

es senador por Sevilla — he's a senator for Seville

b) ( como)

por ejemplo — for example

¿acepta usted por esposa a Carmen? — do you take Carmen to be your (lawful wedded) wife?

8) ( introduciendo el agente) by

compuesto por Mozart — composed by Mozart

se vieron sorprendidos por una tormenta — they were caught in a sudden storm

Sentido II

9) (expresando finalidad, objetivo)

pelearse por algo — to fight over something

lo hace por el dinero — he does it for the money

te lo digo por tu bien — I'm telling you for your own good

no tengo por qué ir — there's no reason why I should go

por + inf: daría cualquier cosa por verla — I'd give anything to see her

no entré por no molestar — I didn't go in because I didn't want to disturb him

eso es hablar por hablar — that's talking for the sake of talking o for the sake of it

por que + subj ( here por que can also be written porque): estaba ansioso por que lo escucharan — he was eager for them to listen to him

lucharon por que se hiciera justicia — they fought for justice to be done

10) (indicando consideración, favor) for

por mí no lo hagas — don't do it just for me o for my sake

11) (indicando inclinación, elección)

su amor por la música — her love of music

demostró interés por el cuadro — he showed interest in the painting

no siento nada por él — I don't feel anything for him

opté por no ir — I chose not to go

votó por ella — he voted for her

12) ( en busca de)

salió/fue por or (Esp) a por pan — he went (out) for some bread, he went (out) to get some bread

13) ( en lo que respecta a)

por mí no hay inconveniente — I don't mind

por mí que haga lo que quiera — as far as I'm concerned, he can do what he likes

14) ( indicando una situación pendiente)

por + inf: tengo la casa por limpiar — I've got the house to clean

estos cambios aún están por hacer — these changes are yet to be made

eso está por ver! — we'll see about that!

15) (esp AmL)

estar por + inf — ( estar a punto de)

deben (de) estar por llegar — they should be arriving any minute

la leche está por hervir — the milk's about to boil

Sentido III

16) (indicando lugar de acceso, salida, trayectoria)

entró por la ventana — he came in through the window

no va a pasar por la puerta — it won't go through the door

sal por aquí — go out this way

se cayó por la escalera — he fell down the stairs

subieron por la ladera este — they went up by the east face

¿el 121 va por (la) Avenida Rosas? — does the 121 go along Rosas Avenue?

fuimos por el camino más largo — we took the longer route

¿por dónde has venido? — which way did you come?

¿puedes pasar por la tintorería? — could you call in at o drop by the drycleaner's?

17)

a) ( expresando lugar indeterminado)

está por ahí — he's over there somewhere

¿por dónde está or queda el hotel? — whereabouts is the hotel?

viven por mi barrio — they live around my area

¿qué tal te fue por Londres? — how did you get on in London?

por todos lados or por todas partes — everywhere

b) ( expresando lugar determinado)

corta por aquí — cut here

voy por la página 15 — I'm up to o I'm on page 15

empieza por el principio — start at the beginning

agárralo por el mango — hold it by the handle

c) ( indicando extensión)

por todo el país — throughout the (whole) country

viajamos por el norte de Francia — we travelled around o in the North of France

pasa un trapo por el piso — give the floor a quick wipe; ver tb afuera, adentro, dentro, fuera, encima, etc

Sentido IV

18) ( expresando tiempo aproximado)

por aquella época or por aquel entonces — at that time

sucedió allá por 1960 — it happened some time back around 1960

19) (Esp) ( indicando una ocasión) for

me lo regaló por mi cumpleaños — she gave it to me for my birthday

20) ( durante) for

por los siglos de los siglos — for ever and ever

por el momento or por ahora — for the time being o for now; ver tb mañana III, tarde II, noche

* * *

= across, along, around, because of, by, by, down, for the sake of, in connection with, in the gift of, on account of, on the grounds that/of, per, through, times, under, x, as a matter of, out of, through the agency of.

Ex. This arrangement may facilitate browsing across different kinds of materials.

Ex. This means that a large number of messages can be combined together along the same line, giving economies of scales.

Ex. I wouldn't expect you to be detailed in your report in terms of where the bookmible would stop around town and where you'd park it.

Ex. This makes him feel somehow defficient and all because of his difficulty in making sense out of words in print with which his troubles began.

Ex. A set of government publications could be filed alphabetically by the issuing bureau, and then by title of the particular series in numerical order.

Ex. Micrographic and computer technologies and their integration will become increasingly efficacious as agents for change with respect to the continued existence of the traditional 75 by 125 millimeter card.

Ex. Some users find the format of KWIC indexes unacceptable, they find alphabetical arrangement by keywords down the centre of a page, and wrapped-round titles awkward.

Ex. The advocates of ISBD originally argued that it was for the sake of the computer.

Ex. There is an index to the schedules, but this has been criticised in connection with the size of the entry vocabulary.

Ex. Its notability is seen to lie in the fact that it has significantly broken the stranglehold upon postgraduate studentships in the gift of the Science and Engineering Research Council.

Ex. Partly on account of the variety of bases for coverage there is significant overlap between the assortment of abstracting and indexing services.

Ex. AACR2 has been criticised on the grounds that it does not identify the cataloguing unit to which the rules refer.

Ex. Indexing can thus be achieved at a detailed level, with often many terms per document, with almost no indexing effort.

Ex. The contributions are input to the data base, then referred and any suggestion made by the referee are communicated through the data base to the editor.

Ex. 4 days times 30 cents per day = 120 cents.

Ex. One of the outcomes of entry under title has been the proliferation of serials titles.

Ex. Card catalogues or indexes comprise a set of cards often 5x3 inches (122x72 mm), with each entry on a separate card.

Ex. Most drivers stop at stop signs: Some do under duress -- there may be a policeman concealed in nearby bushes, others as a matter of prudence -- a fast car with the right of way can be injurious.

Ex. But these and other interested people collected this type of books out of a mixture of curiosity and sentiment.

Ex. This article argues that critical thinking, a long sought after goal in the US educational system, may be taught efficiently through the agency of library use instructions within the college environment.

----

* actuar por impulso = act on + impulse.

* aprendizaje por medio del ordenador = computer-based learning (CBL).

* aunque por otro lado = but otherwise.

* búsqueda por medio de menús = menu-assisted searching.

* coger por sorpresa = catch out.

* Día + por la tarde = late + Día.

* digamos por ejemplo = let us say.

* dominar por completo = sweep + the board.

* encontrar por casualidad = come across.

* encuadernación por encargo = bespoke binding.

* error por omisión = omission failure.

* estar por delante de = be ahead of.

* hecho por encargo = bespoke.

* introducir por primera vez = pioneer.

* leer por encima = browse.

* llamar por teléfono = call up.

* muy por encima de todo = over and above all.

* Nombre + por primera vez = Nombre + ever.

* ordenado por fecha = in date order.

* pasar por alto = bypass [by-pass], skip over, pass + Nombre/Pronombre + by.

* pongamos por ejemplo = let us say.

* por accidente = accidentally.

* por adelantado = advance, in advance (of), up-front [up front].

* por ahí = out there.

* por ahora = as of right now, as yet, at present, at the moment, at this point, for the present, for the time being, just yet, for now, at this time, as of now, at the present, by now, for the nonce.

* por ahora todo va bien = so far, so good.

* por alguna razón = for some reason, for whatever reason.

* por algún motivo = for whatever reason.

* por algún tiempo = for sometime.

* por allí = nearby [near-by].

* por amor al arte = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.

* por analogía = by analogy.

* por anticipado = in advance (of).

* por antonomasia = quintessential, unique.

* por añadidura = in addition (to), on top of everything else.

* por aquel entonces = at the time, about that time, by this time.

* por aquí = around here, nearby [near-by], round here.

* por aquí y por allí = hanging about.

* por así decir = as it were.

* por boca de = by word of mouth.

* por bondad = out of the goodness of + Posesivo + heart.

* por buena dirección = a step in the right direction.

* por buen camino = a step in the right direction.

* por cabeza = per person.

* por cable = wireline, corded.

* por caminos apartados = off-road.

* por capas = multilayered [multi-layered/multi layered], layered, tiered.

* por casualidad = by chance, coincidentally, fortuitously, by accident, by happenstance, happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo, accidentally, by a fluke, by luck, by a stroke of (good) luck.

* por chiripa = by chance, by a fluke, by luck, by a stroke of (good) luck.

* por ciento = per cent [percent] (%).

* por cierto = coincidentally, incidentally, by the way, anecdotally, by the by(e), speaking of which.

* por coincidencia = by coincidence.

* por comodidad = for convenience, for the sake of + convenience.

* por completo = fully.

* por confirmar = to be announced, to be confirmed.

* por consideración a = out of respect for.

* por consideración a = out of consideration for.

* por consiguiente = consequently, then, thence, by implication, therefore.

* por contra = in contrast.

* por conveniencia = for convenience, for the sake of + convenience.

* por correo = by post, mailed.

* por cortesía de = courtesy of.

* por cualquier motivo = for whatever reason.

* por cualquier razón = for whatever reason.

* por cuanto que = because.

* por cuenta ajena = vicariously.

* por cuenta de uno = privately.

* por cuenta propia = freelance, self-employed, at + Posesivo + own expense.

* por cuenta y riesgo de Uno = at + Posesivo + peril.

* por curiosidad = out of curiosity.

* por debajo de = below, beneath, underneath.

* por debajo de + Cantidad = under + Cantidad.

* por debajo de cero = sub-zero, below-freezing.

* por debajo del 10 por ciento = single digit, single figure.

* por debajo de la media = sub-par, below-average.

* por debajo de las posibilidades = below + Posesivo + capabilities.

* por debajo de lo normal = below-normal.

* por debajo de lo óptimo = sub-optimal [suboptimal].

* por debajo del peso nomral = underweight.

* por décadas = ten-yearly.

* por decidir = to be decided.

* por decirlo así = so to speak, in a manner of speaking.

* por decirlo de alguna manera = so to speak.

* por decirlo de algún modo = in a manner of speaking, so to speak.

* por decisión propia = by choice.

* por defecto = by default, default.

* por deferencia a = in deference to.

* por definición = by definition.

* por delante = ahead.

* por delante de = ahead of.

* por delante de la competencia = ahead of the game.

* por delante y por detrás = front and back.

* por dentro = inwardly.

* por desgracia = unfortunately, sadly, unhappily, disappointingly.

* por despecho = spitefully, out of spite.

* ¡por dios! = in heaven's name, for God's sake, gosh.

* ¡por Dios! = for crying out loud!.

* por diversión = for sport, for fun, (just) for the hell of (doing) it, for kicks, (just) for the fun of (doing) it.

* por divertirse = for kicks.

* por doquier = all around.

* por dos años = two-year.

* por ejemplo = e.g. (latín - exempli gratia), for example, for instance, say, to illustrate, for the sake of + argument.

* por (el) amor a = for the love of.

* ¡por el amor de Dios! = for crying out loud!.

* por el bien del saber = for knowledge's sake.

* por el contrario = by contrast, conversely, however, in contrast, instead, on the contrary, by way of contrast, to the contrary, quite the opposite, by comparison, contrariwise, quite the contrary, quite the reverse.

* por el cual = whereby, whereupon.

* por el detalle = for detail.

* por el día = by day, daytime [day-time], during the daytime, in the daytime, during daytime.

* por el día o por la noche = day or night.

* por el día y por la noche = day and night, night and day.

* por elección propia = by choice.

* por el gobierno = governmentally + Adjetivo.

* por el gobierno federal = federally.

* por el hecho de que = because of the fact that.

* por el hombre = humanly.

* por ello = on this basis, on that basis, accordingly.

* por el mero hecho de saber = for knowledge's sake.

* por el método de ensayo y error = by trial and error, trial and error.

* por el modo = by the way.

* por el momento = for the time being, momentarily, at the moment, for the nonce, for the present.

* por el placer de hacerlo = (just) for the fun of (doing) it.

* por el que se puede cobrar = chargeable.

* por el receptor = at the receiving end.

* por el sexo = gendered.

* por encargo = custom, bespoke.

* por encima = overhead, cursorily.

* por encima de = across, beyond, beyond all, over, over and above, beyond the range of, well over + Expresión Numérica, overarching, above.

* por encima de + Cantidad = in excess of + Cantidad.

* por encima de eso = beyond that.

* por encima del 10 por ciento = double digit, double figure.

* por encima de la media = above average.

* por encima de la tierra = aboveground.

* por encima de toda crítica = beyond reproach, above reproach.

* por encima de toda duda = beyond reproach, above reproach.

* por encima de toda razón = beyond reason.

* por encima de toda sospecha = above suspicion.

* por encima de todo = at all costs, at any cost, at any price.

* por ende = thereby, accordingly, therefore.

* por enfado = out of anger.

* por enojo = out of anger.

* por error = by mistake.

* por esa razón = thereby, for that reason.

* por escrito = in writing, in print, written.

* por eso = on that score, therefore.

* por eso que = hence.

* por esta razón = for this reason.

* por esta única razón = for this reason alone.

* por este motivo = for this reason.

* por esto = thus, accordingly, therefore.

* por etapas = staged.

* por excelencia = par excellence, quintessential, unique.

* por exceso = excessively, to excess.

* por explotar = untapped.

* por + Expresión Temporal = by the + Expresión Temporal.

* por extensión = by extension.

* por extenso = in full, at length.

* por falta de = for want of, for lack of.

* por fases = staged.

* por favor = please.

* por favor, responda = RSVP [R.S.V.P.].

* por fin = at length, at last, finally, at long last.

* por fin llegó la hora (de) = it's about time (that).

* por frustración = out of frustration.

* por fuera = outwardly, outwardly.

* por grupos = in batches.

* por gusto = for kicks, (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.

* por hora = hourly.

* por horas = on an hourly basis.

* por igual = alike, on an equitable basis, equally, in equal measure(s).

* por imitación = copycat.

* por incremento gradual = incremental.

* por incrementos graduales = incrementally.

* por individuo = per capita, per person.

* por iniciativa de = at the instigation of, under the auspices of.

* por instinto = instinctively.

* por interés = out of interest.

* por interés personal = self-interested.

* por investigar = unresearched.

* por invitación = invitational.

* por invitación de = at the invitation of.

* por la borda = overboard.

* por la cantidad de + Número = amounting to + Cantidad.

* por la forma = by the way.

* por la friolera de + Cantidad = to the tune of + Cantidad.

* por la fuerza = forcibly.

* por la mala fortuna = by ill fate.

* por la mala suerte = by ill luck, by bad luck, by ill fate.

* por la manera = by the way.

* por la mañana = in the morning.

* por la mañana y por la noche = morning and night.

* por la noche = overnight, at night, night-time, after dark, by night.

* por la posibilidad de = at the prospect of.

* por la presente = hereby.

* por las buenas o por las malas = by hook or by crook.

* por la sencilla razón = for no other reason.

* por las nubes = soaring.

* por la tarde = in the evening.

* por ley = mandated.

* por libre = freelance.

* por línea telefónica = over the telephone line.

* por lo general = on the whole, all in all, in general, generally, generally speaking, in the normal run of events, in the normal run of things.

* por lo pronto = for the time being.

* por lo que = so.

* por lo que concierne a = as far as + Nombre + be + concerned, so far as + Nombre + be concerned.

* por lo que concierne a Uno = on + Posesivo + side.

* por lo que dicen todos = by all accounts.

* por lo que es = in + Posesivo + own right.

* por lo que incumbe a Uno = on + Posesivo + side.

* ¡Por lo que más quieras! = for God's sake.

* por lo que se refiere a = moving on to.

* por lo que son = in + Posesivo + own right.

* por lo que yo sé = to the best of my knowledge.

* por los pelos = by the skin of + Posesivo + teeth, close call, close shave.

* por los siguientes motivos = on the following counts.

* por los suelos = in tatters.

* por lo tanto = consequently, ergo, so, then, thereby, therefore, thus, it follows that.

* por lo visto = apparently, apparently.

* por mala fortuna = unfortunately, unhappily, sadly.

* por mala suerte = by ill luck, by bad luck, by a stroke of bad luck, by ill fate.

* por mal camino = astray.

* por más que lo intento = for the life of me.

* por materias = subject-based, topically.

* por mecionar sólo unos cuantos = to mention only a few.

* por medio = out of.

* por medio de = by means of, by way of, in the form of, through, via, via the medium of, by dint of, through the agency of.

* por medio de isótopos = isotopically.

* por medio de otro(s) = by proxy.

* por medio de una agencia = on a bureau basis.

* por mencionar sólo algunos = to mention but a few of, to mention only a few.

* por mencionar sólo unos cuantos = to mention but a few of, to name only some.

* por mencionar sólo unos pocos = to name but a few.

* por mencionar unos pocos = just to name a few.

* por menús = menu-driven.

* por méritos = meritorious.

* por mes = per month.

* por miedo de = for fear of/that.

* por millones = in the millions, by the millions.

* por mor de = because of, out of consideration for, out of respect for.

* por motivo de = in the interest(s) of.

* por motivos de = for the sake of, on grounds.

* por motivos de + Nombre = for + Nombre's sake.

* por muchas razones = in many ways.

* por mucho que lo intento = for the life of me.

* por mucho tiempo = for long, for long periods of time.

* por muy + Adjetivo/Adverbio + Nombre + que + Subjuntivo = however + Adjetivo/Adverbio + Nombre + Verbo.

* por muy + Adjetivo/Adverbio + que sea = however + Adjetivo/Adverbio.

* por muy + Adjetivo + be = Adjetivo + though + Nombre + be.

* por muy difícil que parezca = difficult though it may seem, difficult as it may seem.

* por muy extraño que parezca = oddly enough, strangely enough, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange, funnily enough, funnily.

* por muy increíble que parezca = incredible though it may seem, incredibly, incredibly enough, incredible as it may seem, although it may seem incredible.

* por muy mentira que parezca = incredibly, incredible though it may seem, strangely enough, incredibly enough, incredible as it may seem, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange, although it may seem incredible.

* por muy raro que parezca = strangely enough, oddly enough, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange.

* por nada = for nothing.

* por nada del mundo = for the life of me.

* por nada or casi nada = at little or no extra cost.

* por naturaleza = by nature, by definition, characteristically, natural-born, naturally, inherently.

* por necesidad = of necessity, out of necessity.

* por niveles = multilayered [multi-layered/multi layered], multilayer, layered, tiered.

* por no decir algo peor = to put it mildly.

* por no decir nada de = to say nothing of.

* por no decir nunca = if ever.

* por no decir otra cosa peor = to say the least.

* por nombrar (sólo) + Número = to name (only) + Número.

* por nombrar sólo unos cuantos = to name only some.

* por nombrar sólo unos pocos = to name but a few.

* por + Nombre = on a + Adjetivo + basis.

* por no mencionar = not to mention.

* por norma = as a rule.

* por + Número + cosas = on + Número + counts.

* por orden de = mandated.

* por orden del congreso = congressionally mandated.

* por orden de llegada = on a first come first served basis.

* por orden numérico = in numerical order.

* por otra parte = on the other hand, on the other side, on the flip side.

* por otro lado = alternatively, however, on the other hand, on the other side, for another thing, on the flip side, on another topic, on another matter, on another note, on other matters.

* por parejas = in pairs.

* por parte de = on the part of.

* por parte de uno = on + Posesivo + part.

* por pasar el rato = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.

* por pereza = lazily.

* por + Período de Tiempo = for + Expresión Temporal.

* por persona = per person.

* por placer = for kicks, (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.

* por poco dinero = cheaply.

* por poco o nada = at little or no extra cost.

* por poderes = by proxy.

* por poner un ejemplo + Adjetivo = to take a + Adjetivo + example.

* por poner un ejemplo sobre + Nombre = to take + Nombre.

* por + Posesivo + cuenta = at + Posesivo + own expense.

* por + Posesivo + parte = for + Posesivo + part.

* por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = at + Posesivo + own expense.

* por + Posesivo + (propia) naturaleza = in + Posesivo + nature.

* por primera vez = first + Verbo, for the first time, for once.

* por principio = on principle.

* por principios = as a matter of principle.

* por probar nada se pierde = nothing ventured, nothing gained.

* por + Pronombre + mismo = all by + Reflexivo, by + Reflexivo.

* por propia iniciativa = self-directed.

* por pura curiosidad = just out of interest, (just) as a mater of interest.

* por pura diversión = for kicks.

* por puro entretenimiento = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.

* por puro placer = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.

* por qué = why.

* por razones + Adjetivo = for + Nombre + purposes.

* por razones de = for the sake of.

* por razones de seguridad = for security reasons, for safety reasons.

* por razones éticas = on moral grounds.

* por razones morales = on moral grounds.

* por razones personales = for personal reasons.

* por + Reflexivo + cuenta = for + Reflexivo.

* por rencor = out of spite.

* por respeto a = out of respect for, out of consideration for.

* por rumores = grapevine.

* por rutina = routinely.

* por sacos = by the sackful.

* por satélite = satellite-based.

* por segunda vez = a second time, the second time around, a second time around.

* por seguridad = for safety reasons.

* por semana = per week.

* por separado = at different times, in isolation, separately, singly.

* por ser + Adjetivo = as being + Adjetivo.

* por sexo = along gender lines.

* por si = in the chance that.

* por si acaso = in case of, on the off chance, just in case, on spec, for good measure.

* por si casualidad = in the chance that.

* por si era poco = for good measure.

* por si fuera poco = to boot, for good measure, to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.

* por si hace falta consultarlo en el futuro = for future reference.

* por si las moscas = just in case, on spec.

* por sí mismo = for its/their own sake, in itself, in + Posesivo + own right, itself, unto + Reflexivo, in and of + Reflexivo.

* por sí mismos = in themselves.

* por simple curiosidad = (just) as a mater of interest, just out of interest.

* por si sirve de algo = for what it's worth [FWIW].

* por sí solo = by itself, for its/their own sake, on its own, in and of + Reflexivo, in itself.

* por sí solos = by themselves, in themselves.

* por si + tener + suerte = on spec.

* por sorpresa = unawares.

* por su cuenta y riesgo = at + Posesivo + own risk.

* por suerte = luckily, fortunately, happily.

* por suerte o por desgracia = for better or (for) worse, by luck or misfortune.

* por su naturaleza = by + Posesivo + nature.

* por su papel = in its role.

* por su parte = in + Posesivo + own right.

* por su propia voluntad = of its own accord.

* por su propio derecho = in + Posesivo + own right.

* por supuesto = of course, surely, to be sure, certainly.

* ¡por supuesto que no! = heaven forbid, heaven forbid.

* por suscripción = subscriber + Nombre.

* por su volatilidad = mercurially.

* por su volubilidad = mercurially.

* por tanto = consequently, ergo, so, then, thereby, therefore, thus, it follows that.

* por teléfono = on the telephone, by tele(phone), over the phone, over the telephone.

* por temas = topically.

* por temor a = for fear of/that.

* por temor a represalias = under duress.

* por término medio = on average.

* por toda la ciudad = citywide [city-wide].

* por toda la Internet = Internet-wide.

* por toda la nación = nationwide [nation-wide].

* por toda la provincia = province-wide.

* por toda la vida = lifetime [life-time].

* por todas las instituciones oficiales = government-wide.

* por todas partes = all over the place, everywhere, widely, all around, far and wide.

* por toda una vida = lifetime [life-time].

* por todo = all over, throughout, all the way through.

* por todo el campus universitario = campus-wide [campuswide].

* por todo el continente = continent-wide.

* por todo el distrito = district-wide [districtwide].

* por todo el gobierno = government-wide.

* por todo el mundo = worldwide [world-wide], around the world, across the globe, around the globe, across the world, around the planet, the world over.

* por todo el planeta = across the planet, planet-wide.

* por todo el servicio = service-wide.

* por todo lo alto = grandly, on a grand scale.

* por todo + Lugar = up and down + Lugar.

* por todo + Nombre de Lugar = across + Nombre de Lugar.

* por todos conocido = well-known.

* por todos lados = left, right and centre, far and wide.

* por todos los medios = by all means.

* por todos sitios = everywhere.

* por triplicado = in triplicate.

* por trueque = in kind.

* por turnos = on a rotating basis, on a rota basis, on a rota system, on a rota.

* por última vez = for the last time, one last time.

* por último = finally, last, lastly, ultimately.

* por último pero no menos importante = last but not least.

* por una lado... por otro = at one end... at the other.

* por unanimidad = unanimously.

* por una parte = on the one hand, on the one side.

* por un gran margen = by a huge margin.

* por un gustazo, un trancazo = a kingdom for a kiss.

* por unidad = per unit.

* por un lado = for one, on the one hand, on the one side.

* por un lado entra + Nombre + y por otro sale + Nombre = in go + Nombre + at one end, and out come + Nombre + at the other.

* por un momento = for a moment.

* por uno mismo = on + Posesivo + own, for + Reflexivo.

* por unos momentos = for a few moments, for a short time.

* por uno solo = solo.

* por un período de tiempo limitado = on a short-term basis.

* por un tiempo = for a time.

* por un tiempo indefinido = for an indefinite time to come, for indefinite time.

* por valor de + Cantidad = amounting to + Cantidad.

* por varias razones = for a variety of reasons, for a number of reasons.

* por varios motivos = for a number of reasons.

* por venganza = out of spite.

* por voluntad propia = voluntarily.

* quedar por ver = remain + to be seen.

* tirar dinero y esfuerzo por la borda = be money and effort down the drain.

* transporte por tierra = land transport.

* utilizar por primera vez = pioneer.

* venta al por mayor = wholesaling.

* * *

preposición

Sentido I

1) ( en relaciones causales) because of

lo he puesto aquí por el gato — I've put it here because of the cat

por falta de dinero — because of o owing to lack of money

eso te pasa por crédulo — that's what you get for being (so) gullible

por naturaleza — by nature

por necesidad — out of necessity

tanto por su precio como por su calidad — both for its price and its quality

fue por eso que vine — that was why I came

si no fuera por mi hijo... — if it wasn't for my son...

fue elogiado por su actuación — he was praised for his performance

por + inf — for -ing

me pidió perdón por haberme mentido — he apologized for lying o for having lied to me

2) ( según)

por lo que he oído — from what I've heard

por lo que parece... — it seems o it would seem...

3) (en locs)

por qué — why

¿por qué no vienes conmigo? — why don't you come with me?

por si — in case; acaso, mosca II

4) ( en expresiones concesivas)

por más que me esfuerzo — however hard o no matter how hard I try

por (muy) fácil que sea — however easy o no matter how easy it is

5)

a) ( en expresiones de modo)

colócalos por orden de tamaño/altura — put them in order of size/height

por orden de altura — in order of height

por adelantado — in advance

por escrito — in writing

b) ( indicando el medio)

se lo comunicaron por teléfono — they told him over the phone

lo dijeron por la radio — they said it on the radio

por avión/barco/carretera — by air/sea/road

la conocí por la voz — I recognized her by her voice

me enteré por un amigo — I heard from o through a friend

lo intenté por todos los medios — I tried everything possible o every possible way

c) (Educ) from

es doctor honoris causa por Oxford — he has an honorary doctorate from Oxford

6)

a) ( en relaciones de proporción)

cobra $30 por clase — he charges $30 a o per class

120 kilómetros por hora — 120 kilometers an o per hour

lo venden por metro — they sell it by the meter

tú comes por tres — you eat enough for three people

había un hombre por cada dos mujeres — there was one man to every two women

tiene tres metros de largo por uno de ancho — it's three meters long by one meter wide

es bastante por hoy — it's enough for today

uno por uno — one by one; ciento II

b) ( en multiplicaciones)

tres por cuatro (son) doce — three times four is twelve, three fours are twelve

7)

a) (en relaciones de sustitución, intercambio, representación) for

su secretaria firmó por él — his secretary signed for him o on his behalf

yo puedo ir por ti — I can go for you o in your place

podrías pasar por inglesa — you could pass as English o for an Englishwoman

es senador por Sevilla — he's a senator for Seville

b) ( como)

por ejemplo — for example

¿acepta usted por esposa a Carmen? — do you take Carmen to be your (lawful wedded) wife?

8) ( introduciendo el agente) by

compuesto por Mozart — composed by Mozart

se vieron sorprendidos por una tormenta — they were caught in a sudden storm

Sentido II

9) (expresando finalidad, objetivo)

pelearse por algo — to fight over something

lo hace por el dinero — he does it for the money

te lo digo por tu bien — I'm telling you for your own good

no tengo por qué ir — there's no reason why I should go

por + inf: daría cualquier cosa por verla — I'd give anything to see her

no entré por no molestar — I didn't go in because I didn't want to disturb him

eso es hablar por hablar — that's talking for the sake of talking o for the sake of it

por que + subj ( here por que can also be written porque): estaba ansioso por que lo escucharan — he was eager for them to listen to him

lucharon por que se hiciera justicia — they fought for justice to be done

10) (indicando consideración, favor) for

por mí no lo hagas — don't do it just for me o for my sake

11) (indicando inclinación, elección)

su amor por la música — her love of music

demostró interés por el cuadro — he showed interest in the painting

no siento nada por él — I don't feel anything for him

opté por no ir — I chose not to go

votó por ella — he voted for her

12) ( en busca de)

salió/fue por or (Esp) a por pan — he went (out) for some bread, he went (out) to get some bread

13) ( en lo que respecta a)

por mí no hay inconveniente — I don't mind

por mí que haga lo que quiera — as far as I'm concerned, he can do what he likes

14) ( indicando una situación pendiente)

por + inf: tengo la casa por limpiar — I've got the house to clean

estos cambios aún están por hacer — these changes are yet to be made

eso está por ver! — we'll see about that!

15) (esp AmL)

estar por + inf — ( estar a punto de)

deben (de) estar por llegar — they should be arriving any minute

la leche está por hervir — the milk's about to boil

Sentido III

16) (indicando lugar de acceso, salida, trayectoria)

entró por la ventana — he came in through the window

no va a pasar por la puerta — it won't go through the door

sal por aquí — go out this way

se cayó por la escalera — he fell down the stairs

subieron por la ladera este — they went up by the east face

¿el 121 va por (la) Avenida Rosas? — does the 121 go along Rosas Avenue?

fuimos por el camino más largo — we took the longer route

¿por dónde has venido? — which way did you come?

¿puedes pasar por la tintorería? — could you call in at o drop by the drycleaner's?

17)

a) ( expresando lugar indeterminado)

está por ahí — he's over there somewhere

¿por dónde está or queda el hotel? — whereabouts is the hotel?

viven por mi barrio — they live around my area

¿qué tal te fue por Londres? — how did you get on in London?

por todos lados or por todas partes — everywhere

b) ( expresando lugar determinado)

corta por aquí — cut here

voy por la página 15 — I'm up to o I'm on page 15

empieza por el principio — start at the beginning

agárralo por el mango — hold it by the handle

c) ( indicando extensión)

por todo el país — throughout the (whole) country

viajamos por el norte de Francia — we travelled around o in the North of France

pasa un trapo por el piso — give the floor a quick wipe; ver tb afuera, adentro, dentro, fuera, encima, etc

Sentido IV

18) ( expresando tiempo aproximado)

por aquella época or por aquel entonces — at that time

sucedió allá por 1960 — it happened some time back around 1960

19) (Esp) ( indicando una ocasión) for

me lo regaló por mi cumpleaños — she gave it to me for my birthday

20) ( durante) for

por los siglos de los siglos — for ever and ever

por el momento or por ahora — for the time being o for now; ver tb mañana III, tarde II, noche

* * *

= across, along, around, because of, by, by, down, for the sake of, in connection with, in the gift of, on account of, on the grounds that/of, per, through, times, under, x, as a matter of, out of, through the agency of.

Ex: This arrangement may facilitate browsing across different kinds of materials.

Ex: This means that a large number of messages can be combined together along the same line, giving economies of scales.

Ex: I wouldn't expect you to be detailed in your report in terms of where the bookmible would stop around town and where you'd park it.

Ex: This makes him feel somehow defficient and all because of his difficulty in making sense out of words in print with which his troubles began.

Ex: A set of government publications could be filed alphabetically by the issuing bureau, and then by title of the particular series in numerical order.

Ex: Micrographic and computer technologies and their integration will become increasingly efficacious as agents for change with respect to the continued existence of the traditional 75 by 125 millimeter card.

Ex: Some users find the format of KWIC indexes unacceptable, they find alphabetical arrangement by keywords down the centre of a page, and wrapped-round titles awkward.

Ex: The advocates of ISBD originally argued that it was for the sake of the computer.

Ex: There is an index to the schedules, but this has been criticised in connection with the size of the entry vocabulary.

Ex: Its notability is seen to lie in the fact that it has significantly broken the stranglehold upon postgraduate studentships in the gift of the Science and Engineering Research Council.

Ex: Partly on account of the variety of bases for coverage there is significant overlap between the assortment of abstracting and indexing services.

Ex: AACR2 has been criticised on the grounds that it does not identify the cataloguing unit to which the rules refer.

Ex: Indexing can thus be achieved at a detailed level, with often many terms per document, with almost no indexing effort.

Ex: The contributions are input to the data base, then referred and any suggestion made by the referee are communicated through the data base to the editor.

Ex: 4 days times 30 cents per day = 120 cents.

Ex: One of the outcomes of entry under title has been the proliferation of serials titles.

Ex: Card catalogues or indexes comprise a set of cards often 5x3 inches (122x72 mm), with each entry on a separate card.

Ex: Most drivers stop at stop signs: Some do under duress -- there may be a policeman concealed in nearby bushes, others as a matter of prudence -- a fast car with the right of way can be injurious.

Ex: But these and other interested people collected this type of books out of a mixture of curiosity and sentiment.

Ex: This article argues that critical thinking, a long sought after goal in the US educational system, may be taught efficiently through the agency of library use instructions within the college environment.

* actuar por impulso = act on + impulse.

* aprendizaje por medio del ordenador = computer-based learning (CBL).

* aunque por otro lado = but otherwise.

* búsqueda por medio de menús = menu-assisted searching.

* coger por sorpresa = catch out.

* Día + por la tarde = late + Día.

* digamos por ejemplo = let us say.

* dominar por completo = sweep + the board.

* encontrar por casualidad = come across.

* encuadernación por encargo = bespoke binding.

* error por omisión = omission failure.

* estar por delante de = be ahead of.

* hecho por encargo = bespoke.

* introducir por primera vez = pioneer.

* leer por encima = browse.

* llamar por teléfono = call up.

* muy por encima de todo = over and above all.

* Nombre + por primera vez = Nombre + ever.

* ordenado por fecha = in date order.

* pasar por alto = bypass [by-pass], skip over, pass + Nombre/Pronombre + by.

* pongamos por ejemplo = let us say.

* por accidente = accidentally.

* por adelantado = advance, in advance (of), up-front [up front].

* por ahí = out there.

* por ahora = as of right now, as yet, at present, at the moment, at this point, for the present, for the time being, just yet, for now, at this time, as of now, at the present, by now, for the nonce.

* por ahora todo va bien = so far, so good.

* por alguna razón = for some reason, for whatever reason.

* por algún motivo = for whatever reason.

* por algún tiempo = for sometime.

* por allí = nearby [near-by].

* por amor al arte = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.

* por analogía = by analogy.

* por anticipado = in advance (of).

* por antonomasia = quintessential, unique.

* por añadidura = in addition (to), on top of everything else.

* por aquel entonces = at the time, about that time, by this time.

* por aquí = around here, nearby [near-by], round here.

* por aquí y por allí = hanging about.

* por así decir = as it were.

* por boca de = by word of mouth.

* por bondad = out of the goodness of + Posesivo + heart.

* por buena dirección = a step in the right direction.

* por buen camino = a step in the right direction.

* por cabeza = per person.

* por cable = wireline, corded.

* por caminos apartados = off-road.

* por capas = multilayered [multi-layered/multi layered], layered, tiered.

* por casualidad = by chance, coincidentally, fortuitously, by accident, by happenstance, happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo, accidentally, by a fluke, by luck, by a stroke of (good) luck.

* por chiripa = by chance, by a fluke, by luck, by a stroke of (good) luck.

* por ciento = per cent [percent] (%).

* por cierto = coincidentally, incidentally, by the way, anecdotally, by the by(e), speaking of which.

* por coincidencia = by coincidence.

* por comodidad = for convenience, for the sake of + convenience.

* por completo = fully.

* por confirmar = to be announced, to be confirmed.

* por consideración a = out of respect for.

* por consideración a = out of consideration for.

* por consiguiente = consequently, then, thence, by implication, therefore.

* por contra = in contrast.

* por conveniencia = for convenience, for the sake of + convenience.

* por correo = by post, mailed.

* por cortesía de = courtesy of.

* por cualquier motivo = for whatever reason.

* por cualquier razón = for whatever reason.

* por cuanto que = because.

* por cuenta ajena = vicariously.

* por cuenta de uno = privately.

* por cuenta propia = freelance, self-employed, at + Posesivo + own expense.

* por cuenta y riesgo de Uno = at + Posesivo + peril.

* por curiosidad = out of curiosity.

* por debajo de = below, beneath, underneath.

* por debajo de + Cantidad = under + Cantidad.

* por debajo de cero = sub-zero, below-freezing.

* por debajo del 10 por ciento = single digit, single figure.

* por debajo de la media = sub-par, below-average.

* por debajo de las posibilidades = below + Posesivo + capabilities.

* por debajo de lo normal = below-normal.

* por debajo de lo óptimo = sub-optimal [suboptimal].

* por debajo del peso nomral = underweight.

* por décadas = ten-yearly.

* por decidir = to be decided.

* por decirlo así = so to speak, in a manner of speaking.

* por decirlo de alguna manera = so to speak.

* por decirlo de algún modo = in a manner of speaking, so to speak.

* por decisión propia = by choice.

* por defecto = by default, default.

* por deferencia a = in deference to.

* por definición = by definition.

* por delante = ahead.

* por delante de = ahead of.

* por delante de la competencia = ahead of the game.

* por delante y por detrás = front and back.

* por dentro = inwardly.

* por desgracia = unfortunately, sadly, unhappily, disappointingly.

* por despecho = spitefully, out of spite.

* ¡por dios! = in heaven's name, for God's sake, gosh.

* ¡por Dios! = for crying out loud!.

* por diversión = for sport, for fun, (just) for the hell of (doing) it, for kicks, (just) for the fun of (doing) it.

* por divertirse = for kicks.

* por doquier = all around.

* por dos años = two-year.

* por ejemplo = e.g. (latín - exempli gratia), for example, for instance, say, to illustrate, for the sake of + argument.

* por (el) amor a = for the love of.

* ¡por el amor de Dios! = for crying out loud!.

* por el bien del saber = for knowledge's sake.

* por el contrario = by contrast, conversely, however, in contrast, instead, on the contrary, by way of contrast, to the contrary, quite the opposite, by comparison, contrariwise, quite the contrary, quite the reverse.

* por el cual = whereby, whereupon.

* por el detalle = for detail.

* por el día = by day, daytime [day-time], during the daytime, in the daytime, during daytime.

* por el día o por la noche = day or night.

* por el día y por la noche = day and night, night and day.

* por elección propia = by choice.

* por el gobierno = governmentally + Adjetivo.

* por el gobierno federal = federally.

* por el hecho de que = because of the fact that.

* por el hombre = humanly.

* por ello = on this basis, on that basis, accordingly.

* por el mero hecho de saber = for knowledge's sake.

* por el método de ensayo y error = by trial and error, trial and error.

* por el modo = by the way.

* por el momento = for the time being, momentarily, at the moment, for the nonce, for the present.

* por el placer de hacerlo = (just) for the fun of (doing) it.

* por el que se puede cobrar = chargeable.

* por el receptor = at the receiving end.

* por el sexo = gendered.

* por encargo = custom, bespoke.

* por encima = overhead, cursorily.

* por encima de = across, beyond, beyond all, over, over and above, beyond the range of, well over + Expresión Numérica, overarching, above.

* por encima de + Cantidad = in excess of + Cantidad.

* por encima de eso = beyond that.

* por encima del 10 por ciento = double digit, double figure.

* por encima de la media = above average.

* por encima de la tierra = aboveground.

* por encima de toda crítica = beyond reproach, above reproach.

* por encima de toda duda = beyond reproach, above reproach.

* por encima de toda razón = beyond reason.

* por encima de toda sospecha = above suspicion.

* por encima de todo = at all costs, at any cost, at any price.

* por ende = thereby, accordingly, therefore.

* por enfado = out of anger.

* por enojo = out of anger.

* por error = by mistake.

* por esa razón = thereby, for that reason.

* por escrito = in writing, in print, written.

* por eso = on that score, therefore.

* por eso que = hence.

* por esta razón = for this reason.

* por esta única razón = for this reason alone.

* por este motivo = for this reason.

* por esto = thus, accordingly, therefore.

* por etapas = staged.

* por excelencia = par excellence, quintessential, unique.

* por exceso = excessively, to excess.

* por explotar = untapped.

* por + Expresión Temporal = by the + Expresión Temporal.

* por extensión = by extension.

* por extenso = in full, at length.

* por falta de = for want of, for lack of.

* por fases = staged.

* por favor = please.

* por favor, responda = RSVP [R.S.V.P.].

* por fin = at length, at last, finally, at long last.

* por fin llegó la hora (de) = it's about time (that).

* por frustración = out of frustration.

* por fuera = outwardly, outwardly.

* por grupos = in batches.

* por gusto = for kicks, (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.

* por hora = hourly.

* por horas = on an hourly basis.

* por igual = alike, on an equitable basis, equally, in equal measure(s).

* por imitación = copycat.

* por incremento gradual = incremental.

* por incrementos graduales = incrementally.

* por individuo = per capita, per person.

* por iniciativa de = at the instigation of, under the auspices of.

* por instinto = instinctively.

* por interés = out of interest.

* por interés personal = self-interested.

* por investigar = unresearched.

* por invitación = invitational.

* por invitación de = at the invitation of.

* por la borda = overboard.

* por la cantidad de + Número = amounting to + Cantidad.

* por la forma = by the way.

* por la friolera de + Cantidad = to the tune of + Cantidad.

* por la fuerza = forcibly.

* por la mala fortuna = by ill fate.

* por la mala suerte = by ill luck, by bad luck, by ill fate.

* por la manera = by the way.

* por la mañana = in the morning.

* por la mañana y por la noche = morning and night.

* por la noche = overnight, at night, night-time, after dark, by night.

* por la posibilidad de = at the prospect of.

* por la presente = hereby.

* por las buenas o por las malas = by hook or by crook.

* por la sencilla razón = for no other reason.

* por las nubes = soaring.

* por la tarde = in the evening.

* por ley = mandated.

* por libre = freelance.

* por línea telefónica = over the telephone line.

* por lo general = on the whole, all in all, in general, generally, generally speaking, in the normal run of events, in the normal run of things.

* por lo pronto = for the time being.

* por lo que = so.

* por lo que concierne a = as far as + Nombre + be + concerned, so far as + Nombre + be concerned.

* por lo que concierne a Uno = on + Posesivo + side.

* por lo que dicen todos = by all accounts.

* por lo que es = in + Posesivo + own right.

* por lo que incumbe a Uno = on + Posesivo + side.

* ¡Por lo que más quieras! = for God's sake.

* por lo que se refiere a = moving on to.

* por lo que son = in + Posesivo + own right.

* por lo que yo sé = to the best of my knowledge.

* por los pelos = by the skin of + Posesivo + teeth, close call, close shave.

* por los siguientes motivos = on the following counts.

* por los suelos = in tatters.

* por lo tanto = consequently, ergo, so, then, thereby, therefore, thus, it follows that.

* por lo visto = apparently, apparently.

* por mala fortuna = unfortunately, unhappily, sadly.

* por mala suerte = by ill luck, by bad luck, by a stroke of bad luck, by ill fate.

* por mal camino = astray.

* por más que lo intento = for the life of me.

* por materias = subject-based, topically.

* por mecionar sólo unos cuantos = to mention only a few.

* por medio = out of.

* por medio de = by means of, by way of, in the form of, through, via, via the medium of, by dint of, through the agency of.

* por medio de isótopos = isotopically.

* por medio de otro(s) = by proxy.

* por medio de una agencia = on a bureau basis.

* por mencionar sólo algunos = to mention but a few of, to mention only a few.

* por mencionar sólo unos cuantos = to mention but a few of, to name only some.

* por mencionar sólo unos pocos = to name but a few.

* por mencionar unos pocos = just to name a few.

* por menús = menu-driven.

* por méritos = meritorious.

* por mes = per month.

* por miedo de = for fear of/that.

* por millones = in the millions, by the millions.

* por mor de = because of, out of consideration for, out of respect for.

* por motivo de = in the interest(s) of.

* por motivos de = for the sake of, on grounds.

* por motivos de + Nombre = for + Nombre's sake.

* por muchas razones = in many ways.

* por mucho que lo intento = for the life of me.

* por mucho tiempo = for long, for long periods of time.

* por muy + Adjetivo/Adverbio + Nombre + que + Subjuntivo = however + Adjetivo/Adverbio + Nombre + Verbo.

* por muy + Adjetivo/Adverbio + que sea = however + Adjetivo/Adverbio.

* por muy + Adjetivo + be = Adjetivo + though + Nombre + be.

* por muy difícil que parezca = difficult though it may seem, difficult as it may seem.

* por muy extraño que parezca = oddly enough, strangely enough, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange, funnily enough, funnily.

* por muy increíble que parezca = incredible though it may seem, incredibly, incredibly enough, incredible as it may seem, although it may seem incredible.

* por muy mentira que parezca = incredibly, incredible though it may seem, strangely enough, incredibly enough, incredible as it may seem, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange, although it may seem incredible.

* por muy raro que parezca = strangely enough, oddly enough, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange.

* por nada = for nothing.

* por nada del mundo = for the life of me.

* por nada or casi nada = at little or no extra cost.

* por naturaleza = by nature, by definition, characteristically, natural-born, naturally, inherently.

* por necesidad = of necessity, out of necessity.

* por niveles = multilayered [multi-layered/multi layered], multilayer, layered, tiered.

* por no decir algo peor = to put it mildly.

* por no decir nada de = to say nothing of.

* por no decir nunca = if ever.

* por no decir otra cosa peor = to say the least.

* por nombrar (sólo) + Número = to name (only) + Número.

* por nombrar sólo unos cuantos = to name only some.

* por nombrar sólo unos pocos = to name but a few.

* por + Nombre = on a + Adjetivo + basis.

* por no mencionar = not to mention.

* por norma = as a rule.

* por + Número + cosas = on + Número + counts.

* por orden de = mandated.

* por orden del congreso = congressionally mandated.

* por orden de llegada = on a first come first served basis.

* por orden numérico = in numerical order.

* por otra parte = on the other hand, on the other side, on the flip side.

* por otro lado = alternatively, however, on the other hand, on the other side, for another thing, on the flip side, on another topic, on another matter, on another note, on other matters.

* por parejas = in pairs.

* por parte de = on the part of.

* por parte de uno = on + Posesivo + part.

* por pasar el rato = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.

* por pereza = lazily.

* por + Período de Tiempo = for + Expresión Temporal.

* por persona = per person.

* por placer = for kicks, (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.

* por poco dinero = cheaply.

* por poco o nada = at little or no extra cost.

* por poderes = by proxy.

* por poner un ejemplo + Adjetivo = to take a + Adjetivo + example.

* por poner un ejemplo sobre + Nombre = to take + Nombre.

* por + Posesivo + cuenta = at + Posesivo + own expense.

* por + Posesivo + parte = for + Posesivo + part.

* por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = at + Posesivo + own expense.

* por + Posesivo + (propia) naturaleza = in + Posesivo + nature.

* por primera vez = first + Verbo, for the first time, for once.

* por principio = on principle.

* por principios = as a matter of principle.

* por probar nada se pierde = nothing ventured, nothing gained.

* por + Pronombre + mismo = all by + Reflexivo, by + Reflexivo.

* por propia iniciativa = self-directed.

* por pura curiosidad = just out of interest, (just) as a mater of interest.

* por pura diversión = for kicks.

* por puro entretenimiento = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.

* por puro placer = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.

* por qué = why.

* por razones + Adjetivo = for + Nombre + purposes.

* por razones de = for the sake of.

* por razones de seguridad = for security reasons, for safety reasons.

* por razones éticas = on moral grounds.

* por razones morales = on moral grounds.

* por razones personales = for personal reasons.

* por + Reflexivo + cuenta = for + Reflexivo.

* por rencor = out of spite.

* por respeto a = out of respect for, out of consideration for.

* por rumores = grapevine.

* por rutina = routinely.

* por sacos = by the sackful.

* por satélite = satellite-based.

* por segunda vez = a second time, the second time around, a second time around.

* por seguridad = for safety reasons.

* por semana = per week.

* por separado = at different times, in isolation, separately, singly.

* por ser + Adjetivo = as being + Adjetivo.

* por sexo = along gender lines.

* por si = in the chance that.

* por si acaso = in case of, on the off chance, just in case, on spec, for good measure.

* por si casualidad = in the chance that.

* por si era poco = for good measure.

* por si fuera poco = to boot, for good measure, to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.

* por si hace falta consultarlo en el futuro = for future reference.

* por si las moscas = just in case, on spec.

* por sí mismo = for its/their own sake, in itself, in + Posesivo + own right, itself, unto + Reflexivo, in and of + Reflexivo.

* por sí mismos = in themselves.

* por simple curiosidad = (just) as a mater of interest, just out of interest.

* por si sirve de algo = for what it's worth [FWIW].

* por sí solo = by itself, for its/their own sake, on its own, in and of + Reflexivo, in itself.

* por sí solos = by themselves, in themselves.

* por si + tener + suerte = on spec.

* por sorpresa = unawares.

* por su cuenta y riesgo = at + Posesivo + own risk.

* por suerte = luckily, fortunately, happily.

* por suerte o por desgracia = for better or (for) worse, by luck or misfortune.

* por su naturaleza = by + Posesivo + nature.

* por su papel = in its role.

* por su parte = in + Posesivo + own right.

* por su propia voluntad = of its own accord.

* por su propio derecho = in + Posesivo + own right.

* por supuesto = of course, surely, to be sure, certainly.

* ¡por supuesto que no! = heaven forbid, heaven forbid.

* por suscripción = subscriber + Nombre.

* por su volatilidad = mercurially.

* por su volubilidad = mercurially.

* por tanto = consequently, ergo, so, then, thereby, therefore, thus, it follows that.

* por teléfono = on the telephone, by tele(phone), over the phone, over the telephone.

* por temas = topically.

* por temor a = for fear of/that.

* por temor a represalias = under duress.

* por término medio = on average.

* por toda la ciudad = citywide [city-wide].

* por toda la Internet = Internet-wide.

* por toda la nación = nationwide [nation-wide].

* por toda la provincia = province-wide.

* por toda la vida = lifetime [life-time].

* por todas las instituciones oficiales = government-wide.

* por todas partes = all over the place, everywhere, widely, all around, far and wide.

* por toda una vida = lifetime [life-time].

* por todo = all over, throughout, all the way through.

* por todo el campus universitario = campus-wide [campuswide].

* por todo el continente = continent-wide.

* por todo el distrito = district-wide [districtwide].

* por todo el gobierno = government-wide.

* por todo el mundo = worldwide [world-wide], around the world, across the globe, around the globe, across the world, around the planet, the world over.

* por todo el planeta = across the planet, planet-wide.

* por todo el servicio = service-wide.

* por todo lo alto = grandly, on a grand scale.

* por todo + Lugar = up and down + Lugar.

* por todo + Nombre de Lugar = across + Nombre de Lugar.

* por todos conocido = well-known.

* por todos lados = left, right and centre, far and wide.

* por todos los medios = by all means.

* por todos sitios = everywhere.

* por triplicado = in triplicate.

* por trueque = in kind.

* por turnos = on a rotating basis, on a rota basis, on a rota system, on a rota.

* por última vez = for the last time, one last time.

* por último = finally, last, lastly, ultimately.

* por último pero no menos importante = last but not least.

* por una lado... por otro = at one end... at the other.

* por unanimidad = unanimously.

* por una parte = on the one hand, on the one side.

* por un gran margen = by a huge margin.

* por un gustazo, un trancazo = a kingdom for a kiss.

* por unidad = per unit.

* por un lado = for one, on the one hand, on the one side.

* por un lado entra + Nombre + y por otro sale + Nombre = in go + Nombre + at one end, and out come + Nombre + at the other.

* por un momento = for a moment.

* por uno mismo = on + Posesivo + own, for + Reflexivo.

* por unos momentos = for a few moments, for a short time.

* por uno solo = solo.

* por un período de tiempo limitado = on a short-term basis.

* por un tiempo = for a time.

* por un tiempo indefinido = for an indefinite time to come, for indefinite time.

* por valor de + Cantidad = amounting to + Cantidad.

* por varias razones = for a variety of reasons, for a number of reasons.

* por varios motivos = for a number of reasons.

* por venganza = out of spite.

* por voluntad propia = voluntarily.

* quedar por ver = remain + to be seen.

* tirar dinero y esfuerzo por la borda = be money and effort down the drain.

* transporte por tierra = land transport.

* utilizar por primera vez = pioneer.

* venta al por mayor = wholesaling.

* * *

por

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

Sentido I

A en relaciones causales

B según

C ¿por qué?

D en locuciones

E en expresiones concesivas

F

1 en expresiones de modo

2 indicando el medio

3 Educación

G

1 en relaciones de proporción

2 en multiplicaciones

H

1 en relaciones de sustitución etc

2 por ejemplo

I como

Sentido II

A al expresar finalidad, objetivo

B indicando consideración, favor

C indicando inclinación, elección

D en busca de

E en lo que respecta a

F indicando una situación pendiente

G estar por

Sentido III

A indicando lugar de acceso, salida

B

expresando lugar indeterminado

C expresando lugar determinado

D indicando extensión

Sentido IV

A expresando tiempo aproximado

B indicando una ocasión

C durante

prep

Sentido I

A (en relaciones causales) because of

he puesto esto aquí por el gato I've put this here because of the cat

nunca se lo dijo por miedo a perderla he never told her out of fear of losing her o because he was afraid of losing her

eso te pasa por crédulo that's what you get for being (so) gullible

lo conseguimos por él we got it thanks to him

ella es así por naturaleza she's like that by nature

lo hace por necesidad he does it out of necessity

no se acabó por falta de dinero it wasn't finished for o because of o owing to lack of money

el final no por conocido me resulta menos triste knowing how it ends doesn't make it any less sad

por su alto contenido en proteínas because of o owing to its high protein content

tanto por su precio como por su practicidad both for its price and its practical design

fue por eso por lo que no te llamé or fue por eso que no te llamé that was the reason o that was why I didn't call you

precisamente por eso no dije nada that's precisely why I didn't say anything

la muerte se produjo por asfixia he suffocated, death was caused by suffocation ( frml)

éste serviría si no fuera por el color this one would do if it weren't for the color

fue elogiado por su excelente actuación he was praised for his excellent performance

por + INF for -ING

me pidió perdón por haberme mentido he apologized for lying o for having lied to me

eso

B (según) from

por lo que he oído from what I've heard

por lo que parece no va a volver it seems o it would seem he's not coming back

por mi experiencia diría que … from my experience, I would say that …

C ( fam):

¿por? why?

¿con quién vas? — con Daniel ¿por? who are you going with? — with Daniel, why? o why do you want to know?

D ( en locuciones):

por qué why

¿por qué lloras? why are you crying?

¿por qué no vienes a almorzar a casa? why don't you come to my house for lunch?

por si in case

llévate una muda, por si tuvieras que quedarte take a change of clothes (just) in case you have to stay

acaso, mosca² (↑ mosca (2))

E (en expresiones concesivas) por … QUE:

por más que me esfuerzo me sigue saliendo mal no matter how hard I try o however hard I try, I still can't get it right

(+ subj): por (muy) fácil que se lo pongan, no creo que lo sepa hacer however easy o no matter how easy they make it for him I don't think he'll be able to do it

F

1

(en expresiones de modo): clasifícalos por tamaño classify them according to size o by size

colóquense por orden de altura line up in order of height

por adelantado in advance

por escrito in writing

2

(indicando el medio): se lo comunicaron por teléfono they told him over the phone

lo dijeron por la radio they said it on the radio

lo mandaron por avión/barco they sent it by air/sea

por carretera by road

la conocí por la voz I recognized the o her voice, I recognized her by her voice

me enteré por un amigo I heard from o through a friend

conocido por el nombre de Pancho known as Pancho

lo intenté por todos los medios I tried everything possible o every possible way

3 ( Educación):

es doctor honoris causa por Oxford he has an honorary doctorate from Oxford

un graduado en ciencias políticas por la universidad de Granada a graduate in political science from the university of Granada

G

1

(en relaciones de proporción): cobra $30 por clase he charges $30 a o per class

120 kilómetros por hora 120 kilometers an o per hour

lo venden por metro they sell it by the meter

tú comes por tres you eat enough for three people

había un hombre por cada dos mujeres there was one man to every two women

tiene tres metros de largo por uno de ancho it's three meters long by one meter wide

ya hemos hecho bastante por hoy we've done enough for today

los hizo entrar uno por uno she made them come in one by one o one at a time

examinar un escrito punto por punto to go through a document point by point

ciento² (↑ ciento (2))

2 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ]

(en multiplicaciones): tres por cuatro (son) doce three times four is twelve, three fours are twelve

H

1

(en relaciones de sustitución, intercambio, representación): su secretaria firmó por él his secretary signed for him o on his behalf

yo puedo ir por ti I can go for you o in your place

por toda respuesta se encogió de hombros all he did was shrug his shoulders

tú podrías pasar por inglesa you could pass as English o for an Englishwoman

te dan uno nuevo por dos viejos they give you one new one in exchange for two old ones

es senador por Canarias he's a senator for the Canary Islands

2

(como): por ejemplo for example

¿acepta usted por esposa a Carmen? do you take Carmen to be your (lawful wedded) wife?

I (introduciendo el agente) by

un lugar frecuentado por muchos famosos a place frequented by many famous people

se vieron sorprendidos por una tormenta they were caught in a sudden storm

la ocupación de la fábrica por (parte de) los obreros the occupation of the factory by the workers

ver tb parte² f B. (↑ parte (2))

Sentido II

A

(al expresar finalidad, objetivo): se estaban peleando por la pelota they were fighting over the ball

lo hace por el dinero he does it for the money

te lo digo por tu bien I'm telling you for your own good

por + INF:

daría cualquier cosa por verte contento I'd give anything to see you happy

no entré por no molestar I didn't go in so as not to disturb him o because I didn't want to disturb him

eso es hablar por hablar that's talking for the sake of talking o for the sake of it

por QUE + SUBJ here por que can also be written porque:

estaba ansioso por que lo escucharan he was eager for them to listen to him

recemos por que lleguen a un acuerdo let's pray that they'll come to an agreement

siguieron luchando por que se hiciera justicia they continued fighting for justice to be done

B

(indicando consideración, favor): haría cualquier cosa por ti I'd do anything for you

intercede por nosotros intercede for us

por mí no lo hagas don't do it just for me o for my sake

C

(indicando inclinación, elección): su amor por la música her love of music

demostró gran interés por el cuadro he showed great interest in the painting

no siento nada por él I don't feel anything for him

opté por no ir I chose not to go

votó por ella he voted for her

¿por la afirmativa? all those in favor?

se manifestaron por el derecho al aborto they demonstrated for the right to abortion

estar por algn ( fam); to be crazy about sb

D

(en busca de): salió/fue poror ( Esp) a por pan he went (out) for some bread, he went (out) to get some bread

E

(en lo que respecta a): por mí no hay inconveniente I don't mind

que haga lo que le dé la gana, por mí … let him do what he likes, as far as I'm concerned …

F (indicando una situación pendiente) por + INF:

tengo toda la casa por limpiar I've got the whole house to clean

estos cambios aún están por hacer these changes have still not been made o are yet to be made

ver² vt C 1. (↑ ver (2))

G

( AmL) estar por + INF (estar a punto de): deben de estar por llegar they should be arriving any minute

la leche está por hervir the milk's about to boil

Sentido III

A

(indicando lugar de acceso, salida, trayectoria): entró por la ventana he came in through the window

sal por aquí go out this way

el acceso al edificio es por la calle Lamas you enter the building from Lamas Street

el piano no va a pasar por la puerta the piano won't go through the door

se cayó por la escalera he fell down the stairs

subieron por la ladera este they went up by the east face

¿el 121 va por (la) Avenida Rosas? does the 121 go along Rosas Avenue?

fuimos por el camino más largo we took the longer route

no vayas por ahí que te vas a perder don't go that way, you'll get lost

¿por dónde has venido? which way did you come?

¿puedes pasar por la tintorería? could you call in at o drop by the drycleaner's?

B

(expresando lugar indeterminado): está por ahí he's over there somewhere

¿por dónde está or queda el restaurante? whereabouts is the restaurant?

viven por el sur/por mi barrio they live in the south somewhere/around my area

hace mucho que no lo vemos por aquí we haven't seen him around here for ages

¿qué tal te fue por Londres? how did you get on in London?

C

(expresando lugar determinado): corta por aquí cut here

voy por la página 15 I'm up to o I'm on page 15

empieza por el principio start at the beginning

agárralo por el mango hold it by the handle

D

(indicando extensión): lo he buscado por todos lados or por todas partes I've looked everywhere for it

la epidemia se extendió por todo el país the epidemic spread throughout the (whole) country

estuvimos viajando por el norte de Francia we were traveling around o in the North of France

fuimos a caminar por la playa we went for a walk along the beach

pasa un trapo por el piso give the floor a quick wipe

ver tb afuera, adentro, dentro, fuera¹ adv A 1. (↑ fuera (1)), encima, por etc

Sentido IV

A

(expresando tiempo aproximado): por aquella época at that time

por aquel entonces vivían en Pozuelo at that time they were living in Pozuelo

sucedió por allá por 1960 it happened some time back around 1960

B ( Esp) (indicando una ocasión) for

me lo regalaron por mi cumpleaños they gave it to me for my birthday

por Semana Santa pensamos ir a Londres we're thinking of going to London for Easter

C (durante) for

por los siglos de los siglos for ever and ever

no se lo confío ni por un minuto I wouldn't trust him with it for a minute

puede quedar así por el momento or por ahora it can stay like that for the time being o for now

ver tb mañana³ (↑ mañana (3)), tarde² (↑ tarde (2)), noche

* * *

por preposición
1 ( causa) because of;
◊ por falta de dinero because of o owing to lack of money;

por naturaleza by nature;
por necesidad out of necessity;
por eso no dije nada that's why I didn't say anything;
fue por eso que no te llamé that was why I didn't call you;
si no fuera por mi hijo … if it wasn't for my son …;
me pidió perdón por haberme mentido he apologized for lying o for having lied to me
2 ( en locs)
◊ por qué why;

no dijo por qué he didn't say why;
¿por qué no vienes conmigo? why don't you come with me?;
por si in case;
por si no entiende in case he doesn't understand;
See Also→ acaso 2, mosca
3 ( en expresiones concesivas):
◊ por más que me esfuerzo however hard o no matter how hard I try;

por (muy) fácil que sea however easy o no matter how easy it is
4
a) ( modo):

◊ colócalos por orden de tamaño put them in order of size;

por adelantado in advance;
por escrito in writing
b) ( medio):

◊ se lo comunicaron por teléfono they told him over the phone;

lo dijeron por la radio they said it on the radio;
por avión by air;
la conocí por la voz I recognized her by her voice;
me enteré por un amigo I heard from o through a friend
5
a) ( proporción):

◊ cobra $30 por clase he charges $30 a o per class;

120 kilómetros por hora 120 kilometers an o per hour;
por metro/docena by the meter/dozen;
tú comes por tres you eat enough for three people;
tiene tres metros de largo por uno de ancho it's three meters long by one meter wide;
uno por uno one by one;
See Also→ ciento sustantivo masculino b
b) ( en multiplicaciones):

◊ tres por cuatro (son) doce three times four is twelve, three fours are twelve

6
a) ( sustitución) for;

◊ su secretaria firmó por él his secretary signed for him o on his behalf;

pasa por inglesa she passes for an Englishwoman
b) ( como):

◊ por ejemplo for example

7 ( introduciendo el agente) by;
◊ compuesto por Mozart composed by Mozart

1 (finalidad, objetivo):
◊ pelearse por algo to fight over sth;

lo hace por el dinero he does it for the money;
no entré por no molestarlo I didn't go in because I didn't want to disturb him;
por que + subj (here por que can also be written porque): estaba ansioso por que lo escucharan he was eager for them to listen to him
2 (indicando inclinación, elección):
◊ su amor por la música her love of music;

no siento nada por él I don't feel anything for him;
votó por ella he voted for her
3 ( en busca de): salió/fue por or (Esp) a por pan he went (out) for some bread, he went (out) to get some bread
4 ( en lo que respecta a):
◊ por mí que haga lo que quiera as far as I'm concerned, he can do what he likes

5 (esp AmL) estar por + inf ( estar a punto de) to be about to + inf;
◊ está por terminar he's about to finish;

deben (de) estar por llegar they should be arriving any minute
1
a) ( lugar):

◊ entró por la ventana he came in through the window;

sal por aquí go out this way;
se cayó por la escalera he fell down the stairs;
¿el 121 va por (la) Avenida Rosas? does the 121 go along Rosas Avenue?;
¿por dónde has venido? which way did you come?;
está por ahí he's over there somewhere;
¿por dónde está el hotel? whereabouts is the hotel?;
viven por mi barrio they live around my area;
voy por la página 15 I'm up to o I'm on page 15;
empieza por el principio start at the beginning;
agárralo por el mango hold it by the handle
b) ( indicando extensión): por todos lados or por todas partes everywhere;

◊ viajamos por el norte de Francia we traveled around o in the North of France;

ver tb dentro, fuera, encima, etc
2 ( tiempo) for;
◊ por un mes for a month;

por el momento or por ahora for the time being, for now;
ver tb mañana, tarde, noche
3 (Esp) ( ocasión) for;
◊ me lo regaló por mi cumpleaños she gave it to me for my birthday

por preposición
1 (autoría) by: está escrito por mí, it was written by me
2 (camino, lugar) through: viajamos por Castilla, we travelled round Castilla
3 (medio) lo enviaron por avión, they sent it by plane
me enteré por el periódico, I read about it in the newspaper
4 (motivo, causa) because of
por tu culpa, because of you
(en favor de) for: hazlo por ellos, do it for their sake
por la libertad, for freedom
5 (en torno a) por San Juan, near Saint John's Day
6 (durante) por la mañana/noche, in the morning/at night
por el momento, for the time being
7 (a través) entramos por la puerta, we got in through the door
miramos por la ventana, we looked out (of) the window
pasamos por la ciudad, we went through the town
8 (sobre, por encima de) cruzaremos por el puente, we'll cross the bridge
9 (delante de) paso todos los días por tu casa, I go by your house every day
10 (a cambio de) for: te doy mi helado por tu yogur, I'll swap you my ice-cream for your yoghurt
11 (en una distribución, cálculo) por cabeza, a head, per person
mil pesetas por hora, a thousand pesetas per hour
dos mil revoluciones por minuto, two thousand revolutions per minute
12 (en una multiplicación) dos por dos, cuatro, two times two is four
un diez por ciento, ten per cent
13 (con infinitivo) in order to, so as to
trabajar por trabajar, to work for the sake of it
♦ Locuciones: por así decirlo, so to speak
por más/mucho que..., no matter how...
por qué, why
' por' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- abogar
- abonar
- abonarse
- abotargada
- abotargado
- abuelo
- acabar
- acaso
- accidente
- acercarse
- acertar
- aclamación
- acomplejada
- acomplejado
- acomplejarse
- acoquinar
- acostumbrar
- actual
- adelantada
- adelantado
- adivinar
- admitir
- adoración
- aérea
- aéreo
- afanarse
- afectada I
- afectado
- afición
- agradecer
- aguantar
- ahí
- ahogada
- ahogado
- ahora
- ahorcarse
- ahorrar
- aire
- alegrarse
- algo
- allá
- allí
- almacén
- alquiler
- alta
- alto
- aludida
- aludido
- amarga
English:
A
- aback
- ablaze
- about
- above
- absence
- absorb
- accident
- accidentally
- acclaim
- accompany
- accord
- accordingly
- account
- accustom
- actual
- actually
- add to
- advocate
- after
- afternoon
- again
- against
- air
- airmail
- alert
- allowance
- alone
- alphabetically
- alternately
- amble
- amends
- amok
- angry
- annihilate
- annoy
- answer for
- answering service
- antipathy
- anxious
- anywhere
- apologetic
- apologize
- appal
- appall
- apparently
- appearance
- appease
- appointment
- appreciate

* * *

por prep

1. [indica causa] because of;

llegó tarde por el tráfico she was late because of the traffic;

lo hizo por amor he did it out of o for love;

me disculpé por llegar tarde I apologized for arriving late;

miré dentro por simple curiosidad I looked inside out of pure curiosity;

accidentes por conducción temeraria accidents caused by reckless driving;

muertes por enfermedades cardiovasculares deaths from cardiovascular disease;

no quise llamar por la hora (que era) I didn't want to call because of the time;

cerrado por vacaciones/reformas [en letrero] closed for holidays/alterations;

por mí no te preocupes don't worry about me;
Esp
fue por eso por lo que tuvimos tantos problemas, Am [m5] fue por eso que tuvimos tantos problemas that's why we had so many problems;

eso te pasa por (ser tan) generoso that's what you get for being so generous;

la razón por (la) que dimite the reason (why) she is resigning;

¿por qué? why?;

¿por qué no vienes? why don't you come?;

¿por qué lo preguntas? – por nada why do you ask? – no reason;
Fam
¿por? why?;

por si in case;

por si se te olvida in case you forget

2. [indica indicio]
por lo que me dices/lo que he oído no debe de ser tan difícil from what you say/what I've heard, it can't be that difficult;

por lo que tengo entendido, viven juntos as I understand it, they live together, my understanding is that they live together;

por lo visto, por lo que se ve apparently

3. [indica finalidad] (antes de infinitivo) (in order) to;

* * *

por

prp

1 motivo for, because of;

lo hace por mí he does it for me;

lo hizo por amor she did it out of o for love;

luchó por sus ideales he fought for his ideals;

por miedo a ofenderle for fear of upsetting her;

vino por verme he came to see me

2 medio by;

por avión by air;

por correo by mail, Br

tb by post

3 tiempo

:

por un año/un segundo for a year/a second;

por la mañana in the morning;

por Navidad around Christmas

4 movimiento

:

por la calle down the street;

por un tunel through a tunnel;

por aquí this way

5 posición aproximada around, about;

está por aquí it’s around here (somewhere);

vive por el centro de la ciudad she lives somewhere around the center of town

6 cambio

:

por cincuenta pesos for fifty pesos;

por cabeza each, a head

7 otros usos

:

por hora an o per hour;

dos por dos two times two;

¿por qué? why?;

el motivo por el cual o

por el que … the reason why …;

esa factura aún está por pagar that invoice still has to be paid;

tomar por esposa marry;

por difícil que sea however difficult it might be

* * *

por prep

1) : for, during

se quedaron allí por la semana: they stayed there during the week

por el momento: for now, at the moment

2) : around, during

por noviembre empieza a nevar: around November it starts to snow

por la mañana: in the morning

3) : around (a place)

debe estar por allí: it must be over there

por todas partes: everywhere

4) : by, through, along

por la puerta: through the door

pasé por tu casa: I stopped by your house

por la costa: along the coast

5) : for, for the sake of

lo hizo por su madre: he did it for his mother

¡por Dios!: for heaven's sake!

6) : because of, on account of

llegué tarde por el tráfico: I arrived late because of the traffic

dejar por imposible: to give up as impossible

7) : per

60 millas por hora: 60 miles per hour

por docena: by the dozen

8) : for, in exchange for, instead of

su hermana habló por él: his sister spoke on his behalf

9) : by means of

hablar por teléfono: to talk on the phone

por escrito: in writing

10) : as for

por mí: as far as I'm concerned

11) : times

tres por dos son seis: three times two is six

12) según: from, according to

por lo que dices: judging from what you're telling me

13) : as, for

por ejemplo: for example

14) : by

hecho por mi abuela: made by my grandmother

por correo: by mail

15) : for, in order to

lucha por ganar su respeto: he struggles to win her respect

16)

estar por : to be about to

17)

por ciento : percent

18)

por favor : please

19)

por lo tanto : therefore, consequently

20)

¿por qué? : why?

21)

por que porque

22)

por... que : no matter how

por mucho que intente: no matter how hard I try

23)

por si or

por si acaso : just in case

* * *

por prep

1. (a través de) through

entra por la puerta de la derecha go in through the door on the right

por el bosque through the wood

2. (la calle) along / down

iba por la calle I was walking down the street

3. (indica camino) via / by

fuimos por la carretera comarcal we went by the B road

4. (indica una parte concreta) by

sujeta la cacerola por el asa hold the saucepan by its handle

5. (indica el tiempo)

por la mañana in the morning

por Navidades at Christmas

por la noche at night

por unos días for a few days

6. (a causa de) because of

suspendieron el concierto por la lluvia the concert was cancelled because of the rain

7. (a fin de) to / in order to

por complacer al padre in order to please her father

8. (indica el autor) by

el cuadro fue pintado por Picasso the picture was painted by Picasso

9. (en favor o defensa de) for

haría cualquier cosa por su hijo she'd do anything for her son

es por tu propio bien it's for your own good

10. (multiplicado) times

cuatro por cuatro son dieciséis four times four is sixteen

11. (a cambio de) for

lo compré por cien pesetas I bought it for a hundred pesetas

te doy este libro por esos sellos I'll give you this book for those stamps

12. (en vez de) instead of

ya jugaré yo por Jaime I'll play instead of Jaime

13. (indica que una acción todavía no está hecha)

las camas están por hacer the beds still have to be made

ir por / ir a por to fetch

¡ve a por mis zapatillas, por favor! fetch my slippers, please!

por + adjetivo however + adjective

por barato que parezca however cheap it may seem

por mucho que te quejes however much you complain

por aquí (cerca) near here (indicando camino) this way

por ciento per cent

por correo by post

por fin at last

por la fuerza by force

por lo general generally / usually

por lo menos at least

por mí as far as I'm concerned

por si... in case...

por sorpresa by surprise

por supuesto of course

por tanto therefore

por teléfono on the telephone

¿por qué? why?

Spanish-English dictionary > por
6 ad

ad, prep. with acc. (from the fourth century after Christ written also at; Etrusc. suf. -a; Osc. az; Umbr. and Old Lat. ar, as [p. 27] in Eug. Tab., in S. C. de Bacch., as arveho for adveho; arfuerunt, arfuisse, for adfuerunt, etc.; arbiter for adbiter; so, ar me advenias, Plant. Truc. 2, 2, 17; cf. Prisc. 559 P.; Vel. Long. 2232 P.; Fabretti, Glos. Ital. col. 5) [cf. Sanscr. adhi; Goth. and Eng. at; Celt. pref. ar, as armor, i.e. ad mare; Rom. a].
I.
As antith. to ab (as in to ex), in a progressive order of relation, ad denotes, first, the direction toward an object; then the reaching of or attaining to it; and finally, the being at or near it.
A.
In space.
1.
Direction toward, to, toward, and first,
a.
Horizontally:
fugere ad puppim colles campique videntur,
the hills and fields appear to fly toward the ship, Lucr. 4, 390: meridie umbrae cadunt ad septentrionem, ortu vero ad occasum, to or toward the north and west, Plin. 2, 13, and so often of the geog. position of a place in reference to the points of compass, with the verbs jacere, vergere, spectare, etc.:
Asia jacet ad meridiem et austrum, Europa ad septentriones et aquiionem,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 31 Mull.;
and in Plin. very freq.: Creta ad austrum... ad septentrionem versa, 4, 20: ad Atticam vergente, 4, 21 al.—Also trop.: animus alius ad alia vitia propensior,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 37, 81.—
b.
In a direction upwards (esp. in the poets, very freq.): manusque sursum ad caelum sustulit, Naev. ap. Non. 116, 30 (B. Pun. p. 13, ed. Vahl.): manus ad caeli templa tendebam lacrimans, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 20, 40 (Ann. v. 50 ed. Vahl.); cf.:
duplices tendens ad sidera palmas,
Verg. A. 1, 93: molem ex profundo saxeam ad caelum vomit, Att. ap. Prisc. 1325 P.: clamor ad caelum volvendus, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 104 Mull. (Ann. v. 520 ed. Vahl.) (cf. with this: tollitur in caelum clamor, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, or Ann. v. 422):
ad caelumque ferat flammai fulgura rursum, of Aetna,
Lucr. 1, 725; cf. id. 2, 191; 2, 325: sidera sola micant;
ad quae sua bracchia tendens, etc.,
Ov. M. 7, 188:
altitudo pertingit ad caelum,
Vulg. Dan. 4, 17.—
c.
Also in the direction downwards (for the usu. in):
tardiore semper ad terras omnium quae geruntur in caelo effectu cadente quam visu,
Plin. 2, 97, 99, § 216.
2.
The point or goal at which any thing arrives.
a.
Without reference to the space traversed in passing, to, toward (the most common use of this prep.): cum stupro redire ad suos popularis, Naev. ap. Fest. p. 317 Mull. (B. Pun. p. 14 ed. Vahl.):
ut ex tam alto dignitatis gradu ad superos videatur potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,
Cic. Lael. 3, 12: ad terras decidat aether, Lucan. 2, 58. —Hence,
(α).
With verbs which designate going, coming, moving, bearing, bringing near, adapting, taking, receiving, calling, exciting, admonishing, etc., when the verb is compounded with ad the prep. is not always repeated, but the constr. with the dat. or acc. employed; cf. Rudd. II. pp. 154, 175 n. (In the ante-class. per., and even in Cic., ad is generally repeated with most verbs, as, ad eos accedit, Cic. Sex. Rosc. 8:
ad Sullam adire,
id. ib. 25:
ad se adferre,
id. Verr. 4, 50:
reticulum ad naris sibi admovebat,
id. ib. 5, 27:
ad laborem adhortantur,
id. de Sen. 14:
T. Vectium ad se arcessit,
id. Verr. 5, 114; but the poets of the Aug. per., and the historians, esp. Tac., prefer the dative; also, when the compound verb contains merely the idea of approach, the constr. with ad and the acc. is employed; but when it designates increase, that with the dat. is more usual: accedit ad urbem, he approaches the city; but, accedit provinciae, it is added to the province.)—
(β).
Ad me, te, se, for domum meam, tuam, suam (in Plaut. and Ter. very freq.):
oratus sum venire ad te huc,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 1, 12: spectatores plaudite atque ite ad vos comissatum, id. Stich. fin.:
eamus ad me,
Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 64:
ancillas traduce huc ad vos,
id. Heaut. 4, 4, 22:
transeundumst tibi ad Menedemum,
id. 4, 4, 17: intro nos vocat ad sese, tenet intus apud se, Lucil. ap. Charis. p. 86 P.:
te oro, ut ad me Vibonem statim venias,
Cic. Att. 3, 3; 16, 10 al.—
(γ).
Ad, with the name of a deity in the gen., is elliptical for ad templum or aedem (cf.:
Thespiadas, quae ad aedem Felicitatis sunt,
Cic. Verr. 4, 4; id. Phil. 2, 35:
in aedem Veneris,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 120;
in aedem Concordiae,
Cic. Cat. 3, 9, 21;
2, 6, 12): ad Dianae,
to the temple of, Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 43:
ad Opis,
Cic. Att. 8, 1, 14:
ad Castoris,
id. Quint. 17:
ad Juturnae,
id. Clu. 101:
ad Vestae,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 35 al.: cf. Rudd. II. p. 41, n. 4, and p. 334.—
(δ).
With verbs which denote a giving, sending, informing, submitting, etc., it is used for the simple dat. (Rudd. II. p. 175): litteras dare ad aliquem, to send or write one a letter; and: litteras dare alicui, to give a letter to one; hence Cic. never says, like Caesar and Sall., alicui scribere, which strictly means, to write for one (as a receipt, etc.), but always mittere, scribere, perscribere ad aliquem:
postea ad pistores dabo,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 119:
praecipe quae ad patrem vis nuntiari,
id. Capt. 2, 2, 109:
in servitutem pauperem ad divitem dare,
Ter. Ph. 4, 3, 48:
nam ad me Publ. Valerius scripsit,
Cic. Fam. 14, 2 med.:
de meis rebus ad Lollium perscripsi,
id. ib. 5, 3:
velim domum ad te scribas, ut mihi tui libri pateant,
id. Att. 4, 14; cf. id. ib. 4, 16:
ad primam (sc. epistulam) tibi hoc scribo,
in answer to your first, id. ib. 3, 15, 2:
ad Q. Fulvium Cons. Hirpini et Lucani dediderunt sese,
Liv. 27, 15, 1; cf. id. 28, 22, 5.—Hence the phrase: mittere or scribere librum ad aliquem, to dedicate a book to one (Greek, prosphônein):
has res ad te scriptas, Luci, misimus, Aeli,
Lucil. Sat. 1, ap. Auct. Her. 4, 12:
quae institueram, ad te mittam,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 5: ego interea admonitu tuo perfeci sane argutulos libros ad Varronem;
and soon after: mihi explices velim, maneasne in sententia, ut mittam ad eum quae scripsi,
Cic. Att. 13, 18; cf. ib. 16; Plin. 1, 19.—So in titles of books: M. Tullii Ciceronis ad Marcum Brutum Orator; M. T. Cic. ad Q. Fratrem Dialogi tres de Oratore, etc.—In the titles of odes and epigrams ad aliquem signifies to, addressed to. —
(ε).
With names of towns after verbs of motion, ad is used in answer to the question Whither? instead of the simple acc.; but commonly with this difference, that ad denotes to the vicinity of, the neighborhood of:
miles ad Capuam profectus sum, quintoque anno post ad Tarentum,
Cic. de Sen. 4, 10; id. Fam. 3, 81:
ad Veios,
Liv. 5, 19; 14, 18; cf. Caes. B. G. 1, 7; id. B. C. 3, 40 al.—Ad is regularly used when the proper name has an appellative in apposition to it:
ad Cirtam oppidum iter constituunt,
Sall. J. 81, 2; so Curt. 3, 1, 22; 4, 9, 9;
or when it is joined with usque,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 34, § 87; id. Deiot, 7, 19.— (When an adjective is added, the simple acc. is used poet., as well as with ad:
magnum iter ad doctas proficisci cogor Athenas,
Prop. 3, 21, 1; the simple acc., Ov. H. 2, 83: doctas jam nunc eat, inquit, Athenas).—
(ζ).
With verbs which imply a hostile movement toward, or protection in respect to any thing, against = adversus:
nonne ad senem aliquam fabricam fingit?
Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 34:
Lernaeas pugnet ad hydras,
Prop. 3, 19, 9: neque quo pacto fallam, nec quem dolum ad eum aut machinam commoliar, old poet in Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 73:
Belgarum copias ad se venire vidit,
Caes. B. G. 2, 5; 7, 70:
ipse ad hostem vehitur,
Nep. Dat. 4, 5; id. Dion. 5, 4: Romulus ad regem impetus facit (a phrase in which in is commonly found), Liv. 1, 5, 7, and 44, 3, 10:
aliquem ad hostem ducere,
Tac. A. 2, 52:
clipeos ad tela protecti obiciunt,
Verg. A. 2, 443:
munio me ad haec tempora,
Cic. Fam. 9, 18:
ad hos omnes casus provisa erant praesidia,
Caes. B. G. 7, 65; 7, 41;
so with nouns: medicamentum ad aquam intercutem,
Cic. Off. 3, 24:
remedium ad tertianam,
Petr. Sat. 18:
munimen ad imbris,
Verg. G. 2, 352:
farina cum melle ad tussim siccam efficasissima est,
Plin. 20, 22, 89, § 243:
ad muliebre ingenium efficaces preces,
Liv. 1, 9; 1, 19 (in these two passages ad may have the force of apud, Hand).—
(η).
The repetition of ad to denote the direction to a place and to a person present in it is rare:
nunc tu abi ad forum ad herum,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 100; cf.:
vocatis classico ad concilium militibus ad tribunos,
Liv. 5 47.—(The distinction between ad and in is given by Diom. 409 P., thus: in forum ire est in ipsum forum intrare; ad forum autem ire, in locum foro proximum; ut in tribunal et ad tribunal venire non unum est; quia ad tribunal venit litigator, in tribunal vero praetor aut judex; cf. also Sen. Ep. 73, 14, deus ad homines venit, immo, quod propius est, in homines venit.)—
b.
The terminus, with ref. to the space traversed, to, even to, with or without usque, Quint. 10, 7, 16: ingurgitavit usque ad imum gutturem, Naev. ap. Non. 207, 20 (Rib. Com. Rel. p. 30): dictator pervehitur usque ad oppidum, Naev. ap. Varr. L. L. 5, § 153 Mull. (B. Pun. p. 16 ed. Vahl.):
via pejor ad usque Baii moenia,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 96; 1, 1, 97:
rigidum permanat frigus ad ossa,
Lucr. 1, 355; 1, 969:
cum sudor ad imos Manaret talos,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 10:
ut quantum posset, agmen ad mare extenderet,
Curt. 3, 9, 10:
laeva pars ad pectus est nuda,
id. 6, 5, 27 al. —Hence the Plinian expression, petere aliquid (usque) ad aliquem, to seek something everywhere, even with one:
ut ad Aethiopas usque peteretur,
Plin. 36, 6, 9, § 51 (where Jan now reads ab Aethiopia); so,
vestis ad Seras peti,
id. 12, 1, 1.— Trop.:
si quid poscam, usque ad ravim poscam,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 5, 10:
deverberasse usque ad necem,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 13;
without usque: hic ad incitas redactus,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 136; 4, 2, 52; id. Poen. 4, 2, 85; illud ad incitas cum redit atque internecionem, Lucil. ap. Non. 123, 20:
virgis ad necem caedi,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; so Hor. S. 1, 2, 42; Liv. 24, 38, 9; Tac. A. 11, 37; Suet. Ner. 26; id. Dom. 8 al.
3.
Nearness or proximity in gen. = apud, near to, by, at, close by (in anteclass. per. very freq.; not rare later, esp. in the historians): pendent peniculamenta unum ad quemque pedum, trains are suspended at each foot, Enn. ap. Non. 149, 33 (Ann. v. 363 ed. Vahl.):
ut in servitute hic ad suum maneat patrem,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 49; cf. id. ib. 2, 3, 98;
3, 5, 41: sol quasi flagitator astat usque ad ostium,
stands like a creditor continually at the door, id. Most. 3, 2, 81 (cf. with same force, Att. ap. Non. 522, 25;
apud ipsum astas): ad foris adsistere,
Cic. Verr. 1, 66; id. Arch. 24:
astiterunt ad januam,
Vulg. Act. 10, 17:
non adest ad exercitum,
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 6; cf. ib. prol. 133:
aderant ad spectaculum istud,
Vulg. Luc. 23, 48: has (testas) e fenestris in caput Deiciunt, qui prope ad ostium adspiraverunt, Lucil. ap. Non. 288, 31:
et nec opinanti Mors ad caput adstitit,
Lucr. 3, 959:
quod Romanis ad manum domi supplementum esset,
at hand, Liv. 9, 19, 6:
haec arma habere ad manum,
Quint. 12, 5, 1:
dominum esse ad villam,
Cic. Sull. 20; so id. Verr. 2, 21:
errantem ad flumina,
Verg. E. 6, 64; Tib. 1, 10, 38; Plin. 7, 2, § 12; Vitr. 7, 14; 7, 12; and ellipt. (cf. supra, 2. g):
pecunia utinam ad Opis maneret!
Cic. Phil. 1, 17.—Even of persons:
qui primum pilum ad Caesarem duxerat (for apud),
Caes. B. G. 6, 38; so id. ib. 1, 31; 3, 9; 5, 53; 7, 5; id. B. C. 3, 60:
ad inferos poenas parricidii luent,
among, Cic. Phil. 14, 13:
neque segnius ad hostes bellum apparatur,
Liv. 7, 7, 4: pugna ad Trebiam, ad Trasimenum, ad Cannas, etc., for which Liv. also uses the gen.:
si Trasimeni quam Trebiae, si Cannarum quam Trasimeni pugna nobilior esset, 23, 43, 4.—Sometimes used to form the name of a place, although written separately, e. g. ad Murcim,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 154:
villa ad Gallinas, a villa on the Flaminian Way,
Plin. 15, 30, 40, § 37: ad urbem esse (of generals), to remain outside the city (Rome) until permission was given for a triumph:
“Esse ad urbem dicebantur, qui cum potestate provinciali aut nuper e provincia revertissent, aut nondum in provinciam profecti essent... solebant autem, qui ob res in provincia gestas triumphum peterent, extra urbem exspectare, donec, lege lata, triumphantes urbem introire possent,”
Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 3, 8.—So sometimes with names of towns and verbs of rest:
pons, qui erat ad Genavam,
Caes. B. G. 1, 7:
ad Tibur mortem patri minatus est,
Cic. Phil. 6, 4, 10:
conchas ad Caietam legunt,
id. Or. 2, 6:
ad forum esse,
to be at the market, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 136; id. Most. 3, 2, 158; cf. Ter. Ph. 4, 2, 8; id. And. 1, 5, 19.—Hence, adverb., ad dextram (sc. manum, partem), ad laevam, ad sinistram, to the right, to the left, or on the right, on the left:
ad dextram,
Att. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 225; Plaut. Poen. 3, 4, 1; Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 44; Cic. Univ. 13; Caes. B. C. 1, 69:
ad laevam,
Enn. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 51; Att. ib. p. 217: ad sinistram, Ter. [p. 28] Ad. 4, 2, 43 al.:
ad dextram... ad laevam,
Liv. 40, 6;
and with an ordinal number: cum plebes ad tertium milliarium consedisset,
at the third milestone, Cic. Brut. 14, 54, esp. freq. with lapis:
sepultus ad quintum lapidem,
Nep. Att. 22, 4; so Liv. 3, 69 al.; Tac. H. 3, 18; 4, 60 (with apud, Ann. 1, 45; 3, 45; 15, 60) al.; cf. Rudd. II. p. 287.
B.
In time, analogous to the relations given in A.
1.
Direction toward, i. e. approach to a definite point of time, about, toward:
domum reductus ad vesperum,
toward evening, Cic. Lael. 3, 12:
cum ad hiemem me ex Cilicia recepissem,
toward winter, id. Fam. 3, 7.—
2.
The limit or boundary to which a space of time extends, with and without usque, till, until, to, even to, up to:
ego ad illud frugi usque et probus fui,
Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 53:
philosophia jacuit usque ad hanc aetatem,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 3, 5; id. de Sen. 14:
quid si hic manebo potius ad meridiem,
Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 55; so id. Men. 5, 7, 33; id. Ps. 1, 5, 116; id. As. 2, 1, 5:
ad multam noctem,
Cic. de Sen. 14:
Sophocles ad summam senectutem tragoedias fecit,
id. ib. 2; cf. id. Rep. 1, 1:
Alexandream se proficisci velle dixit (Aratus) remque integram ad reditum suum jussit esse,
id. Off. 2, 23, 82:
bestiae ex se natos amant ad quoddam tempus,
id. Lael. 8; so id. de Sen. 6; id. Somn. Sc. 1 al. —And with ab or ab-usque, to desig. the whole period of time passed away:
ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,
Cic. Att. 7, 8:
usque ab aurora ad hoc diei,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 8.—
3.
Coincidence with a point of time, at, on, in, by:
praesto fuit ad horam destinatam,
at the appointed hour, Cic. Tusc. 5, 22:
admonuit ut pecuniam ad diem solverent,
on the day of payment, id. Att. 16, 16 A:
nostra ad diem dictam fient,
id. Fam. 16, 10, 4; cf. id. Verr. 2, 2, 5: ad lucem denique arte et graviter dormitare coepisse, at (not toward) daybreak, id. Div. 1, 28, 59; so id. Att. 1, 3, 2; 1, 4, 3; id. Fin. 2, 31, 103; id. Brut. 97, 313:
ad id tempus,
Caes. B. C. 1, 24; Sall. J. 70, 5; Tac. A. 15, 60; Suet. Aug. 87; Domit. 17, 21 al.
C.
The relations of number.
1.
An approximation to a sum designated, near, near to, almost, about, toward (cf. Gr. epi, pros with acc. and the Fr. pres de, a peu pres, presque) = circiter (Hand, Turs. I. p. 102):
ad quadraginta eam posse emi minas,
Plaut. Ep. 2, 2, 111:
nummorum Philippum ad tria milia,
id. Trin. 1, 2, 115; sometimes with quasi added:
quasi ad quadraginta minas,
as it were about, id. Most. 3, 1, 95; so Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 93:
sane frequentes fuimus omnino ad ducentos,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 1:
cum annos ad quadraginta natus esset,
id. Clu. 40, 110:
ad hominum milia decem,
Caes. B. G. 1, 4:
oppida numero ad duodecim, vicos ad quadringentos,
id. ib. 1, 5.—In the histt. and post-Aug. authors ad is added adverbially in this sense (contrary to Gr. usage, by which amphi, peri, and eis with numerals retain their power as prepositions): ad binum milium numero utrinque sauciis factis, Sisenn. ap. Non. 80, 4:
occisis ad hominum milibus quattuor,
Caes. B. G. 2, 33:
ad duorum milium numero ceciderunt,
id. B. C. 3, 53:
ad duo milia et trecenti occisi,
Liv. 10, 17, 8; so id. 27, 12, 16; Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Rudd. II. p. 334.—
2.
The terminus, the limit, to, unto, even to, a designated number (rare):
ranam luridam conicere in aquam usque quo ad tertiam partem decoxeris,
Varr. R. R. 1, 2, 26; cf. App. Herb. 41:
aedem Junonis ad partem dimidiam detegit,
even to the half, Liv. 42, 3, 2:
miles (viaticum) ad assem perdiderat,
to a farthing, to the last farthing, Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 27; Plin. Ep. 1, 15:
quid ad denarium solveretur,
Cic. Quint. 4.—The phrase omnes ad unum or ad unum omnes, or simply ad unum, means lit. all to one, i. e. all together, all without exception; Gr. hoi kath hena pantes (therefore the gender of unum is changed according to that of omnes): praetor omnes extra castra, ut stercus, foras ejecit ad unum, Lucil. ap. Non. 394, 22:
de amicitia omnes ad unum idem sentiunt,
Cic. Lael. 23:
ad unum omnes cum ipso duce occisi sunt,
Curt. 4, 1, 22 al.:
naves Rhodias afflixit ita, ut ad unam omnes constratae eliderentur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 27; onerariae omnes ad unam a nobis sunt exceptae, Cic. Fam. 12, 14 (cf. in Gr. hoi kath hena; in Hebr., Exod. 14, 28).— Ad unum without omnes:
ego eam sententiam dixi, cui sunt assensi ad unum,
Cic. Fam. 10, 16:
Juppiter omnipotens si nondum exosus ad unum Trojanos,
Verg. A. 5, 687.
D.
In the manifold relations of one object to another.
1.
That in respect of or in regard to which a thing avails, happens, or is true or important, with regard to, in respect of, in relation to, as to, to, in.
a.
With verbs:
ad omnia alia aetate sapimus rectius,
in respect to all other things we grow wiser by age, Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 45:
numquam ita quisquam bene ad vitam fuat,
id. ib. 5, 4, 1:
nil ibi libatum de toto corpore (mortui) cernas ad speciem, nil ad pondus,
that nothing is lost in form or weight, Lucr. 3, 214; cf. id. 5, 570; Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 21, § 58; id. Mur. 13, 29: illi regi Cyro subest, ad immutandi animi licentiam, crudelissimus ille Phalaris, in that Cyrus, in regard to the liberty of changing his disposition (i. e. not in reality, but inasmuch as he is at liberty to lay aside his good character, and assume that of a tyrant), there is concealed another cruel Phalaris, Cic. Rep. 1, 28:
nil est ad nos,
is nothing to us, concerns us not, Lucr. 3, 830; 3, 845:
nil ad me attinet,
Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 54:
nihil ad rem pertinet,
Cic. Caecin. 58;
and in the same sense elliptically: nihil ad Epicurum,
id. Fin. 1, 2, 5; id. Pis. 68:
Quid ad praetorem?
id. Verr. 1, 116 (this usage is not to be confounded with that under 4.).—
b.
With adjectives:
ad has res perspicax,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 129:
virum ad cetera egregium,
Liv. 37, 7, 15:
auxiliaribus ad pugnam non multum Crassus confidebat,
Caes. B. G. 3, 25:
ejus frater aliquantum ad rem est avidior,
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 51; cf. id. And. 1, 2, 21; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 129:
ut sit potior, qui prior ad dandum est,
id. Phorm. 3, 2, 48:
difficilis (res) ad credendum,
Lucr. 2, 1027:
ad rationem sollertiamque praestantior,
Cic. N. D. 2, 62; so id. Leg. 2, 13, 33; id. Fin. 2, 20, 63; id. Rosc. Am. 30, 85; id. Font. 15; id. Cat. 1, 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 25, 113; 1, 32, 146; 2, 49, 200; id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; Liv. 9, 16, 13; Tac. A. 12, 54 al.—
c.
With nouns:
prius quam tuum, ut sese habeat, animum ad nuptias perspexerit,
before he knew your feeling in regard to the marriage, Ter. And. 2, 3, 4 (cf. Gr. hopôs echei tis pros ti):
mentis ad omnia caecitas,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 11:
magna vis est fortunae in utramque partem vel ad secundas res vel ad adversas,
id. Off. 2, 6; so id. Par. 1:
ad cetera paene gemelli,
Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 3.—So with acc. of gerund instead of the gen. from the same vb.:
facultas ad scribendum, instead of scribendi,
Cic. Font. 6;
facultas ad agendum,
id. de Imp. Pomp. 1, 2: cf. Rudd. II. p. 245.—
d.
In gramm.: nomina ad aliquid dicta, nouns used in relation to something, i. e. which derive their significance from their relation to another object: quae non possunt intellegi sola, ut pater, mater;
jungunt enim sibi et illa propter quae intelleguntur,
Charis. 129 P.; cf. Prisc. 580 ib.—
2.
With words denoting measure, weight, manner, model, rule, etc., both prop. and fig., according to, agreeably to, after (Gr. kata, pros):
columnas ad perpendiculum exigere,
Cic. Mur. 77:
taleis ferreis ad certum pondus examinatis,
Caes. B. G. 5, 12: facta sunt ad certam formam. Lucr. 2, 379:
ad amussim non est numerus,
Varr. 2, 1, 26:
ad imaginem facere,
Vulg. Gen. 1, 26:
ad cursus lunae describit annum,
Liv. 1, 19:
omnia ad diem facta sunt,
Caes. B. G. 2, 5:
Id ad similitudinem panis efficiebant,
id. B. C. 3, 48; Vulg. Gen. 1, 26; id. Jac. 3, 9:
ad aequos flexus,
at equal angles, Lucr. 4, 323: quasi ad tornum levantur, to or by the lathe, id. 4, 361:
turres ad altitudiem valli,
Caes. B. G. 5, 42; Liv. 39, 6:
ad eandem crassitudinem structi,
id. 44, 11:
ad speciem cancellorum scenicorum,
with the appearance of, like, Varr. R. R. 3, 5, 8:
stagnum maris instar, circumseptum aedificiis ad urbium speciem,
Suet. Ner. 31:
lascivum pecus ludens ad cantum,
Liv. Andron. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 1:
canere ad tibiam,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 2: canere ad tibicinem, id. ib. 1, 2 (cf.:
in numerum ludere,
Verg. E. 6, 28; id. G. 4, 175):
quod ad Aristophanis lucernam lucubravi,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 9 Mull.: carmen castigare ad unguem, to perfection (v. unguis), Hor. A. P. 294:
ad unguem factus homo,
a perfect gentleman, id. S. 1, 5, 32 (cf. id. ib. 2, 7, 86):
ad istorum normam sapientes,
Cic. Lael. 5, 18; id. Mur. 3:
Cyrus non ad historiae fidem scriptus, sed ad effigiem justi imperii,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:
exercemur in venando ad similitudinem bellicae disciplinae,
id. N. D. 2, 64, 161: so,
ad simulacrum,
Liv. 40, 6:
ad Punica ingenia,
id. 21, 22:
ad L. Crassi eloquentiam,
Cic. Var. Fragm. 8:
omnia fient ad verum,
Juv. 6, 324:
quid aut ad naturam aut contra sit,
Cic. Fin. 1, 9, 30:
ad hunc modum institutus est,
id. Tusc. 2, 3; Caes. B. G. 2, 31; 3, 13:
ad eundem istunc modum,
Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 70:
quem ad modum, q. v.: ad istam faciem est morbus, qui me macerat,
of that kind, Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 73; id. Merc. 2, 3, 90; cf.
91: cujus ad arbitrium copia materiai cogitur,
Lucr. 2, 281:
ad eorum arbitrium et nutum totos se fingunt,
to their will and pleasure, Cic. Or. 8, 24; id. Quint. 71:
ad P. Lentuli auctoritatem Roma contendit,
id. Rab. Post. 21:
aliae sunt legati partes, aliae imperatoris: alter omnia agere ad praescriptum, alter libere ad summam rerum consulere debet,
Caes. B. C. 3, 51:
rebus ad voluntatem nostram fluentibus,
Cic. Off. 1, 26:
rem ad illorum libidinem judicarunt,
id. Font. 36:
ad vulgi opinionem,
id. Off. 3, 21.—So in later Lat. with instar:
ad instar castrorum,
Just. 36, 3, 2:
scoparum,
App. M. 9, p. 232:
speculi,
id. ib. 2, p. 118: ad hoc instar mundi, id. de Mundo, p. 72.—Sometimes, but very rarely, ad is used absol. in this sense (so also very rarely kata with acc., Xen. Hell. 2, 3; Luc. Dial. Deor. 8): convertier ad nos, as we (are turned), Lucr. 4, 317:
ad navis feratur,
like ships, id. 4, 897 Munro. —With noun:
ad specus angustiac vallium,
like caves, Caes. B. C. 3, 49.—Hence,
3.
With an object which is the cause or reason, in conformity to which, from which, or for which, any thing is or is done.
a.
The moving cause, according to, at, on, in consequence of:
cetera pars animae paret et ad numen mentis momenque movetur,
Lucr. 3, 144:
ad horum preces in Boeotiam duxit,
on their entreaty, Liv. 42, 67, 12: ad ea Caesar veniam ipsique et conjugi et fratribus tribuit, in consequence of or upon this, he, etc., Tac. Ann. 12, 37.—
b.
The final cause, or the object, end, or aim, for the attainment of which any thing,
(α).
is done,
(β).
is designed, or,
(γ).
is fitted or adapted (very freq.), to, for, in order to.
(α).
Seque ad ludos jam inde abhinc exerceant, Pac. ap. Charis. p. 175 P. (Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 80):
venimus coctum ad nuptias,
in order to cook for the wedding, Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 15:
omnis ad perniciem instructa domus,
id. Bacch. 3, 1, 6; cf. Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 41; Liv. 1, 54:
cum fingis falsas causas ad discordiam,
in order to produce dissension, Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 71:
quantam fenestram ad nequitiam patefeceris,
id. Heaut. 3, 1, 72:
utrum ille, qui postulat legatum ad tantum bellum, quem velit, idoneus non est, qui impetret, cum ceteri ad expilandos socios diripiendasque provincias, quos voluerunt, legatos eduxerint,
Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 19, 57:
ego vitam quoad putabo tua interesse, aut ad spem servandam esse, retinebo,
for hope, id. Q. Fr. 1, 4; id. Fam. 5, 17:
haec juventutem, ubi familiares opes defecerant, ad facinora incendebant,
Sall. C. 13, 4:
ad speciem atque ad usurpationem vetustatis,
Cic. Agr. 2, 12, 31; Suet. Caes. 67:
paucis ad speciem tabernaculis relictis,
for appearance, Caes. B. C. 2, 35; so id. ib. 2, 41; id. B. G. 1, 51.—
(β).
Aut equos alere aut canes ad venandum. Ter. And. 1, 1, 30:
ingenio egregie ad miseriam natus sum,
id. Heaut. 3, 1, 11;
(in the same sense: in rem,
Hor. C. 1, 27, 1, and the dat., Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 6):
ad cursum equum, ad arandum bovem, ad indagandum canem,
Cic. Fin. 2, 13, 40:
ad frena leones,
Verg. A. 10, 253:
delecto ad naves milite,
marines, Liv. 22, 19 Weissenb.:
servos ad remum,
rowers, id. 34, 6; and:
servos ad militiam emendos,
id. 22, 61, 2:
comparasti ad lecticam homines,
Cat. 10, 16:
Lygdamus ad cyathos,
Prop. 4, 8, 37; cf.:
puer ad cyathum statuetur,
Hor. C. 1, 29, 8.—
(γ).
Quae oportet Signa esse [p. 29] ad salutem, omnia huic osse video, everything indicative of prosperity I see in him, Ter. And. 3, 2, 2:
haec sunt ad virtutem omnia,
id. Heaut. 1, 2, 33:
causa ad objurgandum,
id. And. 1, 1, 123:
argumentum ad scribendum,
Cic. Att. 9, 7 (in both examples instead of the gen. of gerund., cf. Rudd. II. p. 245):
vinum murteum est ad alvum crudam,
Cato R. R. 125:
nulla res tantum ad dicendum proficit, quantum scriptio,
Cic. Brut. 24:
reliquis rebus, quae sunt ad incendia,
Caes. B. C. 3, 101 al. —So with the adjectives idoneus, utilis, aptus, instead of the dat.:
homines ad hanc rem idoneos,
Plaut. Poen. 3, 2, 6:
calcei habiles et apti ad pedem,
Cic. de Or. 1, 54, 231:
orator aptus tamen ad dicendum,
id. Tusc. 1, 3, 5:
sus est ad vescendum hominibus apta,
id. N. D. 2, 64, 160:
homo ad nullam rem utilis,
id. Off. 3, 6:
ad segetes ingeniosus ager,
Ov. F. 4, 684.—(Upon the connection of ad with the gerund. v. Zumpt, § 666; Rudd. II. p. 261.)—
4.
Comparison (since that with which a thing is compared is considered as an object to which the thing compared is brought near for the sake of comparison), to, compared to or with, in comparison with:
ad sapientiam hujus ille (Thales) nimius nugator fuit,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 25; id. Trin. 3, 2, 100:
ne comparandus hic quidem ad illum'st,
Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 14; 2, 3, 69:
terra ad universi caeli complexum,
compared with the whole extent of the heavens, Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:
homini non ad cetera Punica ingenia callido,
Liv. 22, 22, 15:
at nihil ad nostram hanc,
nothing in comparison with, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 70; so Cic. Deiot. 8, 24; and id. de Or. 2, 6, 25.
E.
Adverbial phrases with ad.
1.
Ad omnia, withal, to crown all:
ingentem vim peditum equitumque venire: ex India elephantos: ad omnia tantum advehi auri, etc.,
Liv. 35, 32, 4.—
2.
Ad hoc and ad haec (in the historians, esp. from the time of Livy, and in authors after the Aug. per.), = praeterea, insuper, moreover, besides, in addition, epi toutois:
nam quicumque impudicus, adulter, ganeo, etc.: praeterea omnes undique parricidae, etc.: ad hoc, quos manus atque lingua perjurio aut sanguine civili alebat: postremo omnes, quos, etc.,
Sall. C. 14, 2 and 3:
his opinionibus inflato animo, ad hoc vitio quoque ingenii vehemens,
Liv. 6, 11, 6; 42, 1, 1; Tac. H. 1, 6; Suet. Aug. 22 al.—
3.
Ad id quod, beside that (very rare):
ad id quod sua sponte satis conlectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,
Liv. 3, 62, 1; so 44, 37, 12.—
4.
Ad tempus.
a.
At a definite, fixed time, Cic. Att. 13, 45; Liv. 38, 25, 3.—
b.
At a fit, appropriate time, Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 54, § 141; Liv. 1, 7, 13.—
c.
For some time, for a short time, Cic. Off. 1, 8, 27; id. Lael. 15, 53; Liv. 21, 25, 14.—
d.
According to circumstances, Cic. Planc. 30, 74; id. Cael. 6, 13; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 9.—
5.
Ad praesens (for the most part only in post-Aug. writers).
a.
For the moment, for a short time, Cic. Fam. 12, 8; Plin. 8, 22, 34; Tac. A. 4, 21.—
b.
At present, now, Tac. A. 16, 5; id. H. 1, 44.—So, ad praesentiam, Tac. A. 11, 8.—
6.
Ad locum, on the spot:
ut ad locum miles esset paratus,
Liv. 27, 27, 2.—
7.
Ad verbum, word for word, literally, Cic. Fin. 1, 2, 4; id. de Or. 1, 34, 157; id. Ac. 2, 44, 135 al.—
8.
Ad summam.
a.
On the whole, generally, in general, Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3; id. Att. 14, 1; Suet. Aug. 71.—
b.
In a word, in short, Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149; Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 106. —
9.
Ad extremum, ad ultimum, ad postremum.
a.
At the end, finally, at last.
(α).
Of place, at the extremity, extreme point, top, etc.:
missile telum hastili abiegno et cetera tereti, praeterquam ad extremum, unde ferrum exstabat,
Liv. 21, 8, 10.—
(β).
Of time = telos de, at last, finally:
ibi ad postremum cedit miles,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 52; so id. Poen. 4, 2, 22; Cic. Off. 3, 23, 89; id. Phil. 13, 20, 45; Caes. B. G. 7, 53; Liv. 30, 15, 4 al.— Hence,
(γ).
of order, finally, lastly, = denique: inventa componere; tum ornare oratione; post memoria sepire;
ad extremum agere cum dignitate,
Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142.—
b.
In Liv., to the last degree, quite: improbus homo, sed non ad extremum perditus, 23, 2, 3; cf.:
consilii scelerati, sed non ad ultimum dementis,
id. 28, 28, 8.—
10.
Quem ad finem? To what limit? How far? Cic. Cat. 1, 1; id. Verr. 5, 75.—
11.
Quem ad modum, v. sub h. v.
► a.
Ad (v. ab, ex, in, etc.) is not repeated like some other prepositions with interrog. and relative pronouns, after nouns or demonstrative pronouns:
traducis cogitationes meas ad voluptates. Quas? corporis credo,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37 (ubi v. Kuhner).—
b.
Ad is sometimes placed after its substantive:
quam ad,
Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 39:
senatus, quos ad soleret, referendum censuit,
Cic. N. D. 2, 4:
ripam ad Araxis,
Tac. Ann. 12, 51;
or between subst. and adj.: augendam ad invidiam,
id. ib. 12, 8.—
c.
The compound adque for et ad (like exque, eque, and, poet., aque) is denied by Moser, Cic. Rep. 2, 15, p. 248, and he reads instead of ad humanitatem adque mansuetudinem of the MSS., hum. atque mans. But adque, in acc. with later usage, is restored by Hand in App. M. 10, p. 247, adque haec omnia oboediebam for atque; and in Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 9, utroque vorsum rectum'st ingenium meum, ad se adque illum, is now read, ad te atque ad illum (Fleck., Brix).
II.
In composition.
A.
Form. According to the usual orthography, the d of the ad remains unchanged before vowels, and before b, d, h, m, v: adbibo, adduco, adhibeo, admoveo, advenio; it is assimilated to c, f, g, l, n, p, r, s, t: accipio, affigo, aggero, allabor, annumero, appello, arripio, assumo, attineo; before g and s it sometimes disappears: agnosco, aspicio, asto: and before qu it passes into c: acquiro, acquiesco.—But later philologists, supported by old inscriptions and good MSS., have mostly adopted the following forms: ad before j, h, b, d, f, m, n, q, v; ac before c, sometimes, but less well, before q; ag and also ad before g; a before gn, sp, sc, st; ad and also al before l; ad rather than an before n; ap and sometimes ad before p; ad and also ar before r; ad and also as before s; at and sometimes ad before t. In this work the old orthography has commonly been retained for the sake of convenient reference, but the better form in any case is indicated.—
B.
Signif. In English up often denotes approach, and in many instances will give the force of ad as a prefix both in its local and in its figurative sense.
1.
Local.
a.
To, toward: affero, accurro, accipio ( to one's self).—
b.
At, by: astare, adesse.—
c.
On, upon, against: accumbo, attero.—
d.
Up (cf. de- = down, as in deicio, decido): attollo, ascendo, adsurgo.—
2.
Fig.
a.
To: adjudico, adsentior.—
b.
At or on: admiror, adludo.—
c.
Denoting conformity to, or comparison with: affiguro, adaequo.—
d.
Denoting addition, increase (cf. ab, de, and ex as prefixes to denote privation): addoceo, adposco.—
e.
Hence, denoting intensity: adamo, adimpleo, aduro, and perhaps agnosco.—
f.
Denoting the coming to an act or state, and hence commencement: addubito, addormio, adquiesco, adlubesco, advesperascit. See more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 74-134.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ad
7 HAFA

have

* * *

(hefi; hafða, höfðum; hafðr), v.

1) to have (þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór);

hafa elda, to keep up a five;

2) to hold, celebrate (hafa vinaboð, blót, þing);

3) to keep, retain (rifu þær vefinn í sundr, ok hafði hverr þat er hélt á);

4) to use (tvau net eru rý, ok hafa eigi höfð verit);

orð þau sem hann hafði um haft, which he had made use of;

hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one;

hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one;

hafa tvimæli á e-u, to speak doubtfully of a thing;

hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words;

hann var mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in, lawsuits;

5) to have, hold, maintain;

hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one;

hafa hættumikit, to run a great risk;

hafa heilindi, to have good health;

6) to bring, carry;

hafa e-n heim með sér, to bring one home;

hann hafði lög, út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway;

hafa sik (to betake oneself) til annara landa;

7) to take, carry off;

troll hafi þik, the trolls take thee;

8) to get, gain, win;

hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep;

hefir sá jafnan, er hættir, he wins that ventures;

hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victor;

hafa meira hlut, to get the upper hand, gain the day;

hafa betr (verr), to get the better (worse) of it;

hafa sitt mál, to win one’s suit;

hafa tafl, to win the game;

hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed;

hafa bana, to suffer death, to die;

hafa sigr, to be worsted;

hafa góðar viðtökur, to be well received;

hafa tíðindi af e-m, to get tidings of, or from, one;

hafa sœmd, óvirðing af e-m, to get honour, disgrace from one;

with gen., hafa e-s ekki, to fail to catch one (hann kemst á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki);

ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we shall not catch him at present;

9) to wear carry (clothes, weapons);

hann hafði blán kyrtil, he wore a blue kirtle;

hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand;

10) to behave, do, or fare, so an so esp. with an adv.;

hafa vel, illa, vetr, to behave (do) well, badly, be worse;

hafa sik vel, to behave;

hafa vel, to be well off or happy;

hafa hart, to be in a wretched plight;

11) with infin., hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping at selja, to have on sale;

lög hafið þér at mæla, you are right;

12) hafa e-n nær e-u, to expose one to (þú hafðir svá nær haft oss úfœru);

hafa nær e-u, to come near to, esp. impers.;

nær hafði okkr nú, it was a narrow escape;

svá nær hafði hausinum, at, the shot so nearly touched the head, that;

ok er nær hafði, skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of flloating;

13) as an auxiliary verb, in the earliest time with the pp. of transitive verbs in acc.;

hefir þú hamar um fólginn, hast thou hidden the hammer?;

ek hefi sendan mann, I have sent a man;

later with indecl. neut. pp.;

hefir þú eigi sét mik, hast thou not seen me?;

14) with preps.:

hafa e-t at, to do, act;

hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely;

absol., viltu þess freista, ok vita hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see what happens?;

hafa e-t at hlífiskildi (skotspœni), to use as a shield (as a target);

hafa e-n háði, hlátri, to mock, laugh at;

hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of;

hafa sakir á e-n have charges against one;

hafa á rás, to take to one’s heels, run off;

hafa e-t eptir, to do or repeat a thing after one;

hafa e-t fram, to produce (vápn þorgils vóru fram höfð); to carry out, hold forth;

hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit;

var um búit, ekki fram haft, all was made ready but nothing done;

hafa e-t frammi, í frammi, to use, make use of (hafa í frammi kúgan);

ok öll lögmæt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all on official duties;

hafa e-t fyrir satt, to hold for true;

eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed for that, it is a false charge;

hafa e-n fyrir sökum um e-t, to charge one with;

hafa í hótum við e-n, to threaten one;

hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand;

höfum eiai sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands;

hafa ór við e-n, to behave so and so towards one (hefir þú illa ór haft við mik);

hafa e-t til e-s to use for (höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót); to be a reason or ground for;

vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sézt, we believe the foundation of the story is that men have been seen there;

hafa mikit (lítit) til síns máls, to have much (little) in support of one’s case;

hafa e-t til, to have at hand, possess;

orð þau, sem hann hafði um haft, the words which he had used;

keisari hafði fátt um, did not say much;

hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue one;

hafa e-t uppi, to take (heave) up (hafa uppi fœri, net);

Skarpheðinn hafði uppi øxina, S. heaved up the axe;

hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel;

hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game;

hafa e-n uppi, to bring one to light;

hafa uppi rœður, to begin a discussion;

hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished (hafa úti sitt dagsverk);

hafa við e-m, to be a match for one;

hafa sik við, to exert oneself;

hafa mikit (lítit) við, to make a great (little) display;

hann söng messu ok bafði mikit við, and made much of it;

hann bad jarl leita, bann hafði lítit við þat, he did it lightly;

haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so;

haf þú lítit við at eggja sonu þina, refrain from egging on thy sons;

15) refl., hafast.

* * *

pret. hafði; subj. hefði; pres. sing. hefi (less correctly hefir), hefir, hefir; plur. höfum, hafit, hafa: the mod. pres. sing. is monosyllabic hefr or hefur, and is used so in rhymes—andvara engan hefur | … við glys heims gálaus sefur, Pass. 15. 6, but in print the true old form hefir is still retained; the monosyllabic present is used even by old writers in the 1st pers. before the personal or negative suffix, e. g. hef-k and hef-k-a ek for hefi-g and hefig-a ek, see e. g. Grág. (Kb.) 79, 82, in the old oath formula, hef-k eigi, Hallfred; hef ek, Fms. iii. 10 (in a verse); but not so in 3rd pers., e. g. hefir-a or hefir-at, Grág. l. c.: imperat. haf, hafðu: part. pass. hafðr, neut. haft;—hafat is an απ. λεγ., Vsp. 16, and is prob. qs. hafit from hefja, to heave, lift: [Ulf. haban; A. S. habban; Engl. have; Hel. hebben; Germ. haben; Dutch hebben; Dan. have, Swed. hafva: it is curious the Lat. form habere retains the consonant unchanged, cp. the Romance forms, Ital. avere, Fr. avoir, Span. haber, etc. ☞ Hafa is a weak verb, and thus distinguished from hefja (to lift, begin), which is a strong verb, answering to Lat. capere, incipere; but in sundry cases, as will be seen below, it passes into the sense of this latter word; as also in some instances into that of another lost strong verb, hafa, hóf, to behave, and hœfa, to hit]:—to have.

A. To have; hann hafði með sér ekki meira lið, Fms. i. 39; hafði hverr hirð um sik, 52; höfðu þeir áttján skip, viii. 42; Sverrir hafði tvau hundrað manna, … þeir höfðu annan samnað á landi, 328; hann hafði mikit lið ok frítt, x. 36; þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór, 102; hafa fjölmennar setur, Eb. 22; hann hafði menn sína í síldveri, Eg. 42; mun ek naut hafa þar sem mér þykkir hagi beztr, 716.

II. to hold:

1. to keep, celebrate; hafa ok halda, Dipl. i. 6; hafa átrúnað, 10; hafa dóma, 12; hafa blót, Fms. iv. 254; hafa vina-veizlu, id.; hafa vina-boð, Nj. 2; hafa Jóla-boð, Eg. 516; hafa þing, Fms. ix. 449; hafa haust-boð, Gísl. 27; hafa drykkju, Eb. 154; hafa leik, Fms. x. 201, passim.

2. to hold, observe; hlýðir þat hvergi at hafa eigi lög í landi, Nj. 149; skal þat hafa, er stendr …, Grág. i. 7; skal þat allt hafa er finsk á skrá þeirri …, id.; en hvatki es mis-sagt es í fræðum þessum, þá es skylt at hafa þat (to keep, hold to be true) es sannara reynisk, Íb. 3; ok hafða ek (I kept, selected) þat ór hvárri er framarr greindi, Landn. 320, v. l.

3. to hold, keep, retain; ef hann vill hafa hann til fardaga, Grág. i. 155; skal búandinn hafa hann hálfan mánuð, 154; ok hafði hvárr þat er hélt á, Nj. 279; hitt skal hafa er um fram er, Rb. 56; kasta í burt þrjátigi ok haf þat sem eptir verðr, 494.

4. to hold an office; hafa lögsögu, to hold the office of lögsaga, Íb. passim; hafa jarldóm, konungdóm, passim; þat höfðu haft at fornu Dana-konungar, Eg. 267; þér berit konunga-nöfn svá sem fyrr hafa haft ( have had) forfeðr yðrir, en hafit lítið af ríki, Fms. i. 52; hafa ríki, to reign, Hkr. pref.

5. phrases, hafa elda, to keep a fire, cook, Fms. xi. 129; hafa fjárgæzlu, to tend sheep, Eg. 740; hafa embætti með höndum, Stj. 204; hafa gæzlur á e-u, Fms. ix. 313; hafa … vetr, to have so many winters, be of such an age (cp. Fr. avoir … ans), Íb. 15; margir höfðu lítið fátt þúsund ára, Ver. 7: hafa vörn í máli, Nj. 93; hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand, Fms. viii. 280, ix. 239; hafa e-t á höndum, Grág. i. 38; hafa fyrir satt, to hold for true, Fms. xi. 10; hafa við orð, to intimate, suggest, Nj. 160; hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of, Fas. i. 318.

6. with prepp. or infin.,

α. with prep.; hafa til, to have, possess; ef annarr þeirra hefir til enn annarr eigi, þá er sá skyldr til at fá honum er til hefir, Grág. i. 33; ef annarr hefir til …, id.; þér ætlið at ek muna eigi afl til hafa, Ld. 28.

β. with infin.; hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping, Eg. 500; lög hafit þér at mæla, you have the law on your tongue, i. e. you are right, Nj. 101; hörð tíðindi hefi ek at segja þér, 64; sá er gripinn hefir at halda, Grág. i. 438; hafa at selja, to have on sale, Ld. 28.

III. to use; var haft til þess sker eitt, Eb. 12; þá höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót, Fms. vii. 193; er þín ráð vóru höfð, that thy advice was taken, Fs. 57; Gríss hafði þessi ráð, Fms. iii. 21; ek vil at þat sé haft er ek legg til, x. 249; þykki mér þú vel hafa ( make good use of) þau tillög er ek legg fyrir þik, xi. 61; til þess alls er jarli þótti skipta, þá hafði hann þessa hluti, 129; tvau ný (net), ok hafa eigi höfð verit ( which have not been used), haf þú ( take) hvárt er þú vilt, Háv. 46; þær vil ek hafa enar nýju, en ek vil ekki hætta til at hafa enar fornu, id.; önnur er ný ok mikil ok hefir ( has) til einskis höfð ( used) verið, id.; buðkr er fyrir húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; gjalda vápn þau er höfð eru, N. G. L. i. 75; þat hafði hann haft ( used) fyrir skála, Edda 29; þeir vóru hafðir til at festa með hús jafnan, Nj. 118; sá hólmr var hafðr til at …, Fms. i. 218; hann skyldi hafa hinn sama eið, x. 7; orð þau sem hann hafði ( had) um haft ( used), Nj. 56; orð þau er hann hafði ( made use of) í barnskírn, K. Þ. K. 14.

2. more special phrases; hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one, Nj. 224; hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one, 223; allmikil fjölkyngi mun vera við höfð áðr svá fái gört, Edda 27; hafa mörg orð um e-t, Ld. 268; hafa tvímæli á e-u, to discuss, doubt, speak diffidently of a thing, Lv. 52; hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words, Nj. 89; hafa nafn Drottins í hégóma, to take the Lord’s name in vain, Fms. i. 310; (hann var) mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in lawsuits, Dropl. 8: hafa sik til e-s, to use oneself to a thing, i. e. to do a mean, paltry thing; þeir er til þess vilja hafa sik, at ganga í samkundur manna úboðit, Gþl. 200; ef hann vill sik til þessa hafa, Fms. i. 99: hafa sik við, to exert oneself; skaltú ok verða þik við at hafa um þetta mál, ef þú getr þat af þér fært, Grett. 160: hafa e-n at skotspæni, to use one as a target, Nj. 222; hafa e-n at hlífi-skildi sér, to use one as a shield, 262; hafa e-n at ginningar-fifli, auga-bragði, háði, hlátri, Hm. 133, Nj. 224, passim.

IV. to have, hold, maintain, of a state or condition; hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one, Sks. 662; hafa vanmátt, to continue sick, Eg. 565; hafa hættu-mikit, to run a great risk, Nj. 149; hafa vitfirring, to be insane, Grág. i. 154; hafa heilindi, to have good health, 26, Hm. 67; hafa burði til e-s, to have the birthright to a thing. Eg. 479; hafa hug, áræði, hyggindi, to have the courage …, Hom. 28; hafa vit ( to know), skyn, greind … á e-u, to have understanding of a thing; hafa gaman, gleði, skemtun, ánægju af e-u, to have interest or pleasure in a thing; hafa leiða, ógeð, andstygð, hatr, óbeit á e-u, to dislike, be disgusted with, hate a thing; hafa elsku, mætr, virðing á e-u, to love, esteeem … a thing; hafa allan hug á e-u, to bend the mind to a thing; hafa grun á e-m, to suspect one; hafa ótta, beyg af e-u, to fear a thing; and in numberless other phrases.

2. with prepp.:

α. hafa e-t frammi (fram), to carry out, hold forth; hafa frammi róg, Nj. 166; hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit, 101; stefnu-för, 78; heitstrengingar, Fms. xi. 103; ok öll lögmælt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all one’s official duties, 232; var um búit en ekki fram haft, all was made ready, but nothing done, viii. 113; beini má varla verða betri en hér er frammi hafðr, xi. 52; hafðú í frammi ( use) kúgan við þá uppi við fjöllin, Ísl. ii. 215; margir hlutir, þó at hann hafi í frammi, Sks. 276.

β. hafa mikit, lítið fyrir e-u, to have much, little trouble about a thing; (hence fyrir-höfn, trouble.)

γ. hafa við e-m (afl or the like understood), to be a match for one, Fms. vii. 170, Lv. 109, Nj. 89, Eg. 474, Anal. 176; hafa mikit, lítið við, to make a great, little display; (hence við-höfn, display, pomp); hann söng messu ok hafði mikit við, he sang mass and made a great thing of it, Nj. 157; þú hefir mikit við, thou makest a great show of it, Boll. 351; hann bað jarl leita, hann hafði lítið við þat, he did it lightly, Nj. 141; haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so, Ld. 182.

B. To take, carry off, win, wield, [closely akin to Lat. capere]:

I. to catch, take, esp. in the phrase, hafa ekki e-s, to miss one; hann kemsk á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki, he took to the forest and they missed him, Nj. 130; ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we sha’nt catch him at present, Fms. vi. 278; hafða ek þess vætki vífs, Hm. 101; þeygi ek hana at heldr hefik, 95: in swearing, tröll, herr, gramir hafi þik, the trolls, ghosts, etc. take thee! tröll hafi líf, ef …, Kormak; tröll hafi Trefót allan! Grett. (in a verse); tröll hafi þína vini, tröll hafi hól þitt, Nj.; herr hafi Þóri til slægan, confound the wily Thorir! Fms. vi. 278, v. l. (emended, as the phrase is wrongly explained in Fms. xii. Gloss.); gramir hafi þik! vide gramr.

II. to carry, carry off, bring; hafði einn hjartað í munni sér, one carried the heart off in his mouth, Nj. 95; hann hafði þat ( brought it) norðan með sér, Eg. 42; hafði Þórólfr heim marga dýrgripi, 4; hann hafði með sér skatt allan, 62; skaltú biðja hennar ok hafa hana heim hingat, Edda 22; fé þat er hann hafði ( had) út haft ( carried from abroad), Gullþ. 13; á fimm hestum höfðu þeir mat, Nj. 74; bókina er hann hafði ( had) út haft, Fms. vii. 156; konungr hafði biskup norðr til Björgynjar með sér, viii. 296; biskup lét hann hafa með sér kirkju-við ok járn-klukku, Landn. 42; hann hafði með sér skulda-lið sitt ok búferli, Eb. 8; hann tók ofan hofit, ok hafði með sér flesta viðu, id.; ok hafa hana í brott, Fms. i. 3; tekr upp barnit, ok hefir heim með sér, Ísl. ii. 20; hann hafði lög út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway, Íb. 5; haf þú heim hvali til bæjar, Hým. 26; ok hafa hann til Valhallar, Nj. 119.

III. to take, get; hann hafði þá engan mat né drykk, he took no food nor drink, Eg. 602; hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep, Bs. i. 139.

2. to get, gain, win; öfluðu sér fjár, ok höfðu hlutskipti mikit, Eg. 4; eigi þarftú at biðja viðsmjörs þess, þvíat hann mun þat alls ekki hafa, né þú, for neither he nor thou shall get it, Blas. 28; jarl vill hafa minn fund, he will have a meeting with me, 40, Skv. 1. 4: the sayings, hefir sá jafnan er hættir, he wins that risks, ‘nothing venture, nothing have,’ Hrafn. 16; sá hefir krás er krefr, Sl. 29.

3. phrases, hafa meira hlut, to get the better lot, gain the day, Nj. 90, Fms. xi. 93; hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victory, ix. 132, Eg. 7, Hkr. i. 215, Ver. 38; hafa betr, to get the better; hafa verr, miðr, to have the worst of it, Fms. v. 86, Þorst. S. St. 48, passim; hafa mál sitt, to win one’s suit, Grág. i. 7, Fms. vii. 34; hafa kaup öll, to get all the bargain, Eg. 71; hafa tafl, to win the game, Fms. vii. 219; hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed, Þkv. 10, 11, Fas. ii. 517: hafa bana, to have one’s bane, to die, Nj. 8; hafa úsigr, to be worsted, passim; hafa úfrið, to have no peace; hafa gagn, sóma, heiðr, neisu, óvirðing, skömm, etc. af e-u, to get profit, gain, honour, disgrace, etc. from a thing; hafa e-n í helju, to put one to death, Al. 123; hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue him, Nj. 95, 128; höfum eigi, sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands, Fms. v. 294.

4. to get, receive; hann hafði góðar viðtökur, Nj. 4; hón skal hafa sex-tigi hundraða, 3; skyldi Högni hafa land, 118; selja skipit, ef hann hafði þat fyrir ( if he could get for it) sem hann vildi; Flosi spurði í hverjum aurum hann vildi fyrir hafa, hann kvaðsk vildu fyrir hafa land, 259; hafa tíðindi, sögur af e-m, to have, get tidings of or from one, Ld. 28; hafa sæmd, metorð óvirðing, to get honour, disgrace from one’s hands, Nj. 101; hafa bætr, to get compensation, Grág. i. 188; hafa innstæðuna eina, id.; hafa af e-m, to have the best of one, cheat one.

IV. to carry, wear, of clothes, ornaments, weapons:

1. of clothes, [cp. Lat. habitus and Icel. höfn = gear]; hafa hatt á höfði, Ld. 28; hafa váskufl yztan klæða, … þú skalt hafa undir ( wear beneath) hin góðu klæði þín, Nj. 32; hann hafði blán kyrtil, … hann hafði svartan kyrtil, Boll. 358; hafa fald á höfði, to wear a hood; hón hafði gaddan rautt á höfði, Orkn. 304; hann hafði um sik breitt belti, he wore a broad belt, Nj. 91; hafa fingr-gull á hendi, 146: to have about one’s person, vefja saman ok hafa í pungi sínum, Edda 27; hlutir sem mönnum var títt at hafa, Fms. xi. 128.

2. of weapons, to wield, carry; spjót þat er þú hefir í hendi, Boll. 350; hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand, Fms. xi. 129; hafa staf í hendi, to have a stick in the hand, Bárð.; Gunnarr hafði atgeirinn ok sverðit, Kolskeggr hafði saxit, Hjörtr hafði alvæpni, Nj. 93; hann hafdi öxi snaghyrnda, Boll. 358; hann hafði kesjuna fyrir sér, he held the lance in rest, Eg. 532.

V. here may be added a few special phrases; hafa hendr fyrir sér, to grope, feel with the hands (as in darkness); hafa vit fyrir sér, to act wisely; hafa at sér hendina, to draw one’s hand back, Stj. 198; hafa e-t eptir, to do or repeat a thing after one, Konr.; hafa e-t yfir, to repeat (of a lesson): hafa sik, to betake oneself; hafa sik til annarra landa, Grett. 9 new Ed.; hann vissi varla hvar hann átti at hafa sik, he knew not where ( whither) to betake himself, Bs. i. 807; hefir hann sik aptr á stað til munklífisins, Mar.

C. Passing into the sense of hefja (see at the beginning); hafa e-t uppi, to heave up, raise; hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel, Fb. ii. 89: hafa uppi færi, net, a fisherman’s term, to heave up, take up the net or line, Háv. 46; Skarphéðinn hafði uppi ( heaved up) öxina, Nj. 144: hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game, Vápn. 29; þar vóru mjök töfl uppi höfð ok sagna-skemtan, Þorf. Karl. 406, v. l.: hafa e-n uppi, to hold one up, bring him to light; svá máttu oss skjótast uppi hafa, Fær. 42: metaph. to reveal, vándr riddari hafði allt þegar uppi, Str. 10.

2. with the notion to begin; Bárðr hafði uppi orð sín ( began his suit) ok bað Sigríðar, Eg. 26, Eb. 142; hafa upp stefnu, to begin the summons, Boll. 350; hafa upp ræður, to begin a discussion; ræður þær er hann hafði uppi haft við Ingigerði, Fms. iv. 144, where the older text in Ó. H. reads umræður þær er hann hafði upp hafit (from hefja), 59; cp. also Vsp., þat langniðja-tal mun uppi hafat (i. e. hafit) meðan öld lifir, 16, (cp. upp-haf, beginning); þó at ek hafa síðarr um-ræðu um hann, better þó at ek hafa (i. e. hefja) síðarr upp ræðu um hann, though I shall below treat of, discuss that, Skálda (Thorodd) 168; er lengi hefir uppi verit haft síðan (of a song), Nj. 135; cp. also phrases such as, hafa á rás, to begin running, take to one’s heels, Fms. iv. 120, ix. 490; næsta morgin hefir út fjörðinn, the next morning a breeze off land arose, Bs. ii. 48: opp. is the phrase, hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished; hafa úti sitt dags-verk, Fms. xi. 431; hafa úti sekt sína, Grett. 149.

D. Passing into the sense of a lost strong verb, hafa, hóf (see at the beginning), to behave, do, act:

I. with an adverb, hafa vel, ílla, or the like, to behave, and in some instances to do well or badly, be happy or unhappy,

α. to behave; en nú vil ek eigi verr hafa en þú, Fms. iv. 342; þeir sögðu at konungr vildi verr hafa en þeir, 313; hefir þú ílla ór (málum or the like understood) haft við mik, Fs. 140; ólikr er Gísli öðrum í þolinmæði, ok hefir hann betr en vér, Gísl. 28.

β. to do so and so (to be happy, unhappy); verr hafa þeir er trygðum slitu, Mkv. 3; ílla hefir sá er annan svíkr, 18; vel hefir sá er þat líða lætr, 6; vel hefir sá ( he is happy) er eigi bíðr slíkt íllt þessa heims, Fms. v. 145; hvílíkt hefir þú, how dost thou? Mar.; hafa hart, to do badly, to be wretched; at sál Þorgils mætti fyrir þær sakir eigi hart hafa, Sturl. iii. 292, Mar.; Ólafr hafði þá hölzti ílla, O. was very poorly, D. N. ii. 156; þykisk sá bezt hafa ( happiest) er fyrstr kemr heim, Fms. xi. 248; þá hefir hann bazt af hann þegir, i. e. that is the best he can do if he holds his tongue, Hm. 19; þess get ek at sá hafi verr ( he will make a bad bargain) er þik flytr, Nj. 128; úlfgi hefir ok vel, the wolf is in a bad plight, Ls. 39; mun sá betr hafa er eigi tekr við þér, id.; betr hefðir þú, ef …, thou wouldest do better, if …, Akv. 16.

γ. adding sik; hafa sik vel, to behave well, Fms. x. 415, Stj. 436.

II. with the prep. at, to do, act, (hence at-höfn, at-hæfi, act, doing); hann lét ekki til búa vígs-málit ok engan hlut at hafa, Nj. 71; en ef þeim þykkir of lítið féit tekit, þá skulu þeir hafa at hit sama, to act in the same way, Grág. ii. 267; hvatki es þeir hafa at, Fms. xi. 132; hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely, Nj. 33; bæði munu menn þetta kalla stórvirki ok íllvirki, en þó má nú ekki at hafa, but there is no help for it, 202; eigi sýnisk mér meðal-atferðar-leysi, at vér höfum eigi at um kvámur hans, i. e. that we submit tamely to his coming, Fs. 32: absol., viltú þess freista, ok vita þá hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see how it will do? Bjarn. 27; en nú skaltú fara fyrir, ok vita hvat at hafi, Bs. i. 712.

III. phrases, hafa hátt, to be noisy, talk loud, Fms. i. 66; við skulum ekki hafa hátt ( do not cry loud) hér er maðr á glugganum, a lullaby song; hafa lágt, to keep silent; hafa hægt, to keep quiet; hafa sik á (í) hófi, to compose oneself, Ls. 36; hafa í hótum við e-n, to use threatening ( foul) language, Fb. i. 312; hafa í glett við e-n, to banter one, Fms. viii. 289; hafa íllt at verki, to do a bad deed, Ísl. ii. 184.

E. Passing into the sense of the verb hæfa (see at the beginning), to aim at, hit, with dat.:

I. to hit; svá nær hafði hausinum, at …, the shot so nearly hit the head, that …, Fms. ii. 272; þat sama forað, sem henni hafði næst váða, those very precipices from which she had so narrow an escape, Bs. i. 200, Fms. ix. 357; nær hafði nú, at skjótr mundi verða okkarr skilnaðr, Al. 124; nær hafði okkr nú, it struck near us, it was a narrow escape, Fms. viii. 281; kvaðsk svá dreymt hafa ( have dreamed), at þeim mundi nær hafa, ix. 387, v. l.; ok er nær hafði at skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of floating, Ld. 58; ok hafði svá nær (it was within a hair’s breadth), at frændr Þorvalds mundu ganga at honum, Nj. 160; ok hafði svá nær at þeir mundi berjask, Íb. 11, cp. Bs. i. 21: the phrase, fjarri hefir, far from it! Edda (in a verse).

2. to charge; eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed at for that, ‘tis a false charge, Eg. 64; þeim manni er fyrir sökum er hafðr, i. e. the culprit, Grág. i. 29; cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á e-u, to make a charge of a thing; það varð ekki á því haft, they could not make a case for a charge of it.

II. metaph. to be the ground or reason for, (hence til-hæfa, reason, fact, foundation); til þess ætla vitrir menn þat haft at Ísland sé Tile (i. e. Thule) kallað, at …, learned men suppose that is the reason that Iceland is called Thule, that …, Landn. (pref.); mikit mun til haft, er einmæli er um (there must be some reason for it, because all people say so), Þorgils segir, eigi er fyrir haft ( there is no ground whatever for it), at ek mæla betr fyrir griðum en aðrir menn, Ísl. ii. 379; vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sésk, we believe the substance of the story is that men have been seen there, Fms. xi. 158; hvat er til þess haft um þat (what is the truth of the matter?), hefir sundr-þykki orðit með ykkr? Boll. 364: in the saying, hefir hverr til síns ágætis nokkut, every one gets his reputation for something, Nj. 115.

2. to happen, coincide; hefir svá til, at hann var þar sjálfr, Fms. xi. 138, v. l.

β. the phrase, hafa mikit (lítið) til síns máls, to have much ( little) reason for one’s tale, i. e. to be much, little, in the right, Fms. vii. 221, xi. 138 (v. l.), Nj. 88: um þenna hefir svá stórum, it matters so much with this man, (v. l. for mun stórum skipta), Fms. xi. 311.

F. REFLEX. to keep, dwell, abide, but only of a temporary shelter or abode, cp. Lat. habitare, (cp. also höfn, a haven); hann hefsk á náttartíma niðri í vötnum, at night-time he keeps down in the water, Stj. 77: to live, þeir höfðusk mjök í kaupferðum, they spent much of their life in travelling, Hkr. i. 276; hann hafðisk löngum í bænum, Bs. i. 353.

β. with prep. við; hér mun ek við hafask ( I will stay here) en þú far til konungs, Fb. ii. 125; hafðisk hann við á skógum eðr í öðrum fylgsnum, 302; því at hann hafðisk þá á skipum við, Fms. viii. 44; hvílsk heldr ok hafsk við í því landi, rest and stay in that land, Stj. 162; Ásgeirr hafðisk við uppi í dalnum, Sd. 154; hafask lind fyrir, to cover oneself with a shield (?), Vsp. 50; hafask hlífar fyrir, to be mailed in armour, Hkm. 11.

2. hafask at, to do, behave (cp. D. above); vóru þeir þá svá móðir, at þeir máttu ekki at hafask, Fms. ii. 149; en síðan skulut þér at hafa slíkt sem ek kann fyrir segja, i. 158; þat eitt munu við at hafask, at ek mun betr göra en þú, Nj. 19; Lambi sá hvat Steinarr hafðisk at, Eg. 747.

3. hafask vel, to do well, thrive; vaxa ok vel hafask, to wax and do well, Hm. 142; nú er þat bæn mín, at þér hafisk við vel, that you bear yourself well up, Fms. ix. 497; Jungfrúin hafðisk vel við í ferðinni, x. 86; at fé hans mundi eigi hafask at betr at meðal-vetri, Grág. ii. 326.

4. recipr., hafask orð við, to speak to one another; ok er þat ósiðlegt, at menn hafisk eigi orð við, Fs. 14; þar til er þeir hafask réttar tölur við, N. G. L. i. 182.

II. part. hafandi is used in the sense of having conceived, being with child; þá verit hann varr við at hón var hafandi, 656 B. 14; hón skyldi verða hafandi at Guðs syni, id.; generally, allt þat er hafanda var lét burð sinn ok ærðisk, Fms. vii. 187; svá sem hón verðr at honum hafandi, Stj. 178; (hence barns-hafandi, being with child.)

G. The word hafa is in the Icel., as in other Teut. languages, used as an auxiliary verb with a part. pass. of another verb, whereby a compound preterite and pluperfect are formed as follows:

I. in transitive verbs with acc. the participle also was put in acc., agreeing in gender, number, and case with the objective noun or pronoun; this seems to have been a fixed rule in the earliest time, and is used so in all old poems down at least to the middle of the 11th century, to the time of Sighvat (circ. A. D. 990–1040), who constantly used the old form,—átt is an apostrophe for átta in the verse Ó. H. 81:

1. references from poets, Gm. 5, 12, 16; þá er forðum mik fædda höfðu, Vsp. 2; hverr hefði lopt lævi blandit eðr ætt jötuns Óðs mey gefna, 29; þær’s í árdaga áttar höfðu, 60: ek hafða fengna konungs reiði, Ad. 3; en Grjótbjörn um gnegðan hefir, 18; mik hefir marr miklu ræntan, Stor. 10; þó hefir Míms-vinr mér um fengnar bölva bætr, 22: gaupur er Haraldr hafi sveltar, Hornklofi: Loka mær hefir leikinn allvald, Ýt. 7; sá hafði borinn brúna-hörg, 14; jarlar höfðu veginn hann, 15: ek hef orðinn ( found) þann guðföðr (verða is here used as trans.), Hallfred; höfum kera framðan, id.: hann hefir litnar, sénar, hár bárur, Ísl. ii. 223, thus twice in a verse of A. D. 1002; göngu hefik of gengna, Korm. (in a verse); hann hafði farna för, Hkr. i. (Glum Geirason); ek hefi talðar níu orustur, Sighvat; þú hefir vanðan þik, id.; ér hafit rekna þá braut, Ó. H. 63 (Óttar Svarti); hann hefir búnar okkr hendr skrautliga, Sighvat (Ó. H. 13); þeir hafa færð sín höfuð Knúti, id.; hvar hafit ér hugðan mér sess, id.; hafa sér kenndan enn nørðra heims enda, id.; Sighvatr hefir lattan gram, id.; hefir þú hamar um fólginn, Þkv. 7, 8; þú hefir hvatta okkr, Gkv. 6; ek hefi yðr brennda, Am. 39, cp. 56; hefi ek þik minntan, 81; hefir þú hjörtu tuggin, Akv. 36; hefir þú mik dvalðan, Hbl. 51; ek hefi hafðar þrár, I have had throes, Fsm. 51; en ek hann görvan hef-k, svá hefi ek studdan, 12 (verse 13 is corrupt); hann hefir dvalða þik, Hkv. Hjörv. 29; lostna, 30; mik hefir sóttan meiri glæpr, 32; ek hefi brúði kerna, id.; þú hefir etnar úlfa krásir, opt sár sogin, Hkv. 1. 36; sá er opt hefir örnu sadda, 35; hefir þú kannaða koni óneisa, 23; þá er mik svikna höfðut, Skv. 3. 55; hann hafði getna sonu, Bkv. 8; þann sal hafa halir um görvan, Fm. 42; bróður minn hefir þú benjaðan, 25; er hann ráðinn hefir, 37; sjaldan hefir þú gefnar vargi bráðir, Eg. (in a verse).

2. references from prose; this old form has since been turned into an indecl. neut. sing. part. -it. The old form was first lost in the strong verbs and the weak verbs of the first conjugation: in the earliest prose both forms are used, although the indecl. is more freq. even in the prose writers, as Íb., the Heiðarv. S., the Miracle-book in Bs., Njála, Ó. H., (Thorodd seems only to use the old form,) as may be seen from the following references, Björn hafði særða þrjá menn, Nj. 262; hann mundi hana hafa gipta honum, 47; hann hafði þá leidda saman hestana, 264: ek hefi sendan mann, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 333; ek nefi senda menn, id.: hafa son sinn ór helju heimtan, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 337; en er þeir höfðu niðr settan sveininn, 349; hann hafði veidda fimm tegu fiska, 350: er þér hefir ílla neisu gorva, Ó. H. 107: þá hefi ek fyrri setta þá í stafrófi, Skálda (Thorodd) 161; þar hefi ek við görva þessa stafi fjóra, id.; hafa hann samsettan, 167: góða fylgd hefir þú mér veitta, Þorst Síðu H. 2: sagði, at Ólafr konungr hafði sendan hann, Bs. i. 11: Þyri, er hertogi hafði festa nauðga, Fms. x. 393 (Ágrip): hefi ek þá svá signaða ok magnaða, v. 236: hefir sólin gengna tvá hluti, en einn úgenginn, K. Þ. K. 92 (Lund’s Syntax, p. 12).

β. again, neut. indecl., hana hafði átt fyrr Þoróddr, Ísl. ii. 192: hón hafði heimt húskarl sinn …, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 339; hann hefir ekki svá vel gyrt hest minn, 340; hefir þú eigi séð mik, 341; hve hann hafði lokkat hann. id.; gistingar hefi ek yðr fengit, 343: þeir höfðu haft úfrið ok orrostur, Íb. 12; hann hafði tekið lögsögu, 14: stafr er átt hafði Þorlákr, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 340; er þær höfðu upp tekit ketilinn ok hafit …, 342; göngu es hann hafði gingit, 344; es sleggjuna hafði niðr fellt, 346; sem maðr hefði nýsett (hana) niðr, id.; jartein þá er hann þóttisk fingit hafa, 347; hafði prestrinn fært fram sveininn, 349: hjálm er Hreiðmarr hafði átt, Edda 73: hafa efnt sína heitstrenging, Fms. (Jómsv. S.) xi. 141: slíkan dóm sem hann hafði mér hugat, Ó. H. 176, etc. passim:—at last the inflexion disappeared altogether, and so at the present time the indecl. neut. sing. is used throughout; yet it remains in peculiar instances, e. g. konu hefi eg mér festa, Luke xiv. 20, cp. Vídal. ii. 21. ☞ This use of the inflexive part. pass. may often serve as a test of the age of a poem, e. g. that Sólarljóð was composed at a later date may thus be seen from verses 27, 64, 72, 73, 75, 79; but this test is to be applied with caution, as the MSS. have in some cases changed the true forms (-inn, -ann, and -it, -an being freq. abbreviated in the MSS. so as to render the reading dubious). In many cases the old form is no doubt to be restored, e. g. in vegit to veginn, Fm. 4, 23; búit to búinn, Hkv. Hjörv. 15; borit to borinn, Hkv. 1. 1; beðit to beðinn, Fsm. 48; orðit to orðin, Og. 23; roðit to roðinn, Em. 5; brotið to brotinn, Vkv. 24, etc.: but are we to infer from Ls. 23, 26, 33, that this poem is of a comparatively late age?

II. the indecl. neut. sing. is, both in the earliest poems and down to the present day, used in the following cases:

1. with trans. verbs requiring the dat. or gen.; ek hefi fengit e-s, hann hafði fengit konu; hafa hefnt e-s, Fms. xi. 25; sú er hafði beðit fjár, Þkv. 32; stillir hefir stefnt mér, Hkv. Hjörv. 33, and so in endless cases.

2. in the reflex. part. pass.; þeir (hann) hafa (hefir) látisk, farisk, sagsk, etc.

3. in part. of intrans. neut. verbs, e. g. þeir þær (hann, hón), hafa (hefir) setið, staðit, gengit, legit, farit, komit, verit, orðit, lifað, dáit, heitið …, also almost in every line both of prose and poetry.

4. in trans. verbs with a neut. sing. in objective case the difference cannot be seen.

☞ The compound preterite is common to both the Romance and Teutonic languages, and seems to be older in the former than in the latter; Grimm suggests that it originated with the French, and thence spread to the Teutons. That it was not natural to the latter is shewn by the facts, that

α. no traces of it are found in Gothic, nor in the earliest Old High German glossaries to Latin words.

β. in the earliest Scandinavian poetry we can trace its passage from declinable to indeclinable.

γ. remains are left in poetry of a primitive uncompounded preterite infinitive, e. g. stóðu = hafa staðit, mundu, skyldu, vildu, etc., see Gramm. p. xxv, col. 2. ☞ We may here note a curious dropping of the verb hefir, at ek em kominn hingat til lands, ok verit áðr ( having been) langa hríð utan-lands, Ó. H. 31, cp. Am. 52; barn at aldri, en vegit slíka hetju sem Þorvaldr var, Glúm. 382. On this interesting matter see Grimm’s remarks in his Gramm. iv. 146 sqq.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HAFA
8 mano

f.

1 hand.

a mano by hand; (sin máquina) to hand, handy (cerca)

hecho a mano handmade

¿tienes el encendedor a mano? have you got your lighter handy o to hand?

votación a mano alzada show of hands

a mano armada armed

dar o estrechar la mano a alguien to shake hands with somebody

darse o estrecharse la mano to shake hands

lavarse las manos to wash one's hands

¡manos arriba!, ¡arriba las manos! hands up!

2 forefoot (zoology) (en general).

3 coat.

4 pestle.

5 game (partida de naipes).

ser mano to (be the) lead

6 series (serie, tanda).

7 handball (sport) (falta).

8 coat of paint.

9 dealer, hand, lead.

10 buddy, pal.

m.

pal(informal). ( Latin American Spanish salvo River Plate)

pres.indicat.

1^st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: manar.

* * *

mano

► nombre femenino

1 ANATOMÍA hand

2 ZOOLOGÍA (de caballo) forefoot; (de gato, perro, etc) paw

3 (lado) side

■ el lavabo está a mano derecha the toilet is on the right

4 (de reloj) hand

5 (de pintura) coat

6 (de jabón) soaping

7 (habilidad) skill

■ tienes muy buena mano con los niños you're very good with children

8 (influencia) influence

9 (ayuda) hand

10 (de mortero) pestle

11 (de naipes - jugada, conjunto de cartas) hand; (- jugador) leader

■ en esta jugada soy mano yo it's my lead this time

12 DEPORTE (en futból) handball

► nombre femenino plural manos

1 (poder) hands sing, power sing

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

a mano (escrito) handwritten, by hand 2 (hecho) handmade, by hand 3 (lavado) by hand 4 (cerca) to hand, handy, near

abrir la mano to become more flexible, become more lenient

a mano armada armed

a manos llenas generously

alzar/levantar la mano a alguien to raise one's hand to somebody

bajo mano underhandedly

cogidos,-as de la mano hand-in-hand

con el corazón en la mano sincerely, with one's heart on one's sleeve

con las manos en la masa red-handed

con las manos vacías empty-handed

con una mano detrás y otra delante familiar without a penny to one's name

dar la mano a / tender la mano a (saludar) to shake hands with 2 (ayudar) to offer one's hand to

darse la mano (dos personas) to shake hands 2 (dos cosas) to be very similar

de primera mano (objeto) brand-new 2 (noticia) first-hand

dejar de la mano to abandon

echar mano de algo to resort to something, draw on something

echar una mano to give a hand, lend a hand

en buenas manos in good hands

estar en las manos de alguien to be in somebody's hands

hecho,-a a mano handmade

írsele la mano a alguien (no contenerse) to lose control 2 (exagerar) to go over the top

■ se le fue la mano al echarle sal al pescado he put too much salt on the fish

¡las manos quietas! familiar hands off!

lavarse las manos figurado to wash one's hands

llegar a las manos to come to blows

llevarse las manos a la cabeza to be horrified

mano sobre mano idle, twiddling one's thumbs

¡manos arriba! hands up!

meter la mano en algo to get involved in something, intervene in something

meter mano familiar (toquetear) to grope, touch up 2 (intervenir) to do something, take action

pedir la mano de alguien to ask for somebody's hand

ponerle la mano encima a alguien to lay a hand on somebody

poner la mano en el fuego por alguien to risk one's neck for somebody

poner manos a la obra to get down to work, get cracking

quedar algo muy a mano to be very near

ser la mano derecha de alguien to be somebody's right hand

ser mano de santo to work wonders

tener algo a mano to have something handy

tener buena mano para algo to have a knack for something, be a dab hand at something

tener buenas manos to be good with one's hands

tener la mano (muy) larga (para pegar) to be quick to lift a hand 2 (para robar) to be light-fingered, have sticky fingers

tener las manos limpias to be clean

tener mano de hierro to rule with an iron fist

tener mano izquierda to have a lot of tact

traerse algo entre manos to be planning something, be up to something

mano a mano (concurso) contest 2 (conversación) tête-a-tête

mano de cerdo pig's trotter

mano de obra labour

mano dura a firm hand

■ hay que tratarlos con mano dura you have to be firm with them

■ pidió mano dura con los gamberros he called for a firm hand to be taken with hooligans

* * *

noun f.

1) hand

2) coat

•

- de primera mano
- mano de obra
* * *
I
1. SUSTANTIVO FEMENINO
Para las expresiones manos arriba, al alcance de la mano, frotarse las manos, ver la otra entrada.
1) (Anat) hand

lo hice con mis propias manos — I made it with my own hands, I made it myself

el asesino salió con las manos en alto — the murderer came out with his hands up {o} with his hands in the air

• votar a mano [alzada] — to vote by a show of hands

• [dar] la mano a algn — [para saludar] to shake hands with sb; [para andar, apoyarse] to take sb by the hand

• [darse] la mano {o} las manos — to shake hands

• recibir algo [de] manos de algn — to receive sth from sb

• los dos iban [de la] mano — the two were walking hand-in-hand, the two were walking along holding hands

llevar a algn de la mano — to lead sb by the hand

• ¡manos a la [obra]! — [como orden] to work!; [para darse ánimo] let's get on with it!, (let's) get down to work!

• ¡las manos [quietas]! — hands off!, keep your hands to yourself!

• ¡[venga] esa mano! — shake!, put it there!
a mano (=sin máquina) by hand; (=cerca) handy, at hand; (=asequible) handy, to hand
cosió los pantalones a mano — she sewed the trousers by hand, she hand-sewed the trousers

escribir a mano — to write in longhand, write out (by hand)

escrito a mano — handwritten

bordado a mano — hand-embroidered

hecho a mano — handmade

¿tienes un bolígrafo a mano? — have you got a pen handy {o} to hand?

la tienda me queda {o} me pilla * muy a mano — the shop is very handy for me, the shop is very close {o} nearby
en mano
a entregar en mano — to deliver by hand

se presentó en el ayuntamiento pistola en mano — he turned up at the town hall with a gun in his hand

carta en mano — letter delivered by hand

piso disponible, llave en mano — [para alquilar] flat available for immediate occupancy; [para comprar] flat available for immediate possession
estrechar 1., 3), levantar 1., 1), b), robo 1)
2)

- abrir la mano

- a mano airada

- bajo mano

- cargar la mano

en ese colegio le cargan la mano — they ask too much of her {o} put too much pressure on her at that school

no cargues la mano con las especias — don't put too much spice in

- coger a algn con las manos en la masa

- dar de mano

- le das la mano y se toma el codo

- dar una mano a algn

- de manos a boca

- estar con una mano adelante y otra atrás

- estar mano sobre mano

- echar mano a

- echar mano de

- echar una mano a algn

- ganar a algn por la mano

- llegar a las manos

- a manos llenas

mano a mano —

se bebieron la botella mano a mano — they drank the bottle between (the two of) them

- meter mano a algn

meter mano a algo —

hay que meterle mano a la corrupción — we have to deal with {o} tackle corruption

tengo que meterle mano a las matemáticas — I need to get stuck into my maths *

- pasar la mano a algn

ponerle a algn la mano encima —

¡como me pongas la mano encima...! — if you lay one finger on me...!

poner la mano en el fuego —

yo no pondría la mano en el fuego por Juan — I wouldn't risk my neck for Juan, I wouldn't put myself on the line for Juan

yo pondría la mano en el fuego por su inocencia — I'd stake my life on his being innocent

- ¡qué mano!

- sentar la mano a algn

- tener las manos largas

- tener las manos libres

traerse algo entre manos —

¿qué os traéis entre manos? — what are you up to?

se trae entre manos varios asuntos a la vez — he's dealing with several matters at once

- untar la mano a algn

- con las manos vacías

se fue de las negociaciones con las manos vacías — he left the negotiations empty-handed

- vivir de la mano a la boca

mano derecha — right-hand man

Pedro es mi mano derecha — Pedro is my right-hand man

mano de santo — sure remedy

fue mano de santo — it came just right, it was just what the doctor ordered

mano dura — harsh treatment; (Pol) firm hand

manos de mantequilla — butterfingers

3) (=posesión) hand

• [cambiar] de manos — to change hands

la casa ha cambiado varias veces de mano — the house has changed hands several times, the house has had several owners

• de [primera] mano — (at) first-hand

conocemos la noticia de primera mano — we got the news first-hand

se ha comprado un coche de primera mano — he has bought a (brand) new car

• de [segunda] mano — second-hand

ropa de segunda mano — second-hand {o} used clothes

4) (=control)

está en tus manos — it's up to you

ha hecho cuanto ha estado en su mano — he has done all {o} everything in his power

• [de buena] mano — on good authority

• [en buenas] manos — in good hands
a manos de at the hands of
murió a manos de los mafiosos — he died at the hands of the mafia

la carta nunca llegó a manos del jefe — the letter never reached the boss, the letter never came into the hands of the boss
en manos de in the hands of
hemos puesto el asunto en manos del abogado — we have placed the matter in the hands of our lawyer

me pongo en tus manos — I place myself entirely in your hands

el armamento cayó en manos de los traficantes — the weapons fell into the hands of arms dealers

írsele a algn la mano con algo —

se te ha ido la mano con la sal — you overdid it with the salt

írsele algo de las manos a algn —

el asunto se le fue de las manos — he lost all control of the affair

- dejado de la mano de Dios

- tomarse la justicia por su mano

5) (=habilidad)

¡qué manos tiene! — he's so clever with his hands!

• tener [buena] mano, tiene buena mano para aparcar — she's good at parking

tener buena mano para la cocina — to be a good cook

tiene buena mano con los niños — she's good with children

tener (buena) mano para las plantas — to have green fingers

• tener [mala] mano — to be clumsy, be awkward

mano izquierda, tiene mano izquierda con los animales — he's got a way with animals

6) (=lado) side

a mano derecha — on the right-hand side

a mano izquierda — on the left-hand side

7) (=trabajadores)
pl manos hands, workers
contratar manos — to sign up {o} take on workers

mano de obra — labour, labor (EEUU), manpower

mano de obra directa — direct labour

mano de obra especializada — skilled labour

8) (Dep) handling, handball

¡mano! — handball!

9) (Zool) [de mono] hand; [de perro, gato, oso, león] front paw; [de caballo] forefoot, front hoof; [de ave] foot; (=trompa) trunk

manos de cerdo — (Culin) pig's trotters

10) (=instrumento) [de reloj] hand

mano de almirez, mano de mortero — pestle

11) (=capa) [de pintura] coat; [de jabón] wash, soaping

dar una mano de jabón a la ropa — to give the clothes a wash {o} soaping

12) (Juegos, Naipes) (=partida) round, game; (=conjunto de cartas) hand

echar una mano de mus — to have a game {o} round of mus

ser {o} tener la mano — to lead

soy mano — it's my lead

13) (=lote) lot, series; And, CAm, Cono Sur, Méx group of things of the same kind ; LAm [de plátanos] bunch, hand

le dio una mano de bofetadas — he punched him several times

una mano de papel — a quire of paper ( 24 or 25 sheets)

14) (Mús) scale

15) LAm (=desgracia) misfortune, mishap; (=suceso imprevisto) unexpected event

16) LAm (=suerte)

¡qué mano! — what a stroke of luck!

17) LAm (Aut) direction

mano única — one-way street

2.

SUSTANTIVO MASCULINO

mano a mano, hubo un mano a mano entre los dos políticos en el parlamento — the two politicians slogged it out between them in parliament

la corrida será un mano a mano entre los dos toreros — the bullfight will be a two-way contest with the two bullfighters
II
SM Méx [en conversación] mate *, pal *

* * *
I
femenino

Sentido I

1)

a) (Anat) hand

tengo las manos sucias — my hands are dirty

le dijo or hizo adiós con la mano — he waved goodbye to her

con las dos manos — with both hands

entrégaselo en sus propias manos — give it to him in person

en su mano — (Corresp) by hand

levantar la mano — to raise one's hands, put one's hand up

lo hice yo, con mis propias manos — I did it myself, with my own two hands

salió con las manos en alto — he came out with his hands in the air o up

manos arriba! or arriba las manos! — hands up!

con la mano en el corazón — hand on heart

las manos quietas! — keep your hands to yourself!

su carta pasó de mano en mano — her letter was passed around

recibió el premio de manos del Rey — she received the prize from the King himself

darle la mano a alguien — ( para saludar) to shake hands with somebody, to shake somebody's hand; (para ayudar, ser ayudado) to give somebody one's hand

dame la manito or (Esp, Méx) manita — hold my hand

me tendió or me ofreció la mano — he held out his hand to me

hacerse las manos — to have a manicure

me leyó las manos — she read my palm

tocaron la pieza a cuatro manos — they played the piece as a duet

b) (Zool) (de oso, perro) paw; ( de mono) hand; (Equ) forefoot, front foot

2) (control, posesión) gen

manos — hands (pl)

ha cambiado de manos varias veces — it has changed hands several times

cayó en manos del enemigo — it fell into the hands of the enemy

ahora está en manos de los socialistas — it is now held by the socialists

el negocio está en buenas manos — the business is in good hands

haré todo lo que esté en mis manos or (RPl) de mi mano — I will do everything in my power

mi mensaje nunca llegó a sus manos — my message never reached him

su muerte a manos de la policía secreta — his death at the hands of the secret police

la situación se nos va de las manos — the situation is getting out of hand

la oportunidad se nos fue de las manos — we let the opportunity slip through our fingers

3) ( en fútbol) handball

4) ( del mortero) pestle

5)

a) ( de papel) quire

b) ( de plátanos) hand

6) (de pintura, barniz) coat

7) (Jueg)

a) (vuelta, juego) hand

¿nos echamos unas manos de dominó? — how about a game of dominoes?

b) ( conjunto de cartas) hand

c) ( jugador)

soy/eres mano — it's my/your lead

tener la mano — (Andes) to lead

ganarle por la mano or (RPl) de mano a alguien (fam): César me ganó por la mano — César just beat me to it (colloq)

8) (en locs)

a mano — ( no a máquina) by hand; ( cerca) at hand (AmE), to hand (BrE)

hecho a mano — handmade

escrito a mano — handwritten

un tapiz tejido a mano — a handwoven tapestry

las tiendas me quedan muy a mano — the shops are very close by o near o handy

siempre tengo un diccionario a mano — I always keep a dictionary by me o at hand o to hand

a mano — (AmL) ( en paz) all square, quits

a la mano — (AmL) close at hand

de mano — hand (before n)

en mano — <lápiz/copa> in hand

llave en mano — immediate possession

agarrar or (esp Esp) coger a alguien con las manos en la masa — to catch somebody red-handed

agarrarle or tomarle la mano a algo — (CS fam) to get the hang of something (colloq)

a mano alzada — < votación> by a show of hands; < dibujo> freehand; < dibujar> freehand

a manos llenas — < dar> generously; < gastar> lavishly

pedir/conceder la mano de alguien — to ask for/give somebody's hand in marriage

bajo mano — on the quiet, on the sly (colloq)

caérsele la mano a alguien — (Méx fam & pey) to be a fairy (colloq & pej)

cargar la mano — (fam) to overdo

no cargues la mano con la sal — don't overdo the salt

cargarle la mano a alguien — ( en el precio) to overcharge somebody; ( pegar) to hit somebody

con las manos vacías — empty-handed

con una mano atrás y otra delante — without a penny to one's name

dar la mano derecha por algo — to give one's right arm for something

darse la mano — ( para saludar) to shake hands; (para cruzar, jugar, etc) to hold hands; (reunirse, fundirse) to come together

dejado de la mano de Dios — godforsaken

se sentía totalmente dejado de la mano de Dios — he felt utterly forlorn

de la mano: me tomó de la mano she took me by the hand; iban (tomados) de la mano they walked hand in hand; de manos a boca suddenly, unexpectedly; de primera mano (at) first hand; de segunda mano < ropa> secondhand; < coche> used, secondhand; < información> secondhand; echar or dar una mano to give o lend a hand; echarle mano a alguien (fam) to lay o get one's hands on somebody (colloq); echar mano a algo (fam) to grab something; echar mano de algo to resort to something; echamos mano de nuestros ahorros we dipped into our savings; echarse or llevarse las manos a la cabeza ( literal) to put one's hands on one's head; ( horrorizarse) to throw up one's hands in horror; embarrarle la mano a alguien (Méx fam) to grease somebody's palm (colloq); ensuciarse las manos ( literal) to get one's hands dirty; (en un robo, crimen) to dirty one's hands; estar atado de manos or tener las manos atadas ( literal) to have one's hands tied; ( no poder actuar): la decisión es de ellos, yo tengo las manos atadas it's up to them, my hands are tied; estar/quedar a mano (AmL fam) to be even o quits (colloq); frotarse las manos ( literal) to rub one's hands together; ( regodearse) to rub one's hands with glee; írsele la mano a alguien: se te fue la mano con la sal you overdid the salt o put too much salt in; le cobré $1.000 - se te fue un poco la mano ¿no? I charged him $1,000 - that was a bit steep, wasn't it? (colloq); se te fue la mano al contestarle así you went too far answering her back like that; lavarse las manos to wash one's hands; les das la/una mano y se toman el brazo give them an inch and they'll take a mile; levantarle la mano a alguien to raise one's hand to somebody; llegar or irse or pasar a las manos to come to blows; meter la mano en la caja or lata to dip one's fingers in the till; meterle mano a alguien (fam) (magrear, tocar) to touch o feel somebody up (colloq); ( por un delito) to collar somebody (colloq); meterle mano a algo (fam) to get to work on something; poner la(s) mano(s) en el fuego por alguien to stick one's neck out for somebody; ponerle la mano encima a alguien to lay a hand o finger on somebody; ponerse manos a la obra to get down to work; por mi/tu/su mano: tomó la justicia or las cosas por su mano he took the law o he took things into his own hands; quitarle algo de las manos a alguien: me lo quitó de las manos she took it right out of my hands; tuvieron mucho éxito, nos las quitaron de las manos they were a great success, they sold like hotcakes (colloq); saber alguien dónde tiene la mano derecha to know what one is about; ser mano ancha (Arg) to be generous; ser mano de santo to work wonders; ser mano larga ( para pegar) to be free with one's hands; ( para robar) to be light-fingered; tenderle una mano a alguien to offer somebody a (helping) hand; tener algo entre manos to be dealing with o working on something; tener (la) mano larga or las manos largas (fam) ( para pegar) to be free with one's hands; ( para robar) to be light-fingered; tener la mano pesada to be heavy-handed; tener mano de seda to have a light touch; tener mano para algo to be good at something; traerse algo entre manos to be up to something (colloq); untarle la mano a alguien (fam) to grease somebody's palm (colloq); muchas manos en un plato hacen mucho garabato — too many cooks spoil the broth

- mano a mano

- mano de cerdo

- mano de obra

- mano derecha

- mano dura or de hierro

Sentido II

9)

a) ( lado) side

queda de esta mano — it's on this side of the street

la segunda calle a mano derecha — the second street on the right

b) (Auto) side of the road

Sentido III

10) manos masculino plural ( obreros) hands (pl)
II
- na masculino, femenino (AmL exc CS fam) ( apelativo) buddy (AmE colloq), mate (BrE colloq)

* * *
I
femenino

Sentido I

1)

a) (Anat) hand

tengo las manos sucias — my hands are dirty

le dijo or hizo adiós con la mano — he waved goodbye to her

con las dos manos — with both hands

entrégaselo en sus propias manos — give it to him in person

en su mano — (Corresp) by hand

levantar la mano — to raise one's hands, put one's hand up

lo hice yo, con mis propias manos — I did it myself, with my own two hands

salió con las manos en alto — he came out with his hands in the air o up

manos arriba! or arriba las manos! — hands up!

con la mano en el corazón — hand on heart

las manos quietas! — keep your hands to yourself!

su carta pasó de mano en mano — her letter was passed around

recibió el premio de manos del Rey — she received the prize from the King himself

darle la mano a alguien — ( para saludar) to shake hands with somebody, to shake somebody's hand; (para ayudar, ser ayudado) to give somebody one's hand

dame la manito or (Esp, Méx) manita — hold my hand

me tendió or me ofreció la mano — he held out his hand to me

hacerse las manos — to have a manicure

me leyó las manos — she read my palm

tocaron la pieza a cuatro manos — they played the piece as a duet

b) (Zool) (de oso, perro) paw; ( de mono) hand; (Equ) forefoot, front foot

2) (control, posesión) gen

manos — hands (pl)

ha cambiado de manos varias veces — it has changed hands several times

cayó en manos del enemigo — it fell into the hands of the enemy

ahora está en manos de los socialistas — it is now held by the socialists

el negocio está en buenas manos — the business is in good hands

haré todo lo que esté en mis manos or (RPl) de mi mano — I will do everything in my power

mi mensaje nunca llegó a sus manos — my message never reached him

su muerte a manos de la policía secreta — his death at the hands of the secret police

la situación se nos va de las manos — the situation is getting out of hand

la oportunidad se nos fue de las manos — we let the opportunity slip through our fingers

3) ( en fútbol) handball

4) ( del mortero) pestle

5)

a) ( de papel) quire

b) ( de plátanos) hand

6) (de pintura, barniz) coat

7) (Jueg)

a) (vuelta, juego) hand

¿nos echamos unas manos de dominó? — how about a game of dominoes?

b) ( conjunto de cartas) hand

c) ( jugador)

soy/eres mano — it's my/your lead

tener la mano — (Andes) to lead

ganarle por la mano or (RPl) de mano a alguien (fam): César me ganó por la mano — César just beat me to it (colloq)

8) (en locs)

a mano — ( no a máquina) by hand; ( cerca) at hand (AmE), to hand (BrE)

hecho a mano — handmade

escrito a mano — handwritten

un tapiz tejido a mano — a handwoven tapestry

las tiendas me quedan muy a mano — the shops are very close by o near o handy

siempre tengo un diccionario a mano — I always keep a dictionary by me o at hand o to hand

a mano — (AmL) ( en paz) all square, quits

a la mano — (AmL) close at hand

de mano — hand (before n)

en mano — <lápiz/copa> in hand

llave en mano — immediate possession

agarrar or (esp Esp) coger a alguien con las manos en la masa — to catch somebody red-handed

agarrarle or tomarle la mano a algo — (CS fam) to get the hang of something (colloq)

a mano alzada — < votación> by a show of hands; < dibujo> freehand; < dibujar> freehand

a manos llenas — < dar> generously; < gastar> lavishly

pedir/conceder la mano de alguien — to ask for/give somebody's hand in marriage

bajo mano — on the quiet, on the sly (colloq)

caérsele la mano a alguien — (Méx fam & pey) to be a fairy (colloq & pej)

cargar la mano — (fam) to overdo

no cargues la mano con la sal — don't overdo the salt

cargarle la mano a alguien — ( en el precio) to overcharge somebody; ( pegar) to hit somebody

con las manos vacías — empty-handed

con una mano atrás y otra delante — without a penny to one's name

dar la mano derecha por algo — to give one's right arm for something

darse la mano — ( para saludar) to shake hands; (para cruzar, jugar, etc) to hold hands; (reunirse, fundirse) to come together

dejado de la mano de Dios — godforsaken

se sentía totalmente dejado de la mano de Dios — he felt utterly forlorn

de la mano: me tomó de la mano she took me by the hand; iban (tomados) de la mano they walked hand in hand; de manos a boca suddenly, unexpectedly; de primera mano (at) first hand; de segunda mano < ropa> secondhand; < coche> used, secondhand; < información> secondhand; echar or dar una mano to give o lend a hand; echarle mano a alguien (fam) to lay o get one's hands on somebody (colloq); echar mano a algo (fam) to grab something; echar mano de algo to resort to something; echamos mano de nuestros ahorros we dipped into our savings; echarse or llevarse las manos a la cabeza ( literal) to put one's hands on one's head; ( horrorizarse) to throw up one's hands in horror; embarrarle la mano a alguien (Méx fam) to grease somebody's palm (colloq); ensuciarse las manos ( literal) to get one's hands dirty; (en un robo, crimen) to dirty one's hands; estar atado de manos or tener las manos atadas ( literal) to have one's hands tied; ( no poder actuar): la decisión es de ellos, yo tengo las manos atadas it's up to them, my hands are tied; estar/quedar a mano (AmL fam) to be even o quits (colloq); frotarse las manos ( literal) to rub one's hands together; ( regodearse) to rub one's hands with glee; írsele la mano a alguien: se te fue la mano con la sal you overdid the salt o put too much salt in; le cobré $1.000 - se te fue un poco la mano ¿no? I charged him $1,000 - that was a bit steep, wasn't it? (colloq); se te fue la mano al contestarle así you went too far answering her back like that; lavarse las manos to wash one's hands; les das la/una mano y se toman el brazo give them an inch and they'll take a mile; levantarle la mano a alguien to raise one's hand to somebody; llegar or irse or pasar a las manos to come to blows; meter la mano en la caja or lata to dip one's fingers in the till; meterle mano a alguien (fam) (magrear, tocar) to touch o feel somebody up (colloq); ( por un delito) to collar somebody (colloq); meterle mano a algo (fam) to get to work on something; poner la(s) mano(s) en el fuego por alguien to stick one's neck out for somebody; ponerle la mano encima a alguien to lay a hand o finger on somebody; ponerse manos a la obra to get down to work; por mi/tu/su mano: tomó la justicia or las cosas por su mano he took the law o he took things into his own hands; quitarle algo de las manos a alguien: me lo quitó de las manos she took it right out of my hands; tuvieron mucho éxito, nos las quitaron de las manos they were a great success, they sold like hotcakes (colloq); saber alguien dónde tiene la mano derecha to know what one is about; ser mano ancha (Arg) to be generous; ser mano de santo to work wonders; ser mano larga ( para pegar) to be free with one's hands; ( para robar) to be light-fingered; tenderle una mano a alguien to offer somebody a (helping) hand; tener algo entre manos to be dealing with o working on something; tener (la) mano larga or las manos largas (fam) ( para pegar) to be free with one's hands; ( para robar) to be light-fingered; tener la mano pesada to be heavy-handed; tener mano de seda to have a light touch; tener mano para algo to be good at something; traerse algo entre manos to be up to something (colloq); untarle la mano a alguien (fam) to grease somebody's palm (colloq); muchas manos en un plato hacen mucho garabato — too many cooks spoil the broth

- mano a mano

- mano de cerdo

- mano de obra

- mano derecha

- mano dura or de hierro

Sentido II

9)

a) ( lado) side

queda de esta mano — it's on this side of the street

la segunda calle a mano derecha — the second street on the right

b) (Auto) side of the road

Sentido III

10) manos masculino plural ( obreros) hands (pl)
II
- na masculino, femenino (AmL exc CS fam) ( apelativo) buddy (AmE colloq), mate (BrE colloq)

* * *

mano¹

¹ = hand.

Ex: Even with such a limitation and many later supplementations by various hands, by way of addition, correction and amplification, it falls far short of completeness.

* accionado a mano = hand-powered.

* agresión a mano armada = armed assault.

* ahorrar mano de obra = save + manpower.

* al alcance de la mano = within arm's reach, within easy reach.

* a la mano de = available at the fingertips of.

* alargar la mano = reach out.

* alargar la mano para coger = reach for.

* a mano = by hand, manually, nearby [near-by], handy, within reach, within easy reach.

* a mano alzada = by a show of hands.

* a mano derecha de = on the right side of, on the right-hand side of.

* a manos de = at the hands of.

* aparato de informática del tamaño de la palma de la mano = palm computing device.

* apretón de manos = handshake.

* arreglarse las manos = manicure.

* asalto a mano armada = armed robbery, armed assault, heist.

* asignado a mano = manually assigned.

* atar de pies y manos = hogtie.

* atraco a mano armada = armed robbery, heist, daylight robbery.

* batidora de mano = food mincer.

* bolsa de mano = flight bag, carryall bag, travelbag, soft bag.

* bomba de mano = hand pump.

* borrador escrito a mano = manuscript draft.

* caer en manos de = fall into + the hands of.

* caer en manos enemigas = fall into + enemy hands.

* cambiar de manos = change + hands.

* cambio de manos = change of hands.

* carretilla de mano = pushcart.

* coche de segunda mano = used car, second-hand car.

* codificar a mano = hand-code.

* coger a Alguien con las manos en la masa = catch + Nombre + red-handed, catch + Nombre + in the act.

* coger de la mano = hold + Posesivo + hand.

* coger la mano = take + Posesivo + hand.

* cogerse de la mano = hold + hands.

* cogerse la mano = join + hands.

* cogido a mano = hand-picked.

* confeccionar a mano = handcraft.

* con las dos manos = two handed [two-handed].

* con las manos muy largas = light-fingered.

* con las manos vacías = empty-handed.

* conocer Algo como la palma de + Posesivo + mano = know + Algo + like the back of + Posesivo + hand.

* conocer de primera mano = know + first-hand.

* con una mano delante y otra detrás = penniless, broke, skint.

* corregir a mano = hand-correct.

* costes de mano de obra = labour costs.

* crema de manos = hand cream.

* crema limpiadora de manos = handcleaner.

* croché a mano = hand crochet.

* cubrir Algo con la mano = cup + Posesivo + hand + over + Nombre.

* cultivado a mano = hand-reared.

* dar a Alguien una mano y te cogen el brazo = give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile.

* dar en mano = hand (over).

* dar la mano = extend + Posesivo + hand.

* dar la mano derecha = give + Posesivo + right arm.

* darse la mano = join + hands, shake + hand.

* darse un apretón de manos = clasp + hands.

* dar un apretón de manos = shake + hand.

* decir adiós con la mano = wave + goodbye.

* dedicación de mano de obra = expenditure of manpower.

* dejado de la mano de Dios = God-forsaken.

* dejar las manos de uno libres de = free + Posesivo + hands from.

* de mano = hand-held [handheld].

* de primera mano = at first hand, first-hand [firsthand], first-person.

* de segunda mano = second-hand [secondhand].

* despedir mano de obra = shed + jobs, axe + jobs, cut + jobs.

* de tercera mano = third-hand.

* de tirar la piedra y esconder la mano = hit-and-run.

* echarle una mano a = bat for, go to + bat for.

* echar mano a/de = leverage.

* echar mano a los ahorros = dip into + savings.

* echar mano de = fall back on, call into + play.

* echar una mano = lend + a (helping) hand, put + Posesivo + shoulder to the wheel, set + Posesivo + shoulder to the wheel, muck in, pitch in.

* echar una mano a Alguien = give + Nombre + a hand.

* el mundo en la palma de la mano = the world in the palm of + Posesivo + hand.

* en buenas manos = in a safe place, in safekeeping.

* encaje de aguja a mano = needlepoint lace.

* en mano = in hand.

* en manos de = in the hands of.

* en manos de extranjeros = foreign-owned.

* en manos del enemigo = at the hands of enemies, at the hands of the enemy.

* en manos enemigas = at the hands of enemies, at the hands of the enemy.

* en + Posesivo + manos = at + Posesivo + hands.

* entre manos = at hand, in hand.

* equipaje de mano = carry-on luggage, cabin baggage, cabin luggage.

* escalera de mano = stepladder.

* escaparse de las manos de = slip beyond + the grasp of.

* escasez de mano de obra = labour shortage.

* escribir a mano = handletter.

* escrito a mano = handwritten [hand-written], in black and white, in handwriting, longhand [long-hand].

* escritura a mano = handwriting.

* estar al alcance de la mano = be at hand.

* estar a mano = be on hand, be around.

* estar en buenas manos = be in safe hands.

* estar en manos privadas = hold in + private hands.

* experiencia de primera mano = first-hand experience.

* extender la mano = put out + Posesivo + hand, reach out, put forth + Posesivo + hand.

* extender la mano para coger algo = hand + reach for.

* fabricado a mano = hand-made.

* falta de mano de obra = labour shortage.

* freno de mano = hand brake [handbrake].

* futuro + estar + en + Posesivo + manos = future + be + in + Posesivo + hands.

* ganarle la mano a Alguien = steal + a march on.

* ganchillo a mano = hand crochet.

* golpeo a mano = hand-beating.

* granada de mano = hand grenade.

* hacer a mano = handcraft.

* hacer todo lo que está en nuestras manos = pull out + all the stops.

* hecho a mano = hand-made, hand-drawn, handcrafted.

* hilado a mano = handspinning.

* impulsado a mano = hand-powered.

* ir de la mano = go + hand in hand (with), be hand in hand.

* írsele a Uno Algo de las manos = get out of + hand, get out of + hand.

* írsele la mano a Uno = overplay + Posesivo + hand.

* juego de manos = sleight-of-hand.

* juegos de manos = fingergame.

* labores de croché a mano = hand-crochet work.

* labores de ganchillo a mano = hand-crochet work.

* la mano que mece la cuna es la mano que domina el mundo = the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world, the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world.

* levantar la mano = raise + Posesivo + hand.

* mano amiga = helping hand.

* ¿mano blanda o mano dura? = the carrot vs. the stick, the carrot vs. the stick.

* mano blanda y mano dura = carrots and sticks.

* mano de hierro = iron fist, iron hand.

* mano de obra = labour [labor, -USA], manpower, manpower force, work-force [workforce], work-force, labour force, manual labour.

* mano de obra del campo = farm labour force.

* mano de obra extranjera = foreign labour.

* mano de obra infantil = child labour.

* mano de obra inmigrante = foreign labour.

* mano derecha = right hand.

* mano dura = iron fist, iron hand.

* mano fría de, la = cold hand of, the.

* mano invisible, la = invisible hand, the.

* mano negra = schemer.

* manos libres = free hand, hands-free.

* mantener a mano = keep to + hand.

* más vale pájaro en mano que ciento volando = a bird in the hand is worth two in the bush.

* menos blandeces y más mano dura = less of the carrot, more of the stick.

* mercadillo de prendas de segunda mano = rummage sale.

* meter las manos en todo = have + a finger in every pie.

* meterle mano a = get + stuck into.

* meter mano = grope.

* meterse mano = pet.

* moder la mano del que + dar de comer = bite + the hand that feeds + Pronombre.

* no caer en buenas manos = fall into + the wrong hands.

* ofrecer la mano = put forth + Posesivo + hand.

* ordenador de mano = Palm Pilot.

* palma de la mano = palm of hand, palm.

* papel a mano-máquina = mouldmade paper.

* papel hecho a mano = hand-made paper.

* pillar a alguien con las manos en la masa = catch + Nombre + red-handed.

* pintado a mano = hand-painted.

* poner Algo a mano = put + Nombre + within reach.

* ponerle la mano encima a = lay + a finger on.

* ponerse manos a la obra = get down to + business, swing into + action.

* que necesita bastante mano de obra = labour-intensive [labour intensive].

* quitar de las manos = snap up.

* realizado a mano = hand-made.

* recogido a mano = hand-picked.

* relato de primera mano = eyewitness report, eyewitness account, first-hand account.

* repartir a manos llenas = dish out.

* retorcerse las manos = wring + Posesivo + hands.

* robo a mano armada = armed robbery, highway robbery.

* ropa de segunda mano = second-hand clothes.

* separar las manos = spread out + hands.

* ser torpe con las manos = be all thumbs.

* sierra de mano = handsaw.

* sistema de llave en mano = turnkey system, turnkey software system.

* situación + irse de las manos = things + get out of hand.

* tallado a mano = hand-carved.

* tener algo a mano = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* tener a mano = have at + Posesivo + touch, have + on call, have + to hand, keep within + reach, be to hand.

* tener buena mano con las plantas = have + a green thumb.

* tener entre manos = be up to.

* todos manos a la obra = all hands on deck, all hands to the pump(s).

* tomar la mano = take + Posesivo + hand.

* trabajo entre manos, el = work at hand, the.

* traerse algo malo entre manos = be up to no good, get up to + no good.

* untar la mano = grease + Posesivo + palm, oil + Posesivo + palm.

* vendedor de coches de segunda mano = used-car dealer, second-hand car dealer.

mano²

² = coat.

Ex: We will not accomplish that by being timid or by giving our profession a fresh coat of paint.

* mano de pintura = paint job, lick of paint, coat of paint.

mano³

³ = quire.

Nota: Unidad de venta del papel compuesta de 25 pliegos o la vigésima parte de una resma.

Ex: The finished paper was sorted for imperfections and told out into quires and reams for sale.

* mano de papel = quire.

* * *

mano¹

feminine

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

Sentido I

A

1 Anatomía

2 Zoología: de un oso, perro

B indicando posesión, control

C en fútbol

D del mortero

E

1 de papel

2 de plátanos

F de pintura, cera, barniz

G

1 vuelta, juego

2 conjunto de cartas

3 jugador

H

Compuestos:

mano de cerdo

mano de hierro

mano de obra

mano de obra asalariada

mano derecha

mano dura

mano izquierda

mano negra

mano santa

manos muertas

Sentido II

1 lado

2 Automovilismo

Sentido III obreros

Sentido I

A

1 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] ( Anat) hand

tengo las manos sucias my hands are dirty

no tengo más que dos manos I only have one pair of hands

le dijo or hizo adiós con la mano he waved goodbye to her

con las dos manos with both hands

entrégaselo en sus propias manos give it to him in person

[ S ] en su mano ( Corresp) by hand

levanten la mano los que estén de acuerdo all those in favor raise their hands o please show ( frml)

los que hayan terminado que levanten la mano put your hand up if you've finished

lo hice yo, con mis propias manos I did it myself, with my own two hands

salió con las manos en alto he came out with his hands in the air o up

¡manos arriba! or ¡arriba las manos! hands up!

habla con las manos she talks with her hands

con la mano en el corazón hand on heart

se nota la mano de una mujer you can see the feminine touch

¡las manos quietas! keep your hands to yourself!

su carta pasó de mano en mano her letter was passed around

recibió el premio de manos del Rey she received the prize from the King himself

darle la mano a algn (para saludar) to shake hands with sb, to shake sb's hand; (para ayudar, ser ayudado) to give sb one's hand

dame la manito or (Esp, Méx) manita hold my hand

le estreché la mano I shook hands with him, I shook his hand

me tendió or me ofreció la mano he held out his hand to me

hacerse las manos to have a manicure

me leyó las manos she read my palm

tocaron la pieza a cuatro manos they played the piece as a duet

2 ( Zool) (de un oso, perro) paw; (de un mono) hand; ( Equ) forefoot, front foot

el perro se puso de manos the dog stood on its hind legs

B (posesión) gen

manos hands (pl)

ha cambiado de manos varias veces it has changed hands several times

cayó en manos del enemigo it fell into enemy hands o into the hands of the enemy

nueve de estas ciudades están en manos de los socialistas nine of these cities are held by the socialists

el asunto está en manos de mis abogados the matter is in the hands of my lawyers

el negocio está en buenas manos the business is in good hands

haré todo lo que esté en mis manos or ( RPl) de mi mano I will do everything in my power

mi mensaje nunca llegó a sus manos my message never reached him

la muerte de José Ruiz a manos de la policía secreta the death of José Ruiz at the hands of the secret police

la situación se nos va de las manos the situation is getting out of hand

¡qué oportunidad se nos ha ido de las manos! what an opportunity we let slip through our fingers!

C (en fútbol) handball

D (del mortero) pestle

E

1 (de papel) quire

2 (de plátanos) hand

F (de pintura, cera, barniz) coat

G ( Jueg)

1 (vuelta, juego) hand

no gané ni una mano I didn't win a single hand

¿nos echamos unas manos de dominó? how about a game of dominoes?

2 (conjunto de cartas) hand

me ha tocado una mano muy mala I've got a very bad hand o very bad cards

3

(jugador): soy/eres mano it's my/your lead

tener la mano ( Col); to lead

ganarle por la manoor (CS) de or la mano a algn ( fam): César me ganó por la mano César just beat me to it ( colloq)

H ( en locs):

a mano (no a máquina) by hand; (cerca) to hand

hecho a mano handmade

pintado a mano hand-painted

escrito a mano handwritten

un tapiz tejido a mano a handwoven tapestry

zapatos cosidos a mano hand-stitched shoes

tuve que batir las claras a mano I had to beat the egg whites by hand

las tiendas me quedan muy a mano the shops are very close by o near o handy

siempre tengo un diccionario a mano I always keep a dictionary handy o by me o ( BrE) to hand

a mano ( AmL) (en paz) all square, quits

a la mano ( AmL); close at hand

de mano hand ( before n)

en mano ‹lápiz/copa› in hand

cayó fusil en mano he fell gun in hand

[ S ] llave en mano immediate possession

doblar

agarrar or ( esp Esp) coger a algn con las manos en la masa to catch sb red-handed

agarrarle or tomarle la mano a algo (CS fam); to get the hang of sth ( colloq)

a mano alzada ‹votación› by a show of hands;

‹dibujo› freehand; ‹dibujar› freehand

a manos llenas ‹dar› generously;

‹gastar› lavishly

aspirar a/pedir/conceder la mano de algn to aspire to/ask for/give sb's hand in marriage

le concedió la mano de su hija en matrimonio he gave him his daughter's hand in marriage

bajo mano on the quiet, on the sly ( colloq)

caérsele la mano a algn ( Méx fam pey); to be a fairy ( colloq pej)

cargar la mano ( fam): si cargas la mano se corre la tinta if you press too hard the ink runs

no cargues la mano con la sal don't overdo the salt, go easy on the salt

me cargó la mano en el precio she overcharged me

le están cargando la mano en el trabajo they are asking too much of her o putting too much pressure on her at work

desde que me cargó la mano no le he vuelto a hablar I haven't spoken to him since he hit me

con las manos vacías (sin regalos) empty-handed; (sin éxito) empty-handed

con una mano atrás y otra delante without a penny to one's name

correrle mano a algn ( Chi vulg); to touch o feel sb up ( colloq)

dar la mano derecha por algo to give one's right arm for sth

darse la mano (para saludar) to shake hands; (para cruzar, jugar etc) to hold hands; (reunirse, fundirse) to come together

el cristianismo y el paganismo se dan la mano en estos ritos Christianity and paganism come together in these rites

dejado de la mano de Dios godforsaken

la miseria de aquellas tierras dejadas de la mano de Dios the poverty of that godforsaken o desolate region

se sentía totalmente dejado de la mano de Dios he felt utterly forlorn

de la mano: me tomó de la mano she took me by the hand, she took my hand

iban (cogidos) de la mano they walked hand in hand

de la mano de Mao under Mao's leadership

de manos a boca suddenly, unexpectedly

de primera mano (at) first hand

de segunda mano ‹ropa› secondhand;

‹coche› used, secondhand; ‹información› secondhand

echar or dar una mano to give o lend a hand

echarle mano a algn ( fam); to lay o get one's hands on sb ( colloq)

echar mano a algo ( fam); to grab sth

echar mano de algo: tuvimos que echar mano de nuestros ahorros we had to dip into our savings

la gente de quien podía echar mano the people I could turn to for help

echarse/darse una mano de gato (CS fam); to retouch one's makeup o ( colloq) face

echarse or llevarse las manos a la cabeza (literal) to put one's hands on one's head; (horrorizarse) to throw up one's hands in horror

embarrar la mano a algn ( Méx fam) (sobornar con dinero) to grease sb's palm ( colloq)

ensuciarse las manos (literal) to get one's hands dirty; (en un robo, crimen) to dirty one's hands

estar atado de manos or tener las manos atadas (literal) to have one's hands tied

(no poder actuar): la decisión es de ellos, yo tengo las manos atadas it's up to them, my hands are tied

estar/quedar a mano ( fam AmL); to be even o quits ( colloq)

frotarse las manos (literal) to rub one's hands together; (regodearse) to rub one's hands with glee

írsele or ( Chi) pasársele la mano a algn: se te fue la mano con la sal you overdid the salt o put too much salt in

le cobré $1.000 — se te fue un poco la mano ¿no? I charged him $1,000 — that was a bit steep, wasn't it? ( colloq)

se te fue la mano, no deberías haberle contestado así you went too far o ( colloq) a bit over the top, you shouldn't have answered her back like that

jugar a lo que hace la mano, hace la tras ( Méx); to play follow-the-leader

lavarse las manos (literal) to wash one's hands

yo me lavo las manos de todo este asunto I wash my hands of the whole affair

les das la/una mano y se toman el brazo give them an inch and they'll take a mile

levantarle la mano a algn to raise one's hand to sb

llegar or irse or pasar a las manos to come to blows

mano a mano: nos comimos cuatro raciones de setas, mano a mano we polished off four dishes of mushrooms, just the two of us o between the two of us

(ver tb mano a mano m)

meter la mano en la caja or lata to dip one's fingers in the till, put one's hand in the till ( BrE)

meterle mano a algn ( fam) (magrear, tocar) to touch o feel sb up ( colloq); (por un delito) to collar sb ( colloq)

meterle mano a algo ( fam); to get to work on sth

poner la(s) mano(s) en el fuego por algn to stick one's neck out for sb, put one's head on the block for sb

ponerle la mano encima a algn to lay a hand o finger on sb

poner manos a la obra to get down to work

¡manos a la obra! let's get down to it!

por mi/tu/su mano: tomó la justicia or las cosas por su mano he took the law o he took things into his own hands

quitarle algo de las manos a algn: me lo quitó de las manos she took it right out of my hands

tuvieron mucho éxito, nos las quitaron de las manos they were a great success, they sold like hotcakes ( colloq)

saber algn dónde tiene la mano derecha to know what one is about

ser mano ancha ( Arg); to be generous

ser mano de santo to work wonders

ser mano larga (para pegar) to be free with one's hands; (para robar) to be light-fingered

tenderle una mano a algn to offer sb a (helping) hand

tener algo entre manos to be dealing with o working on sth

tener (la) mano larga or las manos largas ( fam) (para pegar) to be free with one's hands; (para robar) to be light-fingered

tener la mano pesada to be heavy-handed

tener mano de seda to have a light touch

tener mano para algo to be good at sth

tiene mano para la cocina/el dibujo he's very good at cooking/drawing

traerse algo entre manos: los niños están muy callados, algo se traen entre manos the children are very quiet, they must be up to something ( colloq)

untarle la mano a algn ( fam); to grease somebody's palm ( colloq)

muchas manos en un plato hacen mucho garabato too many cooks spoil the broth

Compuestos:

● mano a mano

masculine ( Taur) bullfight with two bullfighters instead of three

en un mano a mano se terminaron una botella de ginebra ( fam); between the two of them they got through a bottle of gin

jugamos un mano a mano y gané yo it was him against me and I won

el debate se convirtió en un mano a mano entre los dos líderes the debate turned into a contest between the two leaders

ver tb mano a mano

● mano de cerdo

pig's foot ( AmE), pig's trotter ( BrE)

● mano de hierro

mano dura

● mano de obra

labor*

● mano de obra asalariada

wage labor, wage labour ( BrE)

● mano derecha

right-hand man/woman

● mano dura

firm hand

hay que tener mano dura con ellos you have to be firm with them

● mano izquierda

tiene mucha mano izquierda con sus hijos he knows how to handle his children

● mano negra

( Méx fam): no vale mano negra you're not allowed to help him ( o tell him the answer etc)

en esa quiebra hubo mano negra there was something fishy about the way that company went bankrupt ( colloq)

● mano santa

( Méx fam) child (or other neutral person) who draws the numbers in a lottery

● manos muertas

fpl:

tierras en manos muertas lands held in mortmain

Sentido II

1 (lado) side

¿queda de esta mano o tengo que cruzar? is it on this side of the street or do I have to cross?

tome la segunda calle a mano derecha take the second street on the right

la casa queda a mano derecha the house is on the right o on the right-hand side

2 ( Auto):

yo iba por mi mano I was on my side of the road, I was on the right side of the road

Sentido III manos mpl (obreros) hands (pl)

mano² -na

masculine, feminine

( AmL exc CS fam) (apelativo) buddy ( AmE colloq), mate ( BrE colloq)

* * *

Del verbo manar: ( conjugate manar)

mano es:

1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

manó es:

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

Multiple Entries:
manar
mano
manar ( conjugate manar) verbo intransitivo
to pour
mano 1 sustantivo femenino
1
a) (Anat) hand;

◊ tengo las manos sucias my hands are dirty;

levantar la mano to raise one's hands, put one's hand up;
¡manos arriba! or ¡arriba las manos! hands up!;
con la mano en el corazón hand on heart;
le hizo adiós con la mano he waved goodbye to her;
su carta pasó de mano en mano her letter was passed around;
darle la mano a algn ( para saludar) to shake hands with sb, to shake sb's hand;

(para ayudar, ser ayudado) to give sb one's hand;
◊ dame la mano hold my hand;

me tendió la mano he held out his hand to me;
me tomó de la mano she took me by the hand;
ir (tomados) de la mano to walk hand in hand;
mano de obra labor
b) (Zool) (de oso, perro) paw;

( de mono) hand;
(Equ) forefoot, front foot
2 (control, posesión) gen
◊ manos hands (pl);

ha cambiado de manos it has changed hands;
cayó en manos del enemigo it fell into the hands of the enemy;
haré todo lo que esté en mis manos I will do everything in my power;
la oportunidad se nos fue de las manos we let the opportunity slip through our fingers;
se tomó la justicia por su propia mano he took the law into his own hands
3 ( en fútbol) handball
4 ( del mortero) pestle
5 (de pintura, barniz) coat
6 (Jueg) (vuelta, juego) hand;
( conjunto de cartas) hand;
( jugador):
◊ soy/eres mano it's my/your lead

7 ( en locs)
◊ a mano ( no a máquina) by hand;

hecho a mano handmade;
escrito a mano handwritten;
tejido a mano handwoven;
las tiendas me quedan muy a mano the shops are very close by o near;
siempre tengo un diccionario a mano I always keep a dictionary by me;
a la mano (AmL) close at hand;
de mano hand ( before n);
en mano ‹lápiz/copa› in hand;
agarrar or (esp Esp) coger a algn con las manos en la masa to catch sb red-handed;
agarrarle or tomarle la mano a algo (CS fam) to get the hang of sth (colloq);
bajo mano on the quiet, on the sly (colloq);
con las manos vacías empty-handed;
darse la mano ( para saludar) to shake hands;

(para cruzar, jugar, etc) to hold hands;
◊ de segunda mano secondhand;

echar or dar una mano to give o lend a hand;
echar mano a algo (fam) to grab sth;
estar/quedar a mano (AmL fam) to be even o quits (colloq);
lavarse las manos to wash one's hands;
levantarle la mano a algn to raise one's hand to sb;
llegar or pasar a las manos to come to blows;
pedir la mano de algn to ask for sb's hand in marriage;
ser la mano derecha de algn to be sb's right-hand man/woman;
tenderle una mano a algn to offer sb a (helping) hand;
tener mano dura to have a firm hand;
tener mano para algo to be good at sth;
traerse algo entre manos to be up to sth (colloq)
8
a) ( lado) side;

◊ queda de esta mano it's on this side of the street;

a mano derecha on the right
b) (Auto) side of the road

mano 2
◊ -na sustantivo masculino, femenino (AmL fam) ( apelativo) buddy (AmE colloq), mate (BrE colloq)

manar
I verbo intransitivo to flow [de, from]
II verbo transitivo to flow with: la cañería está manando agua, the pipe is pouring with water
mano sustantivo femenino
1 hand
(de animal) forefoot
(de perro, gato) paw
(de cerdo) trotter
2 (autoría, estilo) influence: se ve su mano en el asunto, he obviously has a hand in this business
3 (maña) skill: tiene mucha mano con los niños, he's very good with children
4 (capa) coat
dos manos de pintura, two coats of paint
5 (lado) a mano derecha/izquierda, on the right/left (hand side)
6 (poder) (usu pl) hand: dejo todo en tus manos, I leave everything in your hands
está en su mano, it's in his power
7 (del almirez) pestle
8 mano de obra, labour (force)
♦ Locuciones: a mano, (sin máquina) by hand
(asequible) at hand
a mano alzada, by a show of hands
a mano armada, armed
de mano, hand: bolso de mano, hand luggage
de primera mano, fist-hand
de segunda mano, second-hand
echar una mano a alguien, to give sb a hand
estrechar la mano a alguien, to shake hands with sb
¡manos a la obra!, shoulders to the wheel!
¡manos arriba!, hands up!
meter mano, (a un problema) to tackle
vulgar to touch up
pillar a alguien con las manos en la masa, to catch sb red-handed

' mano' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- alzada
- alzado
- anda
- antes
- armada
- armado
- artesanía
- atraco
- azotar
- azote
- barrena
- caligrafía
- canto
- chocar
- cogerse
- cuenco
- dar
- dedo
- dejada
- dejado
- derecha
- echar
- esconder
- escrita
- escrito
- estrechar
- estrecharse
- extender
- fastidiarse
- freno
- fuego
- holgazanear
- imputar
- izquierda
- izquierdo
- justicia
- levantar
- literalmente
- manca
- mancha
- manco
- motricidad
- ortopédica
- ortopédico
- palma
- pañuelo
- peldaño
- picar
- proyectar
English:
add on
- armed robbery
- back
- bird
- bite
- blow-dry
- brake
- brush
- by
- cart
- catapult
- chronic
- circle
- clammy
- coat
- colour
- dip
- dip into
- extend
- finger
- first-hand
- fit into
- gash
- give
- godforsaken
- govern
- grip
- grope
- guitar
- hand
- hand-held
- hand-luggage
- handbrake
- handmade
- handwritten
- handy
- hankie
- hanky
- have
- heavy-handed
- hold
- hold on
- hold out
- hold up
- impression
- imprint
- inch
- join
- jumble
- junk shop

* * *

mano¹

♦ nf

1. [de persona] hand;

dar o [m5] estrechar la mano a alguien to shake hands with sb;

darse o [m5] estrecharse la mano to shake hands;

le dije adiós con la mano I waved goodbye to him;

bolso de mano Br handbag, US purse;

equipaje de mano hand luggage;

paseaban de la mano they were walking along hand in hand;

ir de la mano [asuntos, problemas] to go hand in hand;

de mano en mano: la foto fue o [m5] pasó de mano en mano the photo was passed around;

entregar algo a alguien en mano to deliver sth to sb in person;

frotarse las manos [por frío, entumecimiento] to rub one's hands (together);
[regocijarse] to rub one's hands (with glee);
hecho a mano handmade;

lo tuve que hacer a mano I had to do it by hand;

lavarse las manos [literalmente] to wash one's hands;

¡yo me lavo las manos! [me desentiendo] I wash my hands of it!;

leerle la mano a alguien to read sb's palm;

¡manos arriba!, ¡arriba las manos! hands up!;

¡manos a la obra! let's get down to it!;

pedir la mano de una mujer to ask for a woman's hand (in marriage);

robo a mano armada armed robbery;

votación a mano alzada show of hands

Comp
mano derecha [persona] right-hand man/woman;
ser la mano derecha de alguien to be sb's right-hand man/woman;
Der manos muertas mortmain
2. [de animal] forefoot;
[de perro, gato] (front) paw; [de cerdo] (front) trotter
3. [de pintura, barniz] coat;

dar una mano de pintura a algo to give sth a coat o lick of paint

4. [de mortero] pestle

5. [de naipes] [partida] game;
[ronda] hand;
eres mano it's your lead

6. [en deportes] [falta] handball;

el árbitro pitó mano the referee blew for handball

7. [deporte] pelota [played with hand rather than with hand-held basket]

8. [serie, tanda] series

9. [lado]
a mano derecha/izquierda (de) on the right/left (of);

gire a mano derecha turn right

10. Andes, CAm, Méx [objetos] = group of four or five objects

11. Am [de plátanos] bunch

12. CAm, Chile, Méx [accidente] mishap, accident

13. RP [dirección] direction [of traffic];

calle de una/doble mano one-/two-way street

14. [influencia] influence;

tener mano con alguien to have influence with sb

15. [intervención] hand;

la mano de la CIA está detrás de todo esto you can see the hand of the CIA in this affair

Comp
mano negra hidden hand;
mano oculta hidden hand

16. [habilidad]
tener buena mano para algo to have a knack for sth;

¡que mano tienes para las plantas! you've really got Br green fingers o US a green thumb!

Comp
mano izquierda:
tener mano izquierda con algo/alguien to know how to deal with sth/sb

17. [poder, posesión]
a manos de at the hands of;

de manos de alguien: recibió la medalla de manos del ministro he received the medal from the minister himself;

cambiar de manos to change hands;

en manos de: caer en manos de alguien to fall into sb's hands;

dejar algo en manos de alguien to leave sth in sb's hands;

estar en manos de alguien to be in sb's hands;

estar en buenas manos to be in good hands;

haré lo que esté en mi mano I'll do everything within my power;

ponerse en manos de alguien to put oneself in sb's hands;

de primera mano [vehículo] brand new;
[noticias] first-hand;
de segunda mano second-hand

18.
manos [ayudantes] helpers;

nos van a hacer falta varias manos para mover el piano we're going to need several people to move the piano

19. Comp

abrir la mano to be more lenient;

alzar la mano contra alguien to raise one's hand to sb;
CSur
agarrar la mano a algo to get the hang of sth;

bajo mano secretly;

de manos a boca suddenly, unexpectedly;

cargar la mano to go over the top;
RP Fam
con una mano en la cintura: esto lo hago con una mano en la cintura I can do this with my hands tied behind my back;

con la mano en el corazón: te lo digo con la mano en el corazón I'm being perfectly honest with you;
Fam
con una mano delante y otra detrás: está en la ruina, con una mano delante y otra detrás he hasn't got a penny to his name;

estar dejado de la mano de Dios [lugar] to be godforsaken;
[persona] to be a total failure;
echar mano a algo: echó mano al bolso y se marchó she took her bag and left;

echar mano de algo [recurrir a] to make use of sth, to resort to sth;

echar mano de alguien [recurrir a] to turn to sb;

echar una mano a alguien to give sb a hand;

ensuciarse las manos to get one's hands dirty;

escaparse o [m5]irse de las manos: se me escapó o [m5] fue de las manos una oportunidad excelente an excellent chance slipped through my hands;

este proyecto se nos ha escapado o [m5] ido de las manos this project has got out of hand;

ganar por la mano o RP [m5] de mano a alguien to beat sb to it;

írsele la mano a alguien: se le fue la mano [perdió el control] she lost control;
[exageró] she went too far;
se me fue la mano con la sal I overdid the salt;

levantarle la mano a alguien to raise one's hand to sb;

llegar a las manos (por algo) to come to blows (over sth);

a manos llenas generously;

llevarse las manos a la cabeza [gesticular] to throw one's hands in the air (in horror);
[indignarse, horrorizarse] to be horrified;
con mano dura o [m5] de hierro with a firm hand;
Fam
mano a mano: se bebieron la botella mano a mano they drank the bottle between the two of them;

estar mano sobre mano to be sitting around doing nothing;
Esp
coger o Am [m5] agarrar a alguien con las manos en la masa to catch sb red-handed o in the act;
Fam
meter mano a alguien [investigar] to get onto sb;
[sobar sin consentimiento] to grope sb; [sobar con consentimiento] to pet sb; Fam
meter mano a algo to tackle sth;

meter la mano en algo [intervenir] to poke one's nose into sth, to meddle in sth;
RP Fam
meter la mano en el tarro o [m5] la lata to dip one's fingers in the till;

ponerle la mano encima a alguien: ¡como te ponga la mano encima…! if I lay o get my hands on you…!;

¡no me pongas las manos encima! don't you touch me o lay a finger on me!;

poner la mano en el fuego: creo que es así, pero no pondría la mano en el fuego I think that's the case, but I couldn't vouch for it;
Fam
ser mano de santo to work wonders;

tender una mano a alguien to give/offer sb one's hand;
Fam Hum
tener manos de árbol to be ham-fisted o ham-handed;

tengo las manos atadas my hands are tied;

tener las manos muy largas [aficionado a pegar] to be fond of a fight;
[aficionado a robar] to be light-fingered;
tener manos libres para hacer algo to have a free rein to do sth;

tengo las manos limpias my hands are clean;

tener manos de mantequilla to be butter-fingered;

traerse algo entre manos to be up to sth;

untarle la mano a alguien to grease sb's palm;

con las manos vacías empty-handed

Comp
mano de obra [trabajadores] labour, workers; [trabajo manual] labour;
la mano de obra barata atrae a los inversores investors are attracted by the cheap labour costs;

mano de obra cualificada skilled labour o workers;

mano de obra especializada skilled labour o workers;

mano de obra semicualificada semi-skilled labour o workers

♦ nmf

Comp
RP Fam
ser un mano abierta to be open-handed;

es un mano larga [toquetón] he's always poking around where he shouldn't;
[con las mujeres] he has wandering-hand trouble
♦ a mano loc adv

1. [cerca] at o to hand, handy;

¿tienes el encendedor a mano? have you got your lighter handy?;

el supermercado está o [m5] queda muy a mano the supermarket is very close by;

mi casa es muy a mano de todo my house is very handy for everything

2. Am [en paz]
estar o [m5] quedar a mano to be quits o all square

♦ mano a mano nm

un mano a mano entre los dos candidatos a head-to-head between the two candidates

♦ manos libres nm inv
[teléfono] hands free set
mano² nm
Am salvo RP Fam pal, Br mate, US buddy
* * *

mano

I f

1 ANAT hand; de animal paw;

(dispositivo) manos libres TELEC hands-free (kit);

¡manos arriba! hands up!;

lo hicieron mano a mano they did it between them;

un mano a mano a contest;

de mano en mano from hand to hand;

a cuatro manos MÚS for four hands;

a mano derecha/izquierda on the right/ lefthand side;

a manos llenas fig generously;

con las manos vacías fig empty-handed;

ser mano de santo work wonders;

bajo mano on the quiet;

de segunda mano second-hand;

de primera mano first-hand;

ser la mano derecha de alguien fig be s.o.’s right hand;

tener mucha mano izquierda be very skillful o Br skilful;

atar las manos a alguien fig tie s.o.’s hands;

dejado de la mano de Dios fig godforsaken;

echar mano a fam grab;

echar mano de fig use, make use of;

echar una mano a alguien give s.o. a hand;

estar a manos L.Am. fam be even, be quits;

hecho a mano hand-made;

llegar o

venir a las manos come to blows;

pedir la mano de alguien ask for s.o.’s hand in marriage;

poner la mano en el fuego fig swear to it;

poner manos a la obra get down to work;

se le fue la mano con fig he overdid it with;

tender la mano a alguien fig hold out a helping hand to s.o.;

tener a mano have to hand;

tener buena/mala mano para (hacer) algo be good/bad at (doing) sth;

con mano dura o

de hierro with a firm hand o with an iron fist;

estar en buenas manos be in good hands;

lo dejo en sus manos I’ll leave it in your hands;

traerse algo entre manos be plotting sth;

alzar o

levantar la mano contra o

a alguien raise one’s hand to s.o.;

llevarse las manos a la cabeza fig throw up one’s hands (in horror);

andar cogidos de la mano walk hand in hand;

tomar a alguien de la mano take s.o. by the hand, take s.o.’s hand;

meter mano a alguien fam feel s.o. up fam, grope s.o. fam ;

dar la última mano a algo finish sth off

II m Méx fam

pal fam, buddy fam

* * *

mano nf

1) : hand

2) : coat (of paint or varnish)

3)

a mano : by hand

4)

a mano or

a la mano : handy, at hand, nearby

5)

darse la mano : to shake hands

6)

de la mano : hand in hand

la política y la economía van de la mano: politics and economics go hand in hand

7)

de primera mano : firsthand, at firsthand

8)

de segunda mano : secondhand

ropa de segunda mano: secondhand clothing

9)

mano a mano : one-on-one

10)

mano de obra : labor, manpower

11)

mano de mortero : pestle

12)

echar una mano : to lend a hand

13)

mano negra Mex fam : shady dealings pl

mano, -na n, Mex fam : buddy, pal

¡oye, mano!: hey man!

* * *

mano n

1. (en general) hand

dame la mano hold my hand

lávate las manos wash your hands

2. (de pintura) coat

a mano (cerca) to hand (manualmente) by hand

a mano derecha / a mano izquierda on the right / on the left

cogidos de la mano hand in hand

darse la mano to shake hands [pt. shook; pp. shaken]

de segunda mano second hand

echar una mano to lend a hand [pt. & pp. lent]

mano de obra labour

Spanish-English dictionary > mano
9 parte

f.

1 part.

la mayor parte de la gente most people

la tercera parte de a third of

repartir algo a partes iguales to share something out equally

en parte to a certain extent, partly

por mi/tu parte for my/your part

por partes bit by bit

2 part (place).

en alguna parte somewhere

en otra parte elsewhere, somewhere else

no lo veo por ninguna parte I can't find it anywhere

¿de qué parte de España es? what part of Spain is he from?, whereabouts in Spain is he from?

en todas partes cuecen habas (figurative) it's the same the whole world over

3 side (bando, lado).

estar/ponerse de parte de alguien to be on/to take somebody's side

por parte de padre/madre on one's father's/mother's side

por una parte… por otra… on the one hand… on the other (hand)…

por otra parte what is more, besides (además)

tener a alguien de parte de uno to have somebody on one's side

4 (spare) part, spare (repuesto). (Mexican Spanish)

5 party, side.

6 region, place.

7 communication, communiqué, message, notice.

m.

report.

dar parte (a alguien de algo) to report (something to somebody)

parte de accidente (accident) claim form (para aseguradora)

parte facultativo o médico medical report

parte meteorológico weather report

pres.indicat.

3^rd person singular (él/ella/ello) present indicative of spanish verb: partir.

imperat.

2^nd person singular (tú) Imperative of Spanish verb: partir.

* * *

parte

► nombre femenino

1 (gen) part; (en una partición) portion

■ divide el pastel en tres partes cut the cake into three (slices)

2 (en negocio) share

■ yo quiero la parte que me toca de los beneficios I want my share of the profits

3 (lugar) place

■ no lo venden en ninguna parte they don't sell it anywhere

■ no sabemos en qué parte del país está we don't know whereabouts in the country it is

■ en esta parte de la ciudad hay muchos bares there are lots of bars in this area

4 (en un conflicto) side

■ las dos partes quieren llevar la razón both sides believe they are right

5 DERECHO party

► nombre masculino

1 (comunicado) official report

■ han dicho en el parte que iba a llover the weather report said it was going to rain

► nombre femenino plural partes

1 familiar privates, private parts

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

dar parte to report

de parte a parte through

de parte de on behalf of, from

■ vengo de parte de mi padre my father sent me

■ llaman de parte de la central I have a call from head office

¿de parte de quien? who's calling please?

de un tiempo a esta parte up until now

en parte partly

■ en parte tienes razón you have a point there

estar de parte de to support

formar parte de to be part of

■ para formar parte del comité hay que ser socio you have to be a member to sit on the committee

llevar la mejor/peor parte to have the best/worst of it

no llevar a ninguna parte not to lead anywhere

por todas partes everywhere

por una parte,... por otra... on the one hand..., on the other hand...

tomar parte to take sides

tomar parte en algo to take part in something

vamos/vayamos por partes one step at a time

parte de la oración part of speech

parte médico medical report

parte meteorológico weather report

partes pudendas private parts

partes vergonzosas private parts

* * *
1. noun m.
report, dispatch
2. noun f.
1) part

2) share

3) side, party

4) place

5) role

•

- en parte
- parte delantera
- parte trasera
* * *
I
SM

1) (=informe) report

dar parte a algn — to report to sb

han dado parte del robo a la policía — they have reported the break-in to the police

parte de alta — certificate of starting employment

parte de baja (laboral) — [por enfermedad] doctor's note; [por cese] certificate of leaving employment, ≈ P45

parte de defunción — death certificate

parte facultativo, parte médico — medical report, medical bulletin

parte meteorológico — weather forecast, weather report

2) (Mil) dispatch, communiqué

parte de guerra — military communiqué, war report

3) (Radio) † news bulletin

el parte de las tres — the three o'clock news (bulletin)

4) Cono Sur [de boda] wedding invitation; (Aut) speeding ticket
II
SF

1) (=sección) part

el examen consta de dos partes — the exam consists of two parts

¿en qué parte del libro te has quedado? — where are you in the book?, which bit of the book are you on at the moment?

parte de lo que pasa es culpa mía — I'm partly to blame for the situation

• la parte de abajo — the bottom

• la parte de arriba — the top

• la parte de atrás — the back

• la cuarta parte — a quarter

han perdido la cuarta parte de las ganancias — they've lost a quarter of the profits

• la parte delantera — the front

• ser parte esencial de algo — to be an essential part of sth

• la mayor parte de algo, pasé la mayor parte del tiempo leyendo — I spent most of the time reading

la mayor parte de los españoles — most Spanish people

-¿os queda dinero? -sí, aunque ya hemos gastado la mayor parte — "do you have any money left?" - "yes, though we've spent most of it"

• la tercera parte — a third

reducir algo en una tercera parte — to reduce sth by a third

parte de la oración — part of speech

2) [en locuciones]

• de parte de, llamo de parte de Juan — I'm calling on behalf of Juan

de parte de todos nosotros — on behalf of us all

salúdalo de mi parte — give him my regards

dale esto de mi parte — give her this from me

¿de parte de quién? — [al teléfono] who's calling?

• en parte — partly, in part

se debe en parte a su falta de experiencia — it's partly due to his lack of experience, it's due in part to his lack of experience

tienes razón solo en parte — you're only partly right

• formar parte de algo, ¿cuándo entró a formar parte de la organización? — when did she join the organization?

no formaba parte del equipo — he was not in the team

forma parte de sus obligaciones — it is part of his duties

• en gran parte — to a large extent

• por otra parte — on the other hand

por una parte... por otra (parte) — on the one hand,... on the other

• por parte de — on the part of

exige un gran esfuerzo por parte de los alumnos — it requires a great effort on the part of o from the pupils

yo por mi parte, no estoy de acuerdo — I, for my part, disagree

• ¡ vayamos por partes! — let's take it one step at a time!

3) (=participación) share

mi parte de la herencia — my share of the inheritance

como parte del pago — in part exchange

• a partes iguales — in equal shares

• ir a la parte — to go shares

• tener parte en algo — to share in sth

• tomar parte (en algo) — to take part (in sth)

¿cuántos corredores tomarán parte en la prueba? — how many runners will take part in the race?

yo no tomé parte en ese asunto — I had no part in it

- llevarse la mejor parte

- poner de su parte

tienes que poner de tu parte — you have to do your bit o share

- quedarse con la parte del león
partir
4) (=lugar) part

¿de qué parte de Inglaterra eres? — what part of England are you from?

¿en qué parte de la ciudad vives? — where o whereabouts in the city do you live?

• en alguna parte — somewhere

en alguna parte de Europa — somewhere in Europe

• en cualquier parte — anywhere

• en ninguna parte — nowhere

en ninguna parte del país — nowhere in the country

por ahí no se va a ninguna parte — (lit) that way doesn't lead anywhere; (fig) that will get us nowhere

• ir a otra parte — to go somewhere else

debe de estar en otra parte — it must be somewhere else

• en o por todas partes — everywhere

en todas partes de España — all over Spain

- en las cinco partes del mundo

- de una parte a otra

- tomar algo en buena parte

- echar algo a mala parte

- de algún o un tiempo a esta parte

en salva sea la parte Esp euf (=trasero) —

le dio una patada en salva sea la parte — she gave him a kick up the behind
haba
5) (=bando) side

• estar de parte de algn — to be on sb's side

estoy de tu parte — I'm on your side

¿de parte de quién estás tú? — whose side are you on?

todo está de su parte — everything is in his favour

• ponerse de parte de algn — to side with sb, take sb's side

6) [indicando parentesco] side

es primo por parte de madre — he's a cousin on my mother's side

7) (Dep) [en partido] half

• primera parte — first half

• segunda parte — second half

8) (Teat) part

9) (Jur) [en contrato] party

las partes contratantes — the parties to the contract

el documento debe ser firmado por ambas partes — the document should be signed by both parties

sin la intervención de terceras partes — without the involvement of third parties

- ser juez y parte

parte actora — plaintiff

parte acusadora — prosecution

parte contraria — opposing party

10) pl partes euf (=genitales) private parts euf, privates euf

recibió un golpe en sus partes — he was hit in the privates euf

partes íntimas, partes pudendas — private parts

11) pl partes † (=cualidades) parts, qualities, talents

buenas partes — good parts

12) Méx spare part

* * *
I
masculino

1) (informe, comunicación) report

dar parte de un incidente — particular to report an incident; autoridad to file a report about an incident

dar parte de enfermo — to call in sick

- parte de defunción

- parte de guerra

- parte facultativo

- parte meteorológico

2) (Andes) ( multa) ticket (colloq), fine

me pasaron or me pusieron un parte — I got a ticket o a fine
II
femenino

1)

a) (porción, fracción) part

tres partes iguales — three equal parts

una sexta parte de los beneficios — a sixth of the profits

pasa la mayor or gran parte del tiempo al teléfono — she spends most of her o the time on the phone

la mayor parte de los participantes — the majority of o most of the participants

su parte de la herencia — his share of the inheritance

me siento parte integrante del equipo — I feel I'm a full member of the team

esto se debe en gran parte a... — this is largely due to...

b) ( de lugar) part

la parte antigua de la ciudad — the old part of the city

¿de qué parte de México eres? — what part of Mexico are you from?

en la parte de atrás — at the back

atravesamos la ciudad de parte a parte — we crossed from one side of the city to the other

- parte de la oración

2) (en locs)

en parte — partly

en parte es tu culpa — it's partly your fault

en gran parte — largely

es, en buena parte, culpa suya — it is, to a large o great extent, his own fault

de un tiempo a esta parte — for some time now

de unos meses a esta parte la situación ha empeorado — the situation has deteriorated over the past few months

de parte de alguien — on behalf of somebody

llamo de parte de María — I'm ringing on behalf of María

dale recuerdos de mi parte — give him my regards

muy amable de su parte — (that is/was) very kind of you

de parte del director que subas a verlo — the director wants you to go up and see him

vengo de parte del señor Díaz — Mr Díaz sent me

¿de parte de quién? — ( por teléfono) who's calling?, who shall I say is calling? (frml)

¿tú de parte de quién estás? — whose side are you on?

se puso de su parte — he sided with her

tienes que poner de tu parte — you have to do your share o part o (BrE colloq) bit

formar parte de algo — pieza/sección to be part of something; persona/país to belong to something

entrar a formar parte de algo — to join something

por mi/tu/su parte — for my/your/his part

yo, por mi parte... — I, for my part... (frml), as far as I'm concerned...

por parte de: fue un error por parte nuestra/de la compañía it was a mistake on our part/on the part of the company; por parte de or del padre on his father's side; por partes: revisémoslo por partes let's go over it section by section; vayamos por partes let's take it step by step; por otra parte ( además) anyway, in any case; ( por otro lado) however, on the other hand; salva sea la parte — (euf & hum) rear (colloq & euph)

3) ( participación) part

yo no tuve parte en eso — I played no part in that

tomar parte — to take part

4) ( lugar)

vámonos a otra parte — let's go somewhere else o (AmE) someplace else

esto no nos lleva a ninguna parte — this isn't getting o leading us anywhere

¿adónde vas? - a ninguna parte — where are you going? - nowhere

en cualquier parte — anywhere

a/en todas partes — everywhere

en alguna parte — somewhere

no aparece por ninguna parte — I can't find it anywhere

5) (en negociación, contrato, juicio) party

las partes contratantes — the parties to the contract

las partes firmantes — the signatories

ambas partes quieren negociar — both sides want to negotiate

la parte demandante — the plaintiff/plaintiffs

6) (Teatr) part, role

mandarse la(s) parte(s) (CS) — (fam) to show off

7) (Méx) ( repuesto) part, spare (part)

8) partes femenino plural (euf) ( genitales) private parts (pl) (euph)

•

- partes pudendas

* * *

= body, end, part, part, party, piece, portion, quarter, section, segment, sequence, share, report.

Nota: Documento que presenta el resultado de las actividades de un individuo o una organización.

Ex. The main body of criticism centred upon the treatment of nonbook materials.

Ex. Scanning must start to the left of the bar codes and must continue past the right end.

Ex. Parts of the abstract are written in the informative style, whilst those points which are of less significance are treated indicatively.

Ex. A part is one of the subordinate units into which an item has been divided by the author, publisher, or manufacturer.

Ex. Enter a brief, plea, or other formal record of one party to a case under the heading for that party.

Ex. Within one main class the same piece of notation may be used to signify different concepts.

Ex. An extract is one o more portions of a document selected to represent the whole document.

Ex. A reappraisal is therefore outlined here with the understanding that it is open to rebuttal and challenge from whatever quarter.

Ex. Plainly such representative sections may not be present in many documents, but sometimes an extract from the results, conclusions or recommendations of a document may serve to identify the key issues covered by the entire document.

Ex. No such constraints exist where online display is anticipated, since only one segment at a time is displayed.

Ex. A classified catalogue is a catalogue with three or four separate sequences: an author/title catalogue or index (or separate author and title catalogues), a classified subject catalogue, and a subject index to the classified catalogue.

Ex. The clicker paid each man according to what he had set, keeping for himself a share equal to that of the most productive hand.

Ex. The report introduced a range of ideas which have influenced subsequent code construction.

----

* a alguna parte = someplace.

* abordar una mínima parte del asunto = touch + the tip of the iceberg.

* ambas partes del argumento = both sides of the fence.

* a partes iguales = share and share alike, in equal measure(s).

* buscar por todas partes = scour + Nombre + for.

* dar parte de = report.

* de algún tiempo a esta parte = for some time now.

* de la parte superior = topmost [top most].

* de otras partes = further afield.

* de parte de = on behalf of [in behalf of; on + Nombre + behalf], in + Nombre + behalf [in/on behalf of].

* de parte de otro = on behalf of someone else.

* de todas las partes del mundo = from all over the world, from all over the globe, from every part of the world.

* de todas partes = from far and wide.

* de una parte a otra = back and forth.

* de un tiempo a esta parte = for some time now.

* dividir Algo en partes iguales = divide + Nombre + in equal parts.

* dividir en partes = break into + parts.

* dividirse en partes = fall into + parts.

* durante la mayor parte de = for much of.

* durante la mayor parte del año = for the best part of the year.

* el todo es más grande que la suma de sus partes = the whole is greater than the sum of its parts.

* en alguna parte = someplace.

* en alguna parte de + Nombre = some way down + Nombre.

* en buena parte = for the most part.

* en cualquier otra parte = anywhere else, everywhere else.

* en cualquier parte = anywhere, everywhere.

* en gran parte = largely, in large part, in large measure, for the most part, to a great extent, to a great degree.

* en la mayor parte de = in the majority of.

* en la parte de arriba = at the top.

* en la parte de atrás = in the back, at the rear.

* en la parte de delante = at the front.

* en la parte delantera = at the front.

* en la parte posterior = in the back.

* en la parte superior = at the top, uppermost.

* en la parte trasera = in the back, at the rear.

* en ninguna parte = nowhere.

* en otra parte = elsewhere, further afield.

* en otras partes = further afield.

* en parte = in part, part of the way, partial, partially, partly.

* en parte + Nombre = part + Nombre.

* en qué parte = whereabouts.

* en su mayor parte = largely, mostly, for the most part.

* en su parte central = at its core.

* en todas partes = all around, far and wide, far and wide.

* entrar a formar parte de = enter in.

* entre tres partes = 3-party [three-party].

* en varias partes = multi-part [multipart].

* extenderse por todas partes = reach + far and wide, extend + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.

* formar parte = form + part.

* formar parte de = be part of, be part of, build into, enter into, become + (a) part of, be a part of, inhere in, become + one with, inform, fall under.

* formar parte del paisaje = blend into + the landscape.

* formar parte de un comite = serve on + committee.

* formar parte integral = form + an integral part.

* formar parte integral de = be an integral part of.

* formar parte natural de su entorno = blend into + the landscape.

* gran parte = much.

* gran parte de = much of.

* hacer de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + bit.

* la mayor parte de = the majority of, the main bulk of, the lion's share of.

* la mayor parte de las veces = more often than not.

* la parte de atrás de = the back of.

* la parte más dura de = brunt of, the.

* la parte más importante = the heart of.

* la parte principal de = the bulk of.

* la parte superior izquierda de = the upper left of.

* la parte trasera de = the back of.

* llamamiento para formar parte de un jurado = jury duty.

* llegar a todas partes = reach + far and wide, extend + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.

* lo mejor de ambas partes = the best of both worlds.

* más que la suma de sus partes = Comparativo + than the sum of its parts.

* mínima parte = fraction.

* no considerarse parte de = hold + Reflexivo + apart from.

* no llevar a ninguna parte = achieve + nothing, go + nowhere.

* numeración de las partes = numbering of parts.

* parte afectada = stakeholder.

* parte anterior del pie = ball of + Posesivo + foot.

* parte azotada por el viento = windward.

* parte de accidente = accident report.

* parte de atrás = back, backside, rear.

* parte delantera = fore-end.

* parte de una obra = component part.

* parte de una publicación = component part.

* parte en un contrato = contracting party.

* parte expuesta al viento = windward.

* parte implicada = stakeholder.

* parte inferior = bottom, underside.

* parte inferior derecha = lower right.

* parte integral = integral part.

* parte integrante = integral part, fixture.

* parte interesada = interested party, stakeholder, concerned party.

* parte metereológico = weather forecast.

* parte musical = part.

* parte posterior = backside, rear.

* parte principal del texto = meat of the text.

* parte protegida = lee.

* parte protegida del viento = leeward.

* parte que falta = missing part.

* partes = bits and pieces.

* partes beligerantes = warring factions, warring parties.

* partes de un conflicto = warring factions, warring parties.

* parte segunda = revisited.

* partes en cuestión, las = parties concerned, the.

* partes enfrentadas = warring factions, warring parties.

* partes implicadas, las = parties involved, the, parties concerned, the.

* parte superior = top, topside.

* parte trasera = back, rear.

* parte vital = lifeblood.

* parte Y la parte superior izquierda de = the upper left of.

* pero por otra parte = but then again.

* poner de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + part, do + Posesivo + share, do + Posesivo + bit.

* ponerse de parte de = side with.

* ponerse de parte de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.

* poner todo de + Posesivo + parte = give + Posesivo + best, do + Posesivo + best, give + Posesivo + utmost.

* por otra parte = on the other hand, on the other side, on the flip side.

* por parte de = on the part of.

* por parte de uno = on + Posesivo + part.

* por + Posesivo + parte = for + Posesivo + part.

* por todas partes = all over the place, everywhere, widely, all around, far and wide.

* por una parte = on the one hand, on the one side.

* Posesivo + partes = Posesivo + family jewels, Posesivo + privates.

* Posesivo + partes íntimas = Posesivo + privates, Posesivo + family jewels.

* Posesivo + partes privadas = Posesivo + crown jewels, Posesivo + family jewels, Posesivo + privates.

* Posesivo + partes pudendas = Posesivo + family jewels.

* Posesivo + partes pudendas = Posesivo + privates.

* que forma parte de la cultura = culturally-embedded.

* que forma parte en = involved in.

* que toma parte en = involved in.

* relación parte/todo = whole/part relationship.

* segunda parte = sequel, follow-up.

* ser parte de = be part of, be a part of, fall under.

* sinónimo en parte = near synonym.

* subparte = subpart.

* tenemos intereses en ambas partes = our feet are in both worlds.

* todas las partes implicadas = all concerned.

* tomar parte = involve, take + part, become + involved.

* tomar parte activa = become + involved, get + active.

* tomar parte en = join in.

* tomar parte en el asunto = enter + the fray.

* tomar parte en en el asunto = be part of the picture.

* una buena parte de = a large measure of, a good deal of, a great deal of.

* una cuarta parte = one-quarter (1/4), one in four.

* una cuarta parte de = a fourth of.

* una décima parte = one tenth [one-tenth], one in ten.

* una gran parte de = a broad population of, a lion's share of.

* una octava parte = one in eight.

* una parte de = a share of, a snatch of.

* una quinta parte = one-fifth [one fifth], one in five.

* una quinta parte de = a fifth of.

* una tercera parte = one third (1/3), one in three.

* * *
I
masculino

1) (informe, comunicación) report

dar parte de un incidente — particular to report an incident; autoridad to file a report about an incident

dar parte de enfermo — to call in sick

- parte de defunción

- parte de guerra

- parte facultativo

- parte meteorológico

2) (Andes) ( multa) ticket (colloq), fine

me pasaron or me pusieron un parte — I got a ticket o a fine
II
femenino

1)

a) (porción, fracción) part

tres partes iguales — three equal parts

una sexta parte de los beneficios — a sixth of the profits

pasa la mayor or gran parte del tiempo al teléfono — she spends most of her o the time on the phone

la mayor parte de los participantes — the majority of o most of the participants

su parte de la herencia — his share of the inheritance

me siento parte integrante del equipo — I feel I'm a full member of the team

esto se debe en gran parte a... — this is largely due to...

b) ( de lugar) part

la parte antigua de la ciudad — the old part of the city

¿de qué parte de México eres? — what part of Mexico are you from?

en la parte de atrás — at the back

atravesamos la ciudad de parte a parte — we crossed from one side of the city to the other

- parte de la oración

2) (en locs)

en parte — partly

en parte es tu culpa — it's partly your fault

en gran parte — largely

es, en buena parte, culpa suya — it is, to a large o great extent, his own fault

de un tiempo a esta parte — for some time now

de unos meses a esta parte la situación ha empeorado — the situation has deteriorated over the past few months

de parte de alguien — on behalf of somebody

llamo de parte de María — I'm ringing on behalf of María

dale recuerdos de mi parte — give him my regards

muy amable de su parte — (that is/was) very kind of you

de parte del director que subas a verlo — the director wants you to go up and see him

vengo de parte del señor Díaz — Mr Díaz sent me

¿de parte de quién? — ( por teléfono) who's calling?, who shall I say is calling? (frml)

¿tú de parte de quién estás? — whose side are you on?

se puso de su parte — he sided with her

tienes que poner de tu parte — you have to do your share o part o (BrE colloq) bit

formar parte de algo — pieza/sección to be part of something; persona/país to belong to something

entrar a formar parte de algo — to join something

por mi/tu/su parte — for my/your/his part

yo, por mi parte... — I, for my part... (frml), as far as I'm concerned...

por parte de: fue un error por parte nuestra/de la compañía it was a mistake on our part/on the part of the company; por parte de or del padre on his father's side; por partes: revisémoslo por partes let's go over it section by section; vayamos por partes let's take it step by step; por otra parte ( además) anyway, in any case; ( por otro lado) however, on the other hand; salva sea la parte — (euf & hum) rear (colloq & euph)

3) ( participación) part

yo no tuve parte en eso — I played no part in that

tomar parte — to take part

4) ( lugar)

vámonos a otra parte — let's go somewhere else o (AmE) someplace else

esto no nos lleva a ninguna parte — this isn't getting o leading us anywhere

¿adónde vas? - a ninguna parte — where are you going? - nowhere

en cualquier parte — anywhere

a/en todas partes — everywhere

en alguna parte — somewhere

no aparece por ninguna parte — I can't find it anywhere

5) (en negociación, contrato, juicio) party

las partes contratantes — the parties to the contract

las partes firmantes — the signatories

ambas partes quieren negociar — both sides want to negotiate

la parte demandante — the plaintiff/plaintiffs

6) (Teatr) part, role

mandarse la(s) parte(s) (CS) — (fam) to show off

7) (Méx) ( repuesto) part, spare (part)

8) partes femenino plural (euf) ( genitales) private parts (pl) (euph)

•

- partes pudendas

* * *

= body, end, part, part, party, piece, portion, quarter, section, segment, sequence, share, report.

Nota: Documento que presenta el resultado de las actividades de un individuo o una organización.

Ex: The main body of criticism centred upon the treatment of nonbook materials.

Ex: Scanning must start to the left of the bar codes and must continue past the right end.

Ex: Parts of the abstract are written in the informative style, whilst those points which are of less significance are treated indicatively.

Ex: A part is one of the subordinate units into which an item has been divided by the author, publisher, or manufacturer.

Ex: Enter a brief, plea, or other formal record of one party to a case under the heading for that party.

Ex: Within one main class the same piece of notation may be used to signify different concepts.

Ex: An extract is one o more portions of a document selected to represent the whole document.

Ex: A reappraisal is therefore outlined here with the understanding that it is open to rebuttal and challenge from whatever quarter.

Ex: Plainly such representative sections may not be present in many documents, but sometimes an extract from the results, conclusions or recommendations of a document may serve to identify the key issues covered by the entire document.

Ex: No such constraints exist where online display is anticipated, since only one segment at a time is displayed.

Ex: A classified catalogue is a catalogue with three or four separate sequences: an author/title catalogue or index (or separate author and title catalogues), a classified subject catalogue, and a subject index to the classified catalogue.

Ex: The clicker paid each man according to what he had set, keeping for himself a share equal to that of the most productive hand.

Ex: The report introduced a range of ideas which have influenced subsequent code construction.

* a alguna parte = someplace.

* abordar una mínima parte del asunto = touch + the tip of the iceberg.

* ambas partes del argumento = both sides of the fence.

* a partes iguales = share and share alike, in equal measure(s).

* buscar por todas partes = scour + Nombre + for.

* dar parte de = report.

* de algún tiempo a esta parte = for some time now.

* de la parte superior = topmost [top most].

* de otras partes = further afield.

* de parte de = on behalf of [in behalf of; on + Nombre + behalf], in + Nombre + behalf [in/on behalf of].

* de parte de otro = on behalf of someone else.

* de todas las partes del mundo = from all over the world, from all over the globe, from every part of the world.

* de todas partes = from far and wide.

* de una parte a otra = back and forth.

* de un tiempo a esta parte = for some time now.

* dividir Algo en partes iguales = divide + Nombre + in equal parts.

* dividir en partes = break into + parts.

* dividirse en partes = fall into + parts.

* durante la mayor parte de = for much of.

* durante la mayor parte del año = for the best part of the year.

* el todo es más grande que la suma de sus partes = the whole is greater than the sum of its parts.

* en alguna parte = someplace.

* en alguna parte de + Nombre = some way down + Nombre.

* en buena parte = for the most part.

* en cualquier otra parte = anywhere else, everywhere else.

* en cualquier parte = anywhere, everywhere.

* en gran parte = largely, in large part, in large measure, for the most part, to a great extent, to a great degree.

* en la mayor parte de = in the majority of.

* en la parte de arriba = at the top.

* en la parte de atrás = in the back, at the rear.

* en la parte de delante = at the front.

* en la parte delantera = at the front.

* en la parte posterior = in the back.

* en la parte superior = at the top, uppermost.

* en la parte trasera = in the back, at the rear.

* en ninguna parte = nowhere.

* en otra parte = elsewhere, further afield.

* en otras partes = further afield.

* en parte = in part, part of the way, partial, partially, partly.

* en parte + Nombre = part + Nombre.

* en qué parte = whereabouts.

* en su mayor parte = largely, mostly, for the most part.

* en su parte central = at its core.

* en todas partes = all around, far and wide, far and wide.

* entrar a formar parte de = enter in.

* entre tres partes = 3-party [three-party].

* en varias partes = multi-part [multipart].

* extenderse por todas partes = reach + far and wide, extend + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.

* formar parte = form + part.

* formar parte de = be part of, be part of, build into, enter into, become + (a) part of, be a part of, inhere in, become + one with, inform, fall under.

* formar parte del paisaje = blend into + the landscape.

* formar parte de un comite = serve on + committee.

* formar parte integral = form + an integral part.

* formar parte integral de = be an integral part of.

* formar parte natural de su entorno = blend into + the landscape.

* gran parte = much.

* gran parte de = much of.

* hacer de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + bit.

* la mayor parte de = the majority of, the main bulk of, the lion's share of.

* la mayor parte de las veces = more often than not.

* la parte de atrás de = the back of.

* la parte más dura de = brunt of, the.

* la parte más importante = the heart of.

* la parte principal de = the bulk of.

* la parte superior izquierda de = the upper left of.

* la parte trasera de = the back of.

* llamamiento para formar parte de un jurado = jury duty.

* llegar a todas partes = reach + far and wide, extend + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.

* lo mejor de ambas partes = the best of both worlds.

* más que la suma de sus partes = Comparativo + than the sum of its parts.

* mínima parte = fraction.

* no considerarse parte de = hold + Reflexivo + apart from.

* no llevar a ninguna parte = achieve + nothing, go + nowhere.

* numeración de las partes = numbering of parts.

* parte afectada = stakeholder.

* parte anterior del pie = ball of + Posesivo + foot.

* parte azotada por el viento = windward.

* parte de accidente = accident report.

* parte de atrás = back, backside, rear.

* parte delantera = fore-end.

* parte de una obra = component part.

* parte de una publicación = component part.

* parte en un contrato = contracting party.

* parte expuesta al viento = windward.

* parte implicada = stakeholder.

* parte inferior = bottom, underside.

* parte inferior derecha = lower right.

* parte integral = integral part.

* parte integrante = integral part, fixture.

* parte interesada = interested party, stakeholder, concerned party.

* parte metereológico = weather forecast.

* parte musical = part.

* parte posterior = backside, rear.

* parte principal del texto = meat of the text.

* parte protegida = lee.

* parte protegida del viento = leeward.

* parte que falta = missing part.

* partes = bits and pieces.

* partes beligerantes = warring factions, warring parties.

* partes de un conflicto = warring factions, warring parties.

* parte segunda = revisited.

* partes en cuestión, las = parties concerned, the.

* partes enfrentadas = warring factions, warring parties.

* partes implicadas, las = parties involved, the, parties concerned, the.

* parte superior = top, topside.

* parte trasera = back, rear.

* parte vital = lifeblood.

* parte Y la parte superior izquierda de = the upper left of.

* pero por otra parte = but then again.

* poner de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + part, do + Posesivo + share, do + Posesivo + bit.

* ponerse de parte de = side with.

* ponerse de parte de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.

* poner todo de + Posesivo + parte = give + Posesivo + best, do + Posesivo + best, give + Posesivo + utmost.

* por otra parte = on the other hand, on the other side, on the flip side.

* por parte de = on the part of.

* por parte de uno = on + Posesivo + part.

* por + Posesivo + parte = for + Posesivo + part.

* por todas partes = all over the place, everywhere, widely, all around, far and wide.

* por una parte = on the one hand, on the one side.

* Posesivo + partes = Posesivo + family jewels, Posesivo + privates.

* Posesivo + partes íntimas = Posesivo + privates, Posesivo + family jewels.

* Posesivo + partes privadas = Posesivo + crown jewels, Posesivo + family jewels, Posesivo + privates.

* Posesivo + partes pudendas = Posesivo + family jewels.

* Posesivo + partes pudendas = Posesivo + privates.

* que forma parte de la cultura = culturally-embedded.

* que forma parte en = involved in.

* que toma parte en = involved in.

* relación parte/todo = whole/part relationship.

* segunda parte = sequel, follow-up.

* ser parte de = be part of, be a part of, fall under.

* sinónimo en parte = near synonym.

* subparte = subpart.

* tenemos intereses en ambas partes = our feet are in both worlds.

* todas las partes implicadas = all concerned.

* tomar parte = involve, take + part, become + involved.

* tomar parte activa = become + involved, get + active.

* tomar parte en = join in.

* tomar parte en el asunto = enter + the fray.

* tomar parte en en el asunto = be part of the picture.

* una buena parte de = a large measure of, a good deal of, a great deal of.

* una cuarta parte = one-quarter (1/4), one in four.

* una cuarta parte de = a fourth of.

* una décima parte = one tenth [one-tenth], one in ten.

* una gran parte de = a broad population of, a lion's share of.

* una octava parte = one in eight.

* una parte de = a share of, a snatch of.

* una quinta parte = one-fifth [one fifth], one in five.

* una quinta parte de = a fifth of.

* una tercera parte = one third (1/3), one in three.

* * *

parte¹

masculine

A (informe, comunicación) report

me veo obligado a dar parte de este incidente I shall have to report this incident o file a report about this incident

llamó para dar parte de enfermo he called in sick

dio parte de sin novedad ( Mil) he reported that all was well

Compuestos:

● parte de defunción

death certificate

● parte de guerra

dispatch

● parte facultativo

medical report o bulletin

● parte médico

medical report o bulletin

● parte meteorológico

weather report

B ( Andes) (multa) ticket ( colloq), fine

me pasaron or sacaron or pusieron un parte I got a ticket o a fine

parte²

feminine

A

1 (porción, fracción) part

divídelo en tres partes iguales divide it into three equal parts

una sexta parte de los beneficios a sixth of the profits

entre 180 y 300 partes por millón between 180 and 300 parts per million

parte de lo recaudado part of the money collected

destruyó la mayor parte de la cosecha it destroyed most of the harvest

la mayor parte del tiempo most of her/your/the time

la mayor parte de los participantes the majority of o most of the participants

su parte de la herencia his share of the inheritance

tenemos nuestra parte de responsabilidad en el asunto we have to accept part of o a certain amount of responsibility in this affair

por fin me siento parte integrante del equipo I finally feel I'm a full member of the team

forma parte integral del libro it is an integral part of the book

2 (de un lugar) part

la parte antigua de la ciudad the old part of the city

soy español — ¿de qué parte (de España)? I'm Spanish — which part (of Spain) are you from?

en la parte de atrás de la casa at the back of the house

en la parte de arriba de la estantería on the top shelf

atravesamos la ciudad de parte a parte we crossed from one side of the city to the other

Compuestos:

● parte de la oración

part of speech

● parte del león

lion's share

B ( en locs):

en parte partly

en parte es culpa tuya it's partly your fault

esto se debe, en gran parte, al aumento de la demanda this is largely due to the increase in demand

es, en buena parte, culpa suya it is, to a large o great extent, his own fault

de un tiempo a esta parte for some time now

de cinco meses a esta parte la situación se ha venido deteriorando the situation has been deteriorating these past five months o over the past five months

de mi/tu/su parte from me/you/him

díselo de mi parte tell him from me

dale saludos de parte de todos nosotros give him our best wishes o say hello from all of us

dale recuerdos de mi parte give him my regards

llévale esto a Pedro de mi parte take Pedro this from me

muy amable de su parte (that is/was) very kind of you

de parte del director que subas a verlo the director wants you to go up and see him, the director says you're to go up and see him

vengo de parte del señor Díaz Mr Díaz sent me

¿de parte de quién? (por teléfono) who's calling?, who shall I say is calling? ( frml)

¿tú de parte de quién estás? whose side are you on?

se puso de su parte he sided with her

yo te ayudaré, pero tú también tienes que poner de tu parte I'll help you, but you have to do your share o part o ( BrE colloq) bit

forman parte del mecanismo de arranque they are o they form part of the starting mechanism

forma parte de la delegación china she's a member of the Chinese delegation

forma parte del equipo nacional she's a member of the national team, she's on ( AmE) o ( BrE) in the national team

entró a formar parte de la plantilla he joined the staff

por mi/tu/su parte for my/your/his part

yo, por mi parte, no tengo inconveniente I, for my part, have no objection ( frml), as far as I'm concerned, there's no problem

por parte de on the part of

exige un conocimiento de la materia por parte del lector it requires the reader to have some knowledge of the subject, it requires some knowledge of the subject on the part of the reader

reclamaron una mayor atención a este problema por parte de la junta they demanded that the board pay greater attention to this problem

su interrogatorio por parte del fiscal his questioning by the prosecutor

por parte de or del padre on his father's side

por partes: revisémoslo por partes let's go over it section by section

vayamos por partes ¿cómo empezó la discusión? let's take it step by step, how did the argument start?

por otra parte (además) anyway, in any case; (por otro lado) however, on the other hand

salva sea la parte ( euf hum); derrière ( euph hum), sit-upon ( BrE euph hum)

el que parte y reparte se lleva la mejor parte he who cuts the cake takes the biggest slice

C (participación) part

yo no tuve parte en eso I played no part in that

no le dan parte en la toma de decisiones she isn't given any say in decision-making

no quiso tomar parte en el debate she did not wish to take part in o to participate in the debate

los atletas que tomaron parte en la segunda prueba the athletes who competed in o took part in o participated in the second event

D

(lugar): vámonos a otra parte let's go somewhere else o ( AmE) someplace else

va a pie a todas partes she goes everywhere on foot, she walks everywhere

se consigue en cualquier parte you can get it anywhere

en todas partes everywhere

tiene que estar en alguna parte it must be somewhere

no aparece por ninguna parte I can't find it anywhere o it's nowhere to be found

este camino no lleva a ninguna parte this path doesn't lead anywhere

esta discusión no nos va a llevar a ninguna parte this discussion isn't going to get us anywhere

mandar a algn a buena parte ( Chi fam euf); to tell sb to go take a running jump ( colloq), to tell sb to go to blazes ( colloq dated)

en todas partes (se) cuecen habas it's the same the world over

E

1 (en negociaciones, un contrato) party

las partes contratantes the parties to the contract

las partes firmantes the signatories

ambas partes están dispuestas a negociar both sides are ready to negotiate

2 ( Der) party

soy parte interesada I'm an interested party

Compuesto:

parte contraria

opposing party

F ( Teatr) part, role

mandarse la parte( RPl) or ( Chi) las partes ( fam); to show off

G ( Méx) (repuesto) part, spare part, spare

H partes fpl ( euf) (genitales) private parts (pl) ( euph), privates (pl) ( colloq euph)

Compuestos:

● partes pudendas

( euf); private parts (pl) ( euph), pudenda (pl) ( frml)

● partes vergonzosas

( euf); private parts (pl) ( euph)

* * *

Del verbo partir: ( conjugate partir)

parte es:

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente indicativo

2ª persona singular (tú) imperativo

Multiple Entries:
parte
partir
parte sustantivo masculino
1 (informe, comunicación) report;
◊ dar parte de un incidente [ particular] to report an incident;

[ autoridad] to file a report about an incident;
◊ dar parte de enfermo to call in sick;

parte meteorológico weather report
2 (Andes) ( multa) ticket (colloq), fine
■ sustantivo femenino
1
a) (porción, fracción) part;

◊ tres partes iguales three equal parts;

pasa la mayor parte del tiempo al teléfono she spends most of her o the time on the phone;
la mayor parte de los participantes the majority of o most of the participants
b) ( en una distribución) share;

◊ su parte de la herencia his share of the inheritance

c) ( de lugar) part;

◊ ¿de qué parte de México eres? what part of Mexico are you from?;

en la parte de atrás at the back
2 ( en locs)
◊ en parte partly;

en gran parte to a large extent, largely;
en su mayor parte for the most part;
de un tiempo a esta parte for some time now;
de parte de algn on behalf of sb;
llamo de parte de María I'm ringing on behalf of María;
dale recuerdos de mi parte give him my regards;
vengo de parte del señor Díaz Mr Díaz sent me;
¿de parte de quién? ( por teléfono) who's calling?, who shall I say is calling? (frml);
formar parte de algo [pieza/sección] to be part of sth;

[persona/país] to belong to sth;
◊ entrar a formar parte de algo to join sth;

por mi/tu/su parte as far as I'm/you're/he's concerned;
por partes: revisémoslo por partes let's go over it section by section;
vayamos por partes let's take it step by step;
por otra parte ( además) anyway, in any case;

( por otro lado) however, on the other hand;
◊ por una parte …, por la otra … on the one hand …, on the other …

3 ( participación) part;
◊ tomar parte to take part

4 ( lugar):
◊ vámonos a otra parte let's go somewhere else o (AmE) someplace else;

esto no nos lleva a ninguna parte this isn't getting o leading us anywhere;
¿adónde vas? — a ninguna parte where are you going? — nowhere;
en cualquier parte anywhere;
a/en/por todas partes everywhere;
en alguna parte somewhere
5 (en negociación, contrato, juicio) party
6 (Teatr) part, role
7 (Méx) ( repuesto) part, spare (part)
partir ( conjugate partir) verbo transitivo
a) ( con cuchillo) ‹tarta/melón› to cut;

◊ lo partió por la mitad he cut it in half

b) ( romper) ‹piedra/coco› to break, smash;

‹nuez/avellana› to crack;
‹rama/palo› to break
c) ( con golpe) ‹ labio› to split (open);

‹ cabeza› to split open
d) [ frío] ‹ labios› to chap

verbo intransitivo
1
a) (frml) ( marcharse) to leave, depart (frml)

b) [ auto] (Chi) to start

2
a) parte DE algo ‹de una premisa/un supuesto› to start from sth

b)

◊ a partir de from;

a parte de ahora/ese momento from now on/that moment on;
a parte de hoy (as o starting) from today
partirse verbo pronominal
a) [mármol/roca] to split, smash

b) ( refl) ‹ labio› to split;

‹ diente› to break, chip
parte
I sustantivo femenino
1 (porción, trozo) part: esas danzas y esos ritos forman parte de nuestra cultura, those dances and rites are part of our culture
2 (de dinero, herencia, etc) share
3 (lado, sitio) place, spot: lo puedes encontrar en cualquier parte, you can find it anywhere
4 (en un enfrentamiento, discusión) side: ¿de qué parte estás?, whose side are you on?
está de mi parte, he's on my side
tomar parte en, to take part in: no deberíamos tomar parte en esas discusiones, we shouldn't take part in those discussions
5 Jur party
II sustantivo masculino
1 (informe, comunicación) report: tienes que dar parte a la policía, you must inform the police
parte médico/meteorológico, medical/weather report
2 Rad Tel news
♦ Locuciones: de parte a parte: el espejo se rompió de parte a parte, the mirror broke in two
de parte de..., on behalf of...
Tel ¿de parte de quién?, who's calling?
en gran parte, to a large extent
en parte, partly
por mi parte, as far as I am concerned
por otra parte, on the other hand
partir
I verbo transitivo
1 (romper, quebrar) to break: me parte el corazón verte tan desalentada, it's heartbreaking to see you so depressed
partir una nuez, to shell a walnut
2 (dividir) to split, divide
(con un cuchillo) to cut
II vi (irse) to leave, set out o off
♦ Locuciones: a partir de aquí/ahora, from here on/now on
a partir de entonces no volvimos a hablarnos, we didn't speak to each other from then on
' parte' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abotargarse
- accionariado
- adherirse
- adormecerse
- alma
- anterior
- apéndice
- arriba
- arte
- bajón
- caída
- caído
- chimenea
- colonizar
- consignar
- cuarta
- cuarto
- de
- deber
- décima
- décimo
- deformar
- deformarse
- delicadeza
- derecha
- derecho
- desnuda
- desnudo
- distribuir
- elemento
- encima
- encoger
- episodio
- ser
- escarpa
- este
- exterior
- fondo
- fuera
- gruesa
- grueso
- infante
- infrahumana
- infrahumano
- integrar
- integrante
- jirón
- juez
- les
- más
English:
account for
- act
- again
- against
- agenda
- anywhere
- appeal
- away
- back
- backbone
- backroom
- begin
- behalf
- bikini
- body
- bottom
- bulk
- buy out
- call
- civil
- claw back
- come away
- come under
- component
- constituent
- cross-examine
- croup
- cut
- damage
- day
- dispatch
- element
- else
- engage in
- for
- fourteenth
- fraction
- front
- good
- half
- hear of
- inner
- integral
- join
- join in
- largely
- linchpin
- lion
- listen
- mostly

* * *

parte¹ nm

1. [informe] report;

dar parte (a alguien de algo) to report (sth to sb);

dimos parte del incidente a la policía we reported the incident to the police

Comp
parte de accidente [para aseguradora] (accident) claim form;
parte facultativo medical report;

parte de guerra dispatch;

parte médico medical report;

parte meteorológico weather report

2. Anticuado [noticiario] news bulletin

3. Andes [multa] fine [for a traffic offence]

parte² nf

1. [porción, elemento, división] part;

hizo su parte del trabajo he did his share of the work;

las partes del cuerpo the parts of the body;

“El Padrino, Segunda parte” “The Godfather, Part Two”;

la mayor parte de la gente most people;

la mayor parte de la población most of the population;

la tercera parte de a third of;

repartir algo a partes iguales to share sth out equally;

fue peligroso y divertido a partes iguales it was both dangerous and fun at the same time;

dimos la lavadora vieja como parte del pago we traded in our old washing machine in part exchange;

en parte to a certain extent, partly;

en gran parte [mayoritariamente] for the most part;
[principalmente] to a large extent;
en su mayor parte están a favor they're mostly in favour, most of them are in favour;

esto forma parte del proyecto this is part of the project;

forma parte del comité she's a member of the committee;

cada uno puso de su parte everyone did what they could;

por mi/tu/ etc[m5]. parte for my/your/ etc part;

por mi parte no hay ningún problema it's fine as far as I'm concerned;

hubo protestas por parte de los trabajadores the workers protested, there were protests from the workers;

lo hicimos por partes we did it bit by bit;

¡vamos por partes! [al explicar, aclarar] let's take one thing at a time!;

ser parte integrante de algo to be o form an integral part of sth;

llevarse la mejor/peor parte to come off best/worst;

tomar parte en algo to take part in sth;

Comp

llevarse la parte del león to get the lion's share;

Comp
CSur
mandarse la parte to put on airs;

Comp
Euf
en salva sea la parte: le dio un puntapié en salva sea la parte she gave him a kick up the rear;

Prov

segundas partes nunca fueron buenas things are never as good the second time round

Comp
Gram parte de la oración part of speech
2. [lado, zona] part;

la parte de abajo/de arriba, la parte inferior/superior the bottom/top;

la parte trasera/delantera, la parte de atrás/de delante the back/front;

el español que se habla en esta parte del mundo the Spanish spoken in this part of the world;

viven en la parte alta de la ciudad they live in the higher part of the city;

¿de qué parte de Argentina es? what part of Argentina is he from?, whereabouts in Argentina is he from?;

la bala le atravesó el cerebro de parte a parte the bullet went right through his brain;

por una parte…, por otra… on the one hand…, on the other (hand)…;

por otra parte [además] what is more, besides

Comp
Méx parte baja [en béisbol] end of the inning
3. [lugar, sitio] part;

he estado en muchas partes I've been lots of places;

¡tú no vas a ninguna parte! you're not going anywhere!;

en alguna parte somewhere;

en cualquier parte anywhere;

en otra parte elsewhere, somewhere else;

en o [m5] por todas partes everywhere;

no lo veo por ninguna parte I can't find it anywhere;

esto no nos lleva a ninguna parte this isn't getting us anywhere;

2.000 pesos no van a ninguna parte 2,000 pesos won't get you far;

Comp

en todas partes cuecen habas it's the same wherever you go

4. [bando] side;

las partes enfrentadas o [m5] en conflicto the opposing parties o sides;

estar/ponerse de parte de alguien to be on/to take sb's side;

¿tú de qué parte estás? whose side are you on?;

es pariente mío por parte de padre he's related to me on my father's side;

tener a alguien de parte de uno to have sb on one's side

5. Der [en juicio, transacción] party;

no hubo acuerdo entre las partes the two sides were unable to reach an agreement;

las partes interesadas the interested parties

Comp
la parte acusadora the prosecution;
parte compradora buyer;

parte contratante party to the contract;

parte vendedora seller

6. Euf [genitales]
partes privates;

partes pudendas private parts;

recibió un balonazo en sus partes a ball hit him in the privates

7. Méx [repuesto] (spare) part, spare

8. [en frases]
de parte de on behalf of, for;

traigo un paquete de parte de Juan I've got a parcel for you from Juan;

venimos de parte de la compañía de seguros we're here on behalf of the insurance company, we're from the insurance company;

de parte de tu madre, que vayas a comprar leche your mother says for you to go and buy some milk;

dale recuerdos de mi parte give her my regards;

fue muy amable/generoso de tu parte it was very kind/generous of you;

¿de parte de (quién)? [al teléfono] who's calling, please?;

de un tiempo a esta parte for some time now;

de un mes/unos años a esta parte for the last month/last few years

* * *

parte

I m report;

dar parte a alguien inform s.o.;

dar parte file a report

II f

1 trozo part;

en parte partly;

en gran parte largely;

la mayor parte de the majority of, most of;

formar parte de form part of;

tomar parte en take part in;

tener parte en algo play a part in sth;

la parte del león the lion’s share;

ir por partes do a job in stages o bit by bit;

llevar la mejor/peor parte be at an advantage/a disadvantage

2 JUR party;

partes contratantes contracting parties, parties to the contract

3 ( lugar)

:

alguna parte somewhere;

en cualquier parte anywhere;

otra parte somewhere else;

en o

por todas partes everywhere;

en ninguna parte nowhere;

no llevar o

conducir a ninguna parte fig be going nowhere;

en otra parte elsewhere

4

:

de parte de on o in behalf of

5

:

por parte de madre/padre on one’s mother’s/father’s side;

estar de parte de alguien be on s.o.’s side;

ponerse de parte de alguien take s.o.’s side;

por una parte … por otra parte on the one hand … on the other (hand)

6

:

por otra parte moreover

7

:

desde un tiempo a esta parte up to now, up until now

* * *

parte nm

: report, dispatch

parte nf

1) : part, share

2) : part, place

en alguna parte: somewhere

por todas partes: everywhere

3) : party (in negotiations, etc.)

4)

de parte de : on behalf of

5)

¿de parte de quién? : may I ask who's calling?

6)

tomar parte : to take part

* * *

parte n

1. (en general) part

¿de qué parte de Inglaterra eres? which part of England are you from?

2. (a favor de) side

¿de parte de quién estás? whose side are you on?

se puso de parte de mi hermano she took my brother's side

a ninguna parte nowhere / not... anywhere

no voy a ninguna parte I'm not going anywhere

a todas partes everywhere

de parte de... from...

traigo este paquete de parte de mi padre this parcel is from my father

dale recuerdos de mi parte give him my regards

¿de parte de quién? who's calling?

en alguna parte somewhere

en parte partly

en todas partes everywhere

formar parte de (cosa) to be a part of (persona) to be a member of

poner de tu parte to do your share / to do your bit

por mi parte as far as I'm concerned

por otra parte on the other hand

por una parte on the one hand

tomar parte en algo to take part in something

parte meteorológico weather report

Spanish-English dictionary > parte
10 apud

ăpŭd ( apud down to the time of Caesar, Corp. Inscr. I. 30; I. 196; and after 45 B. C. both apud, Inscr. Orell. 206; 818, and aput, ib. 206; 15; 34; another form of apud was apor, Paul. ex Fest. p. 26 Mull. apud, Ritschl, Rib. in Trag. et Com. Rel., Mull. in Lucil., and Dietsch in Sall.; aput, Lachm., Fleck. in Plaut.; both apud and aput, Mull. in Cat. and Rib. in Verg.) [Corssen once regarded apud as connected with apisci, as juxta with jungo, Ausspr. I. p. 335, 1st ed., but afterwards, ib. 2d ed. I. p. 197, he adopted Pott's view, that it was comp. of Sanscr. api, = to, toward, near (Gr. epi), and ad, old form ar, which view the form apor favors, and thus its strict meaning would be on to, unto; v. infra, IV.]; prep. gov. acc., with, at, by, near (regularly with words denoting rest, and primarily of persons, while ad properly designates only direction, motion, extension, etc., and is chiefly used of places; the diff. between apud and penes is given in Paul. ex Fest. p. 22 Mull.: apud et penes in hoc differunt, quod alterum personam cum loco significat, alterum personam et dominium ac potestatem; v. penes, and cf. Nep. Them. 7, 2: ad ephoros Lacedaemoniorum accessit, penes quos summum imperium erat, atque apud eos (v. infra, I. B. 2. a.) contendit, etc.; and for the difference between ad and apud, cf. Lucil. 9, 58 sq. Mull.: apud se longe alid est, neque idem valet ad se: Intro nos vocat ad sese, tenet intus apud se; syn.: ad, prope, coram, inter, in with abl.; rare in early Lat.; very freq. in Plaut., less freq. in Ter., seven times in Verg., five times in Juv., three times in Catull., twice in Ov, and once in Hor. and Prop.; never in Tib. or Pers.; very freq. in Cic., the historians, and the Vulg.).
I.
A.. In designating nearness in respect of persons, with, near: apud ipsum adstas, Att. ap. Non. p. 522, 25:
adsum apud te, genitor,
id. ib. p. 522, 32:
alteram (partem) apud me adponito,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 60:
nunc hic apud te servio,
id. Capt. 2, 2, 62:
scriptorum non magnast copia apud me,
Cat. 68, 33 Mull.:
mane apud me,
Vulg. Gen. 29, 19:
Advocatum habemus apud Patrem,
ib. 1 Joan. 2, 1:
cum in lecto Crassus esset et apud eum Sulpicius sederet,
Cic. de Or. 2, 3, 12; so id. Pis. 26, and id. Rep. 3, 28.—
B.
Esp.
1.
a.. With a pron. or subst., apud me, te, se, aliquem, etc., with me, in my house, etc., in one's house, at the house of a person; Fr. chez moi, chez vous, chez soi, etc.:
Quis heri apud te? Naev., Com. Rel. p. 9 Rib.: dico eum esse apud me,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 2, 15; 4, 2, 73:
hic apud me hortum confodere jussi,
id. Aul. 2, 2, 66:
si commodumst, apud me, sis, volo,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 110:
condixerant cenam apud me, Turp., Com. Rel. p. 108 Rib.: quid nunc virgo? Nempe apud test?
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 159:
Quid sibi volunt homines isti apud te?
Vulg. Num. 22, 9; ib. Matt. 26, 18:
cenabis bene apud me,
Cat. 13, 1:
apud me habitavit,
Cic. Clu. 33; id. Verr. 4, 111; 5, 77:
apud te cenavit,
id. Div. in Caecil. 58; id. Verr. 4, 49; id. Cael. 26; id. Deiot. 32:
in curia posita potius quam rure apud te, Titin., Com. Rel. p. 142 Rib.: mane apud me etiam hodie,
Vulg. Jud. 19, 9:
tenet intus apud se,
Lucil. 9, 59 Mull.:
Pompeius petiit, ut secum et apud se essem cotidie,
Cic. Att. 5, 6:
apud se fecit manere,
Vulg. Jud. 19, 7; ib. Luc. 11, 37:
de gladiis, quae apud ipsum erant deprehensa,
Cic. Cat. 3, 10:
Cum postridie apud eundem ventum exspectans manerem,
id. Phil. 1, 8:
mansit apud eum quattuor mensibus,
Vulg. Jud. 19, 2; ib. Act. 28, 14:
apud quem deversatus es,
Cic. Verr. 4, 37: apud nympham Calypsonem, Liv. And. ap. Prisc. p. 685 (cf. Hom. Od. 4, 557: Numphês en megaroisi Kalupsous):
habitasti apud Heium Messanae,
Cic. Verr. 4, 18; id. Cael. 51:
Fuisti apud Laecam illa nocte,
id. Cat. 1, 4, 9; id. de Or. 1, 22, 104; id. Att. 1, 8:
apud Ostorium Scapulam epulatur,
Tac. A. 14, 48:
apud Cornelium Primum juxta Velabrum delituit,
id. H. 3, 74; 1, 14:
Factum est, ut moraretur apud Simonem quendam,
Vulg. Act. 9, 43:
invenient hominem apud sororem tuam occultantem se,
Cic. Dom. 83:
qui apud te esset eductus,
id. Quinct. 69:
apud quem erat educatus,
id. Lael. 20, 75:
cum alter ejus filius apud matrem educaretur,
id. Clu. 27:
disciplina C. Cassii, apud quem educatus erat,
Tac. A. 15, 52:
se apud Q. Mucium jus civile didicisse,
id. Or. 30:
apud eosdem magistratus institutus,
Suet. Calig. 24:
servorum manus tamquam apud senem festinantes,
Tac. H. 1, 7:
in convivio apud regem,
id. A. 2, 57: Bene vale;
apud Orcum te videbo,
in the abode of Orcus, Plaut. As. 3, 3, 16:
sacrificasse apud deos, i. e. in templis deorum,
Tac. A. 11, 27:
frater apud Othonem militans,
in the army of Otho, id. H. 2, 26; so,
nec solum apud Caecinam (cognoscebatur id damnum composuisse),
id. ib. 2, 27:
quorum sint legati apud se,
in his camp, Caes. B. G. 4, 8; cf.:
Quos cum apud se in castris Ariovistus conspexisset,
id. ib. 1, 47:
dici hoc potest, Apud portitores eas (litteras) resignatas sibi,
at the custom-house, Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 64; 3, 3, 80:
Quantillum argenti mihi apud trapezitam siet,
at the banker's, id. Capt. 1, 2, 90:
duo genera materiarum apud rhetoras tractantur, i. e. in scholis rhetorum, as he says just before,
Tac. Or. 35.—Apud me etc. is sometimes added to domi or in aedibus, or interchanges with domi: Me. Ubi namst, quaeso? Ch. Apud me domi, Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 21:
a me insidias apud me domi positas esse dixerunt,
Cic. Sest. 41:
domi esse apud sese archipiratas dixit duos,
id. Verr. 5, 73; so Vulg. Gen. 27, 15:
quae (signa) cognovi apud istum in aedibus,
Cic. Verr. 1, 50:
esse illa signa domi suae, non esse apud Verrem,
id. ib. 4, 16:
nihil apud hanc lautum, pistor domi nullus,
id. Pis. 67; id. Clu. 165.—Hence,
b.
Trop.: apud se esse, to be at home, i. e. to be in one's senses, be one's self, be sane (only in conversational lang.; most freq. in Ter.; cf. Gr. en heautôi einai, Ar. Vesp. 642; opp. vecors, amens esse, to be out of one's wits, beside one's self; so Gr. phrenôn exestanai, Eur. Or. 1021):
Sumne ego apud me?
Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 36:
Non sum apud me,
Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 26, and Afran., Com. Rel, p. 170 Rib.:
Prae iracundia, Menedeme, non sum apud me,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 1, 48:
Vix sum apud me: ita animus commotust metu, spe, gaudio,
id. And. 5, 4, 34:
Num tibi videtur esse apud sese?
id. Hec. 4, 4, 85 (quasi ob amorem meretricis insanus, Don.):
proin tu fac, apud te ut sies,
id. And. 2, 4, 5 (= ut praeparatus sis, Don.); Petr. 129.—
2.
In respect of persons, in whose presence or before whom any thing is done or takes place, esp. of discussions or debates in which the persons have the right of decision (Web. Uebungsch. p. 33), before, in the presence of, = coram, ad.
a.
Of civil or military affairs, before:
cum res agatur apud praetorem populi Romani et apud severissimos judices,
Cic. Arch. 3:
apud eosdem judices reus est factus,
id. Clu. 22, 59:
vis de his judicari apud me?
Vulg. Act. 25, 9:
accusavit fratres suos apud patrem,
ib. Gen. 37, 2; ib. 1 Macc. 7, 6; ib. Joan. 5, 45:
hoc, quod nunc apud pontifices agis,
Cic. Dom. 51; 117:
istud ne apud eum quidem dictatorem quisquam egit isto modo,
id. Lig. 12:
qui hanc causam aliquotiens apud te egit,
id. Quinct. 30; so id. Verr. 2, 100; 3, 114; id. Caecin. 69; id. Sest. 120:
(populus Romanus) mihi potestatem apud se agendi dedit,
id. Verr. 5, 173: Repulsior secunda collatione dixit Cato in ea, quae est contra Cornelium apud populum, Paul. ex Fest. p. 286 Mull.:
tutoresne defendent apud istius modi praetorem?
Cic. Verr. 1, 153; id. Clu. 126: apud te cum sim defensurus me, Vulg. Act. [p. 146] 26, 2:
omnia apud praetores gererentur,
Tac. Or. 38:
causam nescio quam apud judicem defendebat,
Cic. Clu. 74; so Tac. A. 3, 12; id. Or. 19:
apud te defendit alium in ea voluntate non fuisse, in qua te,
Cic. Lig. 6:
apud judicem causam dicere,
id. Quinct. 43; id. Verr. 1, 26; id. Sex. Rosc. 85:
apud aliquem dicere,
id. Lig. 6; id. Deiot. 4:
verba apud senatum fecit,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 20:
habita apud senatum oratione,
Tac. A. 12, 25; 6, 8:
haec apud patres disseruit,
id. ib. 2, 43; 4, 2;
4, 6: modeste apud vos socius populi Romani questus est,
Cic. Verr. 4, 18:
Quae est ergo apud Caesarem querella?
id. Lig. 25:
isne apud vos obtinebit causam, qui etc.,
id. Caecin. 38:
petita multa est apud eum praetorem,
id. Verr. 1, 155:
causam contra aliquem apud centumviros dicere,
id. de Or. 2, 23, 98; Tac. Or. 38:
numerus oratorum quot annis apud magistratus publice subscribitur,
Cic. Verr. 3, 120:
apud eorum quem qui manumitteretur,
Liv. 41, 9: apud proconsules aliquem manumittere, Marcian. ap. Dig. 1, 162.—
b.
In extra judicial cases, before:
apud hunc confessus es et genus etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 52:
nullam causam dico, quin mihi Et parentum et libertatis apud te deliquio siet,
id. ib. 3, 4, 93:
apud erum qui (servos) vera loquitur,
id. Am. 2, 1, 43:
apud novercam querere,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 80:
ego apud parentem loquor,
Cic. Lig. 30:
plura fateri apud amicos,
Tac. A. 14, 62:
aliquid apud aliquem laudare,
Cic. Att. 2, 25; Tac. A. 13, 46; so Vulg. Gen. 12, 15:
aliquem apud aliquos vituperare,
Cic. Phil. 2, 11:
apud quem tu etiam nos criminari soles,
id. Vatin. 29.—
c.
Of one's feelings, views, judgment, with, in the view or sight of, before.
(α).
With verbs:
apud Tenedios sanctissimus deus habetur,
Cic. Fl. 61; id. Verr. 1, 49:
quod apud illos amplissimum sacerdotium putatur,
id. ib. 2, 126;
1, 69: si tutoris auctoritas apud te ponderis nihil habebat,
id. ib. 2, 55; id. Planc. 4:
apud judicem grave et sanctum esse ducetur,
id. Q. Rosc. 6:
Quae omnia apud nos partim infamia... ponuntur, Nep. praef. 5: justificatur apud Deum,
Vulg. Gal. 3, 11:
haec apud illos barbatos ridicula videbantur,
Cic. Mur. 26; id. Dom. 101:
unus dies apud Dominum (est) sicut mille anni, et mille anni sicut dies unus,
Vulg. 2 Pet. 3, 8.—
(β).
With adjj.:
fuisti apud pontifices superior,
Cic. Dom. 4:
qui honos est apud Syracusanos amplissimus,
id. Verr. 4, 137; id. Font. 36:
quam clara (expugnatio) apud omnes,
id. Verr. 1, 50; 2, 50:
Satis clarus est apud timentem quisquis timetur,
Tac. H. 2, 76; id. Or. 7:
hoc est apud Graecos prope gloriosius quam Romae triumphasse,
Cic. Fl. 31; Tac. H. 5, 17:
quod aeque apud bonos miserum est,
id. ib. 1, 29:
quae justa sunt apud nos,
Vulg. 1 Macc. 11, 33; ib. Rom. 2, 13:
tunc eritis inculpabiles apud Dominum,
ib. Num. 32, 22:
si is pretio apud istum idoneus esset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 121.—
(γ).
With substt.:
est tanta apud eos ejus fani religio atque antiquitas, ut etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 46:
tanta nominis Romani dignitas est apud omnes nationes, ut etc.,
id. ib. 5, 150:
qua (hic) apud omnes Siculos dignitate atque existimatione sit,
id. ib. 2, 111:
Dymnus modicae apud regem auctoritatis et gratiae,
Curt. 6, 72:
abominatio est uterque apud Deum,
Vulg. Prov. 17, 15.—Apud animum, apud animum meum, etc. sometimes stand for mihi, mecum, etc., or simply animo: Ea tute tibi subice et apud animum propone, before your mind, before you, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:
ipsi primum statuerint apud animos, quid vellent,
Liv. 6, 39, 11:
Sic apud animum meum statuo,
Sall. de Ord. Rep. 2:
sic statuere apud animum meum possum,
Liv. 34, 2, 4.—So with pers. pron. in Vulg. after the Greek: haec apud se (pros heauton) oravit, within himself, to himself, Luc. 18, 11: Sciens apud semet ipsum (en heautôi), in himself, Joan. 6, 62: statui hoc ipsum apud me (emautôi), ne etc., with myself, 2 Cor. 2, 1; so, hoc cogitet apud se (eph heautou), ib. 10, 7.—
d.
And simply before, in the presence of:
id apud vos proloquar,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 6:
nemo est meorum amicorum, apud quem expromere omnia mea occulta audeam,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 14:
se jactant apud eos, quos inviti vident,
Cic. Fl. 61:
licet mihi, Marce fili, apud te gloriari, ad quem etc.,
id. Off. 1, 22, 78: de vobis glorior apud Macedones, Vulg. 2 Cor. 9, 2:
plus quam apud vos commemorari velitis,
Cic. Caecin. 77:
non apud indoctos loquor,
id. Pis. 68:
ostendit, quae quisque de eo apud se dixerit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 19:
quid apud magnum loquerentur Achillem,
Ov. M. 12, 163:
neque raro neque apud paucos talia jaciebat,
Tac. A. 4, 7:
loqui de se apud aliquem,
Cic. Att. 1, 3:
mentiri apud aliquem,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 1, 24:
apud aliquem profiteri,
Curt. 7, 7, 24:
Non est nobis haec oratio habenda apud imperitam multitudinem,
Cic. Mur. 61:
Caesar apud milites contionatur,
Caes. B. C. 1, 7:
gratias agere alicui apud aliquem,
Cic. Sest. 4; so Tac. A. 15, 22:
si quid (in me) auctoritatis est, apud eos utar, qui etc.,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2; so id. Lig. 16, and id. Red. in Sen. 24:
Quae fundebat apud Samson lacrimas,
Vulg. Jud. 14, 16.—
3.
Of a person with whom, in whose case something is, exists, is done, with, in the case of, often = in with abl.:
quom apud te parum stet fides,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 62:
Et bene apud memores veteris stat gratia facti,
Verg. A. 4, 539:
At fides mihi apud hunc est,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 10: De. Quid est? Ch. Itan parvam mihi fidem esse apud te? id. Phorm. 5, 3, 27:
ut apud me praemium esse positum pietati scias,
id. Hec. 4, 2, 8:
alioqui mercedem non habebitis apud Patrem vestrum,
Vulg. Matt. 6, 1:
illa res quantam declarat ejusdem hominis apud hostes populi Romani auctoritatem,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 46:
(eum) Aeduorum auctoritatem apud omnes Belgas amplificaturum,
Caes. B. G. 2, 14:
si M. Petrei non summa auctoritas apud milites exstitisset,
Cic. Sest. 12:
Pompei auctoritas apud omnes tanta est. quanta etc.,
id. Fl. 14; id. Phil. 13, 7:
ecquid auctoritatis apud vos socii populi Romani habere debeant,
id. Div. in Caecil. 17; so id. Verr. 2, 14; id. Mur 38:
(servi) apud eum sunt in honore et pretio,
id. Sex. Rosc. 77; id. Verr. 5, 157; id. Cat. 3, 2:
videmus quanta sit in invidia quantoque in odio apud quosdam virtus et industria,
id. Verr. 5, 181:
quo majore apud vos odio esse debet quam etc.,
id. ib. 1, 42:
domi splendor, apud exteras nationes nomen et gratia,
id. Clu. 154; id. Mur. 38:
Dumnorigem, magna apud plebem gratia,
Caes. B. G. 1, 18:
tanti ejus apud se gratiam esse ostendit, uti etc.,
id. ib. 1, 20:
certe apud te et hos, qui tibi adsunt, veritas valebit,
Cic. Quinct. 5; id. Div. in Caecil. 17; id. Lig. 30; id. Marcell. 14; id. Mil. 34:
utrum apud eos pudor atque officium aut timor valeret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40:
apud quem ut multum gratia valeret,
Nep. Con. 2, 1:
video apud te causas valere plus quam preces,
Cic. Lig. 31; so id. Lael. 4, 13, and Tac. H. 3, 36:
quod apud vos plurimum debebit valere,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 11; so Caes. B. G. 1, 17, and Tac. H. 4, 73:
qui tantum auctoritate apud suos cives potuit, ut etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 113:
speravit sese apud tales viros aliquid posse ad etc.,
id. Sex. Rosc. 141:
(eum) apud finitimas civitates largiter posse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 18:
quae (pecunia) apud me contra fidem meam nihil potuisset,
Cic. Verr. 1, 19:
quae (memoria) plus apud eum possit quam salus civitatis,
id. Phil. 5, 51; id. Verr. 3, 131:
qui apud eum plurimum poterat,
id. ib. 3, 130:
qui apud me et amicitia et beneficiis et dignitate plurimum possunt,
id. Sex. Rosc. 4; so Caes. B. G. 1, 9.—So very rarely with adjj.:
faciles sunt preces apud eos, qui etc.,
Cic. Har. Resp. 63:
nihil me turpius apud homines fuisset,
id. Att. 2, 19:
apud quos miserum auxilium tolerabile miserius malum fecit,
Cels. 3, 23.—
4.
Of persons, of inhabitants of cities or countries, among whom one is, or something is, is done or happens, among = inter:
CONSOL. QVEI. FVIT. APVD. VOS., Epit. Scip. ap. Grotef. Gr. II. p. 296: homines apud nos noti, inter suos nobiles,
Cic. Fl. 52:
Ut vos hic, itidem ille apud vos meus servatur filius,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 11; 2, 2, 62:
qui (colonus) perigrinatur apud vos,
Vulg. Exod. 12, 49:
qui regnabat apud vos,
ib. 1 Macc. 12, 7; ib. Matt. 13, 56; ib. Luc. 9, 41:
si iste apud eos quaestor non fuisset,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 4; 65:
Apud eos fuisse regem Divitiacum,
Caes. B. G. 2, 4; 2, 2:
qui (praetores) apud illos a populo creantur,
Cic. Fl. 44:
apud quos consul fuerat,
id. Div. in Caecil. 66; id. Verr. 2, 5; 4, 108:
apud inferos illi antiqui supplicia impiis constituta esse voluerunt,
id. Cat. 4, 8; id. Tusc. 1, 5, 10; so Vulg. Eccli. 14, 17: Sunt apud infernos tot milia formosarum, Prop. 3, 2, 63:
fateri quae quis apud superos distulit in seram commissa piacula mortem,
Verg. A. 6, 568;
Vel. 2, 48, 2: studiis militaribus apud juventutem obsoletis,
Cic. Font. 42:
qui apud socios nominis Latini censi essent,
Liv. 41, 9:
qui apud gentes solus praestat, Naev., Com. Rel. p. 25 Rib.: quae sacra apud omnes gentes nationesque fiunt,
Cic. Verr. 4, 109:
id (simulacrum) apud Segestanos positum fuisse,
id. ib. 4, 80:
si apud Athenienses non deerant qui rem publicam defenderent,
id. Sest. 141, and Nep. Milt. 6, 2:
ille est magistratus apud Siculos, qui etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 131:
si tu apud Persas deprehensus etc.,
id. ib. 5, 166:
Apud Helvetios longe nobilissimus fuit Orgetorix,
Caes. B. G. 1, 2:
apud omnes Graecos hic mos est, ut etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 158, and id. Fragm. B. 7, 18 B. and K.:
quod apud Germanos ea consuetudo esset, ut etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 50:
aliis Germanorum populis usurpatum raro apud Chattos in consensum vertit,
Tac. G. 31:
Cui (mihi) neque apud Danaos usquam locus (est),
Verg. A. 2, 71:
apud Nahanarvalos antiquae religionis lucus ostenditur,
Tac. G. 43; 32; 38; 44; id. H. 4, 56; 4, 61; id. A. 2, 1; 2, 45: apud Graecos magis quam in ceteris nationibus exculta est medicina, Cels. praef. 3, 9.—So of an army, in, with, where in with abl. is commonly used:
qui apud exercitum cum Lucio Lucullo est,
in the army under L. Lucullus, Cic. Verr. 4, 49; so id. Arch. 11:
apud exercitum mihi fueris tot annos,
id. Mur. 45:
quod Hannibalem etiam nunc cum imperio apud exercitum haberent,
in the army with a command, Nep. Hann. 7, 3:
simul manere apud exercitus Titum utile videbatur,
Tac. H. 5, 10:
quod XII. pondo argenti habuisset apud exercitum,
with his troops, Plin. 33, 4, 50, § 143.—
5.
In designating the author of a work or of an assertion, apud aliquem, in, by, in the writings of, any one (the work itself being designated by in with abl.; as, de qua in Catone majore satis multa diximus, Cic. Off. 1, 42, 151:
Socraiem illum, qui est in Phaedro Platonis,
id. de Or. 1, 7, 28:
quo in libro,
id. ib. 1, 11, 47):
ut scriptum apud eundem Caelium est,
Cic. Div. 1, 26, 55:
apud Xenophontem autem moriens Cyrus major haec dicit,
id. Sen. 22, 79:
quod apud Platonem est in philosophos dictum, quod etc.,
id. Off. 1, 9, 28:
apud Agathoclem scriptum in historia est,
id. Div. 1, 24, 50:
ut est apud poetam nescio quem,
id. Phil. 2, 65:
Quod enim est apud Ennium, etc.,
id. Off. 1, 8, 26:
de qua (ambitione) praeclare apud eundem est Platonem, simile etc.,
id. ib. 1, 25, 87:
Apud Varronem ita est, etc.,
Plin. 18, 35, 79, § 348:
ut video scriptum apud Graecos,
Cic. Scaur. 4:
invenio apud quosdam auctores,
Tac. H. 2, 37; so id. A. 1, 81; 3, 3:
reperio apud scriptores,
id. ib. 2, 88:
apud Solonem,
i. e. in his laws, Cic. Leg. 2, 26, 64:
cui bono est, si apud te Agamemnon diserte loquitur, i. e. in tragoediis tuis,
Tac. Or. 9. —Also of speakers:
apud quosdam acerbior in conviciis narrabatur,
Tac. Agr. 22.—
6.
a.. Est aliquid apud aliquem = est alicui aliquid, apud aliquem being equivalent to dat. of possessor:
quae (scientia auguralis) mihi videtur apud majores fuisse dupliciter, ut etc.,
Cic. Leg. 2, 13, 33:
juris civilis magnum usum apud multos fuisse,
id. Brut. 41, 152:
cum apud eum summum esset imperium populi,
Nep. Phoc. 2, 4:
omnis gratia, potentia, honos, divitiae apud illos sunt,
Sall. C. 20, 8:
par gloria apud Hannibalem hostesque Poenos erat,
Liv. 22, 30, 8:
apud quos nulla loricarum galearumve tegmina (erant),
Tac. A. 12, 35:
pecuniam ac dona majora apud Romanos (esse),
id. H. 4, 76:
minorem esse apud victos animum,
id. ib. 3, 1;
2, 75: quando quidem est apud te virtuti honos,
Liv. 2, 1, 15: Phoebo sua semper apud me Munera sunt, Phoebus has his gifts with me, i. e. I have his gifts for Phoebus, Verg. E. 3, 62; so Hor. C. 3, 29, 5:
apud te est fons vitae,
Vulg. Psa. 35, 10:
apud Dominum (est) misericordia,
ib. ib. 129, 7.—
b.
Est aliquid apud aliquem also simply denotes that something is in one's hands, in his power, at his disposal:
erat ei apud me pauxillulum Nummorum,
Ter. Phorm. 1, 1, 3:
negasse habere se (phaleras): apud alium quoque eas habuisse depositas,
Cic. Verr. 4, 29:
multa (signa) deposita apud amicos,
id. ib. 4, 36:
apud quem inventus est scyphus,
Vulg. Gen. 44, 16; ib. [p. 147] Exod. 22, 4; ib. Deut. 24, 12.—So also of persons:
te pix atra agitet apud carnuficem,
in the hands of, Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 65:
qui (obsides) apud eum sint,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31; 1, 33.—
c.
Apud aliquem = alicui, the dat. of indir. obj.:
remanet gloria apud me, Att., Trag. Rel. p. 194 Rib.: nihil apud Siculum, nihil apud civem Romanum tota in Sicilia reliquisse,
Cic. Verr. 4, 2:
si (cura rei publicae) apud Othonem relinqueretur,
Tac. H. 1, 13; 1, 20:
qui judicia manere apud ordinem Senatorium volunt,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 8:
neque praemia caedis apud interfectorem mansura,
Tac. H. 2, 70; id. A. 15, 7:
fidens apud aliquem obligare,
Dig. 16, 1, 27.—So rarely with adjj.:
Essetne apud te is servos acceptissimus?
Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 56:
non dicam amicum tuum, quod apud homines carissimum est,
Cic. Verr. 2, 110:
apud publicanos gratiosus fuisti,
id. ib. 2, 169; 4, 38; id. Fl. 76; id. Lig. 31: Apud homines hoc impossibile est;
apud Deum autem omnia possibilia sunt,
Vulg. Matt. 19, 26; ib. Marc. 10, 27.
II.
Transf. In designations of place,
A.
At, near, about, around, before (esp. freq. in the post-Aug. histt.) = ad, prope, circum, ante: tibi servi multi apud mensam adstant, Naev. ap. Prisc. p. 893 P. (Com. Rel. p. 10 Rib.):
verecundari neminem apud mensam decet,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 77:
Quid apud hasce aedis negotii est tibi?
id. Am. 1, 1, 194:
Quid illisce homines quaerunt apud aedis meas?
id. Most. 4, 2, 26; id. Trin. 4, 2, 25: apud ignem adsidere, Turp. ap. Non. p. 522, 26 (Com. Rel. p. 100 Rib.); Sisenn. ap. Non. p. 86, 16:
navem is fregit apud Andrum insulam,
Ter. And. 1, 3, 17:
apud Tenedum pugna illa navalis,
Cic. Arch. 21:
ut apud Salamina classem suam constituerent,
Nep. Them. 3, 4:
apud oppidum morati,
Caes. B. G. 2, 7:
agri in Hispania apud Karthaginem Novam,
Cic. Agr. 1, 5:
bellatum apud Actium,
Tac. H. 1, 1; 1, 72; 3, 76:
Pugnabant alii tardis apud Ilion armis,
Ov. R. Am. 163:
morabatur in castris apud Galgalam,
Vulg. Jos. 10, 6:
quidquid apud durae cessatum est moenia Trojae,
Verg. A. 11, 288:
apud vetustam turrem, Att., Trag. Rel. p. 189 Rib.: apud castellum consedisse,
Tac. A. 4, 25:
Vitellianos, sua quemque apud signa, componunt,
id. H. 3, 35:
apud vexillum tendentes,
id. A. 1, 17:
trepidatur apud naves,
id. H. 2, 15:
hostis est non apud Anienem, sed in urbe,
Cic. Mur. 84; id. Fam. 2, 10, 5:
quam detraxerat apud rapidum Simoenta sub Ilio alto,
Verg. A. 5, 261:
apud abunaantem amnem et rapidas undas Inachi, Att., Trag. Rel. p. 175 Rib.: apud gelidi flumina Hebri,
Verg. A. 12, 331:
octo apud Rhenum legiones,
Tac. A. 1, 3:
apud ripam Rheni,
id. ib. 2, 83:
probavi te apud Aquam Contradictionis,
Vulg. Psa. 80, 8:
repertus apud fretum Siciliae,
Tac. A. 6, 14:
propitiata Juno apud proximum mare,
id. ib. 15, 44:
apud promunturium Miseni consedit in villa,
id. ib. 6, 50:
Ut aput nivem et ferarum gelida stabula forem, for in nive etc.,
Cat. 63, 53 Mull.:
apud altaria deum pepigere,
before, Tac. A. 11, 9:
decernuntur supplicationes apud omnia pulvinaria,
id. ib. 14, 12 (cf.:
unum diem circa omnia pulvinaria supplicatio fuit,
Liv. 41, 9):
apud Caesaris effigiem procubuit,
Tac. A. 12, 17; 13, 23:
quartum apud lapidem substiterat,
id. ib. 15, 60:
laudavit ipse apud rostra (for pro rostris),
Tac. A. 16, 6; so, apud forum (cf.: ad forum under ad, I. A. 3., and in Gr. Sophocl. Trach. 371, pros mesêi agorai;
on the other hand,
id. ib. 423, en mesêi agorai; id. ib. 524, têlaugei par ochthôi): Quidam apud forum mihi vendidit, Pomp., Com. Rel. p. 250 Rib.: Ch. Qui scis? By. Apud forum modo e Davo audivi, Ter. And. 2, 1, 2; 1, 5, 18:
Capuae multa apud forum aedificia de caelo tacta,
Liv. 41, 9 (Weissenb., in foro):
quod (templum) apud forum holitorium C. Duilius struxerat,
Tac. A. 2, 49.—
B.
At, in = in with abl. or gen. or abl. of place: CONSVLES SENATVM CONSOLVERVNT N. OCTOB. APVD AEDEM DVELONAI, S. C. de Bacch. I.; so,
ejus statuam majores apud aedem matris deum consecravisse,
Tac. A. 4, 64:
apud villam est,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 1; so Cic. Verr. 4, 22, 48:
Eum argentum sumpsisse apud Thebas ab danista fenore,
Plaut. Ep. 2, 2, 67:
deponere apud Solos in delubro pecuniam,
Cic. Leg. 2, 16, 40:
ut rationes apud duas civitates possim relinquere,
id. Att. 6, 7, 2: qui mense Aprili apud Baias essent, id. Fragm. B. 13, 4, 1 B. and K.;
13, 4, 4 iid.: seditio militum coepta apud Sucronem,
Liv. 28, 29:
donum apud Antium statuitur,
Tac. A. 3, 71:
bellis civilibus Maecenatem equestris ordinis cunctis apud Romam atque Italiam praeposuit,
id. ib. 6, 11:
Titus in consecrando apud Memphim bove Apide diadema gestavit,
Suet. Tit. 5:
quod Judaeam praeterveniens apud Hierosolymam non supplicasset,
id. Aug. 93:
apud Mediolanum,
Lact. Mort. Persec. 48:
eum pugionem apud Capitolium consecravit,
Tac. A. 15, 74:
Equitum Romanorum locos sedilibus plebis anteposuit apud Circum,
id. ib. 15, 32:
quae (effigies) apud theatrum Pompei locaretur,
id. ib. 3, 72:
qui (rei) apud aerarium pependissent,
Suet. Dom. 9 Roth:
cujus (scientiae) apiscendae otium apud Rhodum magistrum Thrasullum habuit,
Tac. A. 6, 20; 4, 14; so Suet. Aug. 92; Eutr. 7, 13:
ut civitati Cibyraticae apud Asiam subveniretur,
Tac. A. 4, 13; 4, 18; 16, 15:
apud Pharsaliam,
Liv. Epit. 111:
apud Palaestinam,
Eutr. 7, 13:
qui erant apud Helladam,
Vulg. 1 Macc. 8, 9. —
III.
Of time.
A.
With words denoting time or occasion, in, at (rare):
apud saeclum prius,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 15:
aliquem apud judicium persequi,
at the trial, Cic. Verr. 4, 104.—
B.
With words designating persons, with, among, in the time of:
hostis apud majores nostros is dicebatur, quem nunc etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 12, 36:
fecerunt hoc multi apud majores nostros,
id. Verr. 2, 118; 5, 148:
Fuit eodem ex studio vir eruditus apud patres nostros,
id. Mur. 36; id. Off. 2, 24, 85; id. Lael. 2, 6:
Apud antiquos fuit Petron quidam, Cels. praef. 3, 9: aliam apud Fabricios, aliam apud Scipiones pecuniam (fuisse),
Tac. A. 2, 33.—
IV.
For ad with words implying motion (very rare):
APVT EVM PERVENIRE,
Inscr. Grut. 786, 5:
atque apud hunc eo vicinum,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 5, 70:
Bito apud aurificem,
Lucil. 30, 66 Mull.: apud legiones venit, Sall. Fragm. ap. Pomp. Commod. Don. p. 395 Lind.:
(naves) apud insulas longius sitas ejectae,
Tac. A. 2, 24:
qui apud Romanos de societate functus est legatione,
Vulg. 2 Macc. 4, 11.
► Apud has some peculiarities of position, chiefly in Tac.
(cf. ad, I. fin. b.)
a.
It is sometimes placed after its subst.:
quae fiunt apud fabros, fictores, item alios apud,
Varr. L. L. 6, 78, p. 104 Mull.:
Is locus est Cumas aput,
Lucr. 6, 747 Lachm.:
montem apud Erycum,
Tac. A. 4, 43:
ripam apud Euphratis,
id. ib. 6, 31:
Misenum apud et Ravennam,
id. ib. 4, 5 (in Suet. Dom. 9 the editt. vary between aerarium apud and apud aerarium; the latter seems preferable, and is adopted by Oudend., Bremi, Baumg.-Crus., and Roth).—
b.
It is sometimes placed between the subst. and adj.:
barbaras apud gentes,
Tac. A. 2, 88, 3, 26; 15, 60:
non modo Graecis in urbibus, sed Romana apud templa,
id. ib. 14, 14.—
c.
Twice in Verg. it stands before the secondary adjunct of its subst.:
apud durae moenia Trojae, A. 11, 288: apud gelidi flumina Hebri,
ib. 12, 331. Apud is never found in compound words. V. more on this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 405-416.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > apud
11 DRAGA

tow

* * *

I)

(dreg; dró, drógum; dreginn), v.

1) to draw, drag, pull;

draga heim viðinn, to drag the logs home;

draga árar, to pull the oars;

absol., drógu þeir skjótt eptir, they soon pulled up to them;

draga boga, to draw the bow;

draga segl, to hoist sails (= draga upp segl);

draga fisk, to catch, pull up fish with a line;

draga kvernstein, to turn the millstone, to grind;

við ramman mun reip at draga, it will be pulling a rope against a strong man, i. e. it will be a difficult task;

2) to draw, inhale (draga úþefjan með nösum);

draga nasir af e-u, to smell a thing;

draga öndina, to breathe, live;

3) to procure, earn, gain (þegar hann hafði fé dregit sem hann vildi);

draga e-m e-t, to procure (or get) one a thing (eigi sögðust þeir vita, at hann drœgi Haraldi ríki);

4) to employ as a measure (draga kvarða við viðmál);

5) to prolong protract (dvalir þessar drógu tímann);

6) to delay, put off, defer;

vil ek þessi svör ekki láta draga fyrir mér lengi, I will not wait long for these answers;

hann dró um þat engan hlut, he made no subterfuge;

7) to delineate, draw a picture (var dregit á skjöldinn leo með gulli);

í þann tíma sem hann dregr klæðaföllin (the folds);

8) to trim or line garments (treyjan var dregin útan ok innan við rauða silki);

with dat., hjálmr hans var dreginn leiri (overlaid with clay), er áðr var (dreginn) gulli;

9) intrans to move, draw;

drógu þeir þeim svá nær (came so near to them), at;

10) with preps.:

draga föt, skóklædi af e-m, to pull off one’s clothes, shoes;

draga hring af hendi sér, to take off a ring from one’s hand;

dró hann þá grunninu, he pulled them off the shallow;

draga e-t af e-u, to draw, derive from a source;

draga e-t af, to take off (Þ. hafði látit af draga brúna);

draga e-t af við e-n, to keep back, withhold, from one;

man héðan af eigi af dregit við oss, henceforth we shall no be neglected, stinted;

Egill dró at sér skipit, E. pulled the ship close up to himself;

draga vél at e-m, to draw wiles around one;

draga spott, skaup, at e-u, to hold a thing up to ridicule;

draga at lið, föng, to collect troops, stores;

dró at honum sóttin, the illness drew closer to him, he grew worse;

impers., dró at mætti hans, dró at um matt hans, his strength declined (fell off);

til þess er dró at degi, till the day drew near;

þá er dregr at jólum, when Yule drew near;

dró at því (the time drew near). at hann væri banvænn;

tók þá at draga fast at heyjum hans, his stock of hay was rapidly diminishing;

svá dregr at mér af elli, svengd, þorsta, I am so overcome by old age, hunger, thirst;

nú þykki mér sem fast dragi at þér, that thou art sinking fast;

draga hring á hönd sér, to put a ring on one’s hand;

draga (grun) á e-t, to suspect;

draga á vetr, to rear through the winter (Hrafnkell dró á vetr kálf ok kið);

impers., dregr á tunglit, the moon is obscured (= dregr myrkr á tunglit);

dimmu þykkir draga á ráðit Odds, it looks as if a cloud was drawing over Odds’ affairs;

dregr á gleði biskups, the bishop’s gladness was obscured;

draga eptir e-m, to gain on one (Þórarinn sótti ákaft róðrinn ok hans menn, ok drógu skjótt eptir þeim Steinólfi ok Kjallaki);

draga eptir e-m um e-t, to approach one, to be nearly equal to one, in a thing;

um margar íþróttir (in many accomplishments) dró hann fast eptir Ólafi konungi;

draga e-t fram, to produce, bring forward (draga fram athugasamlig dœmi); to further, promote (draga fram hlut e-s);

draga fram kaupeyri sinn, to make money;

draga fram skip, to launch a ship;

impers., dregr frá, (cloud darkness) is drawn off;

hratt stundum fyrir, en stundum dró frá, (clouds) drew sometimes over, sometimes off;

dregr fyrir sól, tungl, the sun, moon is obscured by clouds or eclipse (tunglskin var ljóst, en stundum dró fyrir);

ok er í tók at draga skúrirnar, when showers began to gather;

draga e-ð saman, to collect, gather (draga lið, her, skip saman);

impers., saman dró kaupmála með þeim, they struck a bargain;

saman dró hugi þeirra, their hearts were drawn together;

dregr þá saman or dregr saman með þeim, the distance between them grows less;

draga e-t í sundr, to draw asunder, disjoin (vil ek eigi draga í sundr sættir yðrar);

impers., dregr þá í sundr or dregr í sundr með þeim, the distance between them increases;

draga e-n til e-s, to move, prompt, induce;

engi ofkæti dregr mik til þessarar ferðar, it is not from wantonness that I undertake this journey;

slíkt dregr hann til vinsældar, this furthers his popularity;

ef hann drógi ekki til, if he was not concerned;

draga e-t til dœmis um e-t, to adduce as a proof of;

hann hét at draga allt til sætta (to do everything in his power for reconciliation) með þeim Skota konungi;

impers., nema til verra dragi, unless matters turn out for the worse;

with dat., þat samband þeirra, er þeim dregr báðum til bana, which will prove fatal to both of them;

at hér mundi til mikillar úgiptu draga um kaup þessi, that much mischief would arise from this bargain;

dró þá enn til sundrþykkju með þeim Svíum, the old feud with the Swedes began all over again;

svá er þat, segir R., ef ekki dregr til, unless some unforesceen thing happens;

draga e-t undan e-m, to seek to deprive one of a thing (þeir hafa bundizt í því at draga bœndr undan þér);

draga e-t undan, to delay (drógu Skotar undan sættina);

hví dregr þú undan at bjóða mér til þín? why dost thou put off inviting me to come?;

draga rót undan (tölu), to extract the root;

draga undan e-m, to escape from one (nú lægir seglin þeirra ok draga þeir undan oss);

impers., hann (acc.) dró undan sem nauðuligast, he had a narrow escape;

lítt dró enn undan við þik, there was little chance of drawing out of thy reach;

draga e-t undir sik, to apropriate or take fraudulently to oneself (hafði dregit undir sik finnskattinn);

impers., dró yðr (acc.) undir hrakningina, en oss (acc.) undan, you came in for hard uasge but we escaped;

draga upp skip, to drag a ship ashore;

draga upp segl, to hoist a sail (sails);

draga upp fisk, to pull up fish with a line;

impers., þoku dregr upp, fog is coming on;

11) refl., dragast.

II)

f. only in pl. ‘drögur’,

1) timber carried on horseback and trailing along the ground;

2) metric term, repetition, anadiplosis (when a stanza begins with the last word of the preceding one).

* * *

pret. dró, pl. drógu; part. dreginn; pres. dreg: pret. subj. drægi: [Lat. trahere; Ulf. dragan, but only once or twice, = επισωρεύειν in 2 Tim. iv. 3; Hel. dragan = portare, ferre (freq.); A. S. dragan; Germ. tragen; the Engl. distinguishes between to drag and draw, whence the derived words to draggle, trail, drawl; Swed. draga; the Danes have drage, but nearly obliterated except in the special sense to travel,—otherwise they have trække, formed from the mod. Germ. tragen]:—to draw, drag, carry, pull.

A. ACT., with acc.

I. to drag, carry, pull; hann dró þau öll út, Nj. 131; djöfla þá er yðr munu d. til eilífra kvala, 273; d. heim við, to drag the logs home, 53; d. sauði, to pick sheep out of a fold, Bs. i. 646, Eb. 106; d. skip fram, to launch a ship; d. upp, to draw her up, drag her ashore, Grág. ii. 433; dró Þorgils eptir sér fiskinn, Fs. 129; Egill dró at sér skipit, E. pulled the ship close up to himself, Eg. 221, 306; dró hann þá af grunninu, Fms. vii. 264; hann hafði dregit ( pulled) hött síðan yfir hjálm, Eg. 375, cp. Ad. 3; d. föt, skóklæði af e-m, to draw off clothes, shoes; þá var dregin af ( stripped off) hosa líkinu, Fms. viii. 265; dró hann hana á hönd ser, he pulled it on his hand, Eg. 378; d. hring á hönd sér, to put a ring on one’s hand, 306; (hann) tók gullhring, ok dró ( pulled) á blóðrefilinn, id.: phrases, er við ramman reip at d., ’tis to pull a rope against the strong man, i. e. to cope with the mighty, Fms. ii. 107, Nj. 10,—the metaphor from a game; d. árar, to pull the oars, Fms. ii. 180, Grett. 125 A: absol. to pull, ok drógu skjótt eptir, they soon pulled up to them, Gullþ. 24, Krók. 52: metaph., um margar íþróttir dró hann fast eptir Ólafi, in many accomplishments he pressed hard upon Olave, Fms. iii. 17: d. boga, to draw the bow, x. 362, but more freq. benda ( bend) boga: d., or d. upp segl, to hoist the sails, Eg. 93, Fms. ix. 21, x. 349, Orkn. 260: d. fiska, or simply draga (Luke v. 7), to fish with a hook, to pull up fish with a line (hence fisk-dráttr, dráttr, fishing), Fms. iv. 89, Hým. 21, 23, Fs. 129, Landn. 36, Fas. ii. 31: d. drátt, Luke v. 4; d. net, to fish with a drag-net; also absol., draga á (on or in) á ( a river), to drag a river; hence the metaphor, d. langa nót at e-u, = Lat. longae ambages, Nj. 139: d. steina, to grind in a hand-mill, Sl. 58, Gs. 15: d. bust ór nefi e-m, vide bust: d. anda, to draw breath; d. öndina um barkann, id., (andar-dráttr, drawing breath); d. tönn, to draw a tooth.

2. phrases mostly metaph.; d. seim, prop. to draw wire, metaph. to read or talk with a drawling tone; d. nasir af e-u, to smell a thing, Ísl. ii. 136; d. dám af e-u, to draw flavour from; draga dæmi af e-u, or d. e-t til dæmis, to draw an example from a thing, Stj. 13, cp. Nj. 65; d. þýðu eðr samræði til e-s, to draw towards, feel sympathy for, Sks. 358; d. grun á e-t, to suspect, Sturl.; d. spott, skaup, gys, etc. at e-u, to hold a thing up to ridicule, Bs. i. 647; d. á sik dul ok dramb, to assume the air of…, 655 xi. 3; d. á sik ofbeldi ok dramb, Fms. vii. 20; d. e-n á talar, to deceive one, metaphor from leading into a trap, 2 Cor. xii. 17; d. vél at e-m, to deceive one, draw a person into wiles, Nj. 280, Skv. i. 33; d. á vetr, to get one’s sheep and cattle through the winter; Hrafnkell dró á vetr kálf ok kið hin firstu misseri, Hrafn. 22, cp. Germ. anbinden, and in mod. Icel. usage setja á vetr; d. nafn af e-m, to draw, derive the name from, Eb. 126 (App.) new Ed.; the phrase, (hann skyldi ekki) fleiri ár yfir höfuð d., more years should not pass over his head, he must die, Þórð.

II. to draw a picture; kross let hann d. í enni á öllum hjálmum með bleiku, Fms. iv. 96; þá dró Tjörvi líkneski þeirra á kamarsvegg, Landn. 247; var dregit á skjöldinn leo með gulli, Ld. 78, Pr. 428; í þann tíma sem hann dregr ( draws) klæða-föllin (the folds), Mar. (Fr.): d. til stafs (mod.), to draw the letters, of children first trying to write; d. fjöðr yfir e-t, a metaph. phrase, to draw a pen over or through, to hide, cloak a thing: gramm. to mark a vowel with a stroke,—a long vowel opp. to a short one is thus called ‘dreginn;’ hljóðstafir hafa tvenna grein, at þeir sé styttir ( short) eða dregnir (drawn, marked with a stroke), ok er því betr dregit yfir þann staf er seint skal at kveða, e. g. ári Ari, ér er-, mínu minni, Skálda 171: to measure, in the phrases, draga kvarða við vaðmál, Grág. i. 497, 498; draga lérept, N. G. L. i. 323.

III. to line clothes, etc.; treyja var dregin utan ok innan við rauðu silki, Flov. 19.

IV. metaph. to delay; dró hann svá sitt mál, at…, Sturl. iii. 13; hann dró um þat engan hlut, he made no subterfuge, Hkr. ii. 157; Halldórr dró þá heldr fyrir þeim, H. then delayed the time, Ld. 322; vil ek ekki lengr d. þetta fyrir þér, 284; vil ek þessi svör eigi láta d. fyrir mér lengr, Eb. 130.

V. with prepp. af, at, á, fram, frá, saman, sundr, etc., answering to the Lat. attrahere, abstrahere, protrahere, detrahere, distrahere, contrahere, etc.; d. at lið, to collect troops; d. saman her, id., Eg. 172, 269, Nj. 127; d. at föng, to collect stores, 208, 259: metaph., þá dró at honum sóttin, the sickness drew nearer to him, he grew worse, Grett. 119; d. af e-m, to take off, to disparage a person, Fms. vi. 287; d. af við e-n, ok mun héðan af ekki af dregit við oss, we shall not be neglected, stinted, Bjarn. 54: mathem. term, to subtract, Rb. 118: d. fram, to bring forward, promote; d. fram þræla, Fms. x. 421, ix. 254, Eg. 354; skil ek þat, at þat man mína kosti hér fram d. (it will be my greatest help here), at þú átt ekki vald á mér; d. fram kaupeyri, to make money, Fms. vi. 8; d. saman, to draw together, collect, join, Bs. ii. 18, Nj. 65, 76; d. sundr, to draw asunder, disjoin; d. e-t á, to intimate, (á-dráttr) drag eigi á þat, Sturl. iii. 110; d. undan, to escape; kómu segli við ok drógu undan, Fms. iv. 201; nú lægir segl þeirra ok d. þeir nú undan oss, v. 11: metaph. to delay, Uspakr dró þó undan allt til nætr, Nj. 272; hirðin sá þetta at svá mjök var undan dregit, Fms. ix. 251 (undan-dráttr, delay); hví dregr þú undan at bjóða mér til þín, Glúm. 326, Fms. ix. 251, Pass. 16. 13: mathem., d. rót undan, to extract a root, Alg. 366; d. upp, to draw a picture (upp-dráttr, a drawing), to pull up, Edda I; to pull out of the snow, Eg. 546; d. út, to extract, draw out, 655 xxxii. 2; d. undir sik, to draw under oneself, to embezzle, Eg. 61, Fms. vii. 128; d. upp akkeri, to weigh anchor, Jb. 403; d. upp segl, to hoist sail, vide above; ljós brann í stofunni ok var dregit upp, Sturl. i. 142; þar brann ljós ok var dregit upp, en myrkt hit neðra, ii. 230; ok er mönnum var í sæti skipat vóru log upp dregin í stofunni, iii. 182; herbergis sveinarnir drógu upp skriðljósin, Fas. iii. 530, cp. Gísl. 29, 113,—in the old halls the lamps (torches) were hoisted up and down, in order to make the light fainter or stronger; d. e-n til e-s, to draw one towards a thing; mikit dregr mik til þess, Fs. 9; engi ofkæti dregr mik til þessarar ferðar, i. e. it is not by my own choice that I undertake this journey, Fms. ix. 352; slíkt dró hann til vinsældar, this furthered him in popularity, vii. 175, Sks. 443 B; mun hann slíkt til d., it will move, influence him, Nj. 210; ef hann drægi ekki til, if he was not concerned, 224.

2. draga til is used absol. or ellipt., denoting the course of fate, and many of the following phrases are almost impers.; nema til verra dragi, unless matters turn out worse, Nj. 175; búð, dragi til þess sem vera vill, Lat. fata evenient, 185; ef honum vill þetta til dauða d., if this draw to his death, prove fatal to him, 103, Grett. 114; þat samband þeirra er þeim dregr báðum til bana, which will be fatal to both of them, Nj. 135; enda varð þat fram at koma sem til dró, Ísl. ii. 263; sagði Kveldúlfr at þá ( then) mundi þar til draga sem honum hafði fyrir boðat, Eg. 75; dró til vanda með þeim Rúti ok Unni, it was the old story over again, Nj. 12; dró til vanda um tal þeirra, 129; at hér mundi til mikillar úgiptu draga um kaup þessi, that mickle mischief would arise from this bargain, 30; dró þá enn til sundrþykkju með þeim Svíum, the old feud with the Swedes began over again, Fms. x. 161; ok er úvíst til hvers um dregr, Fs. 6; svá er þat, segir Runólfr, ef ekki dregr til, unless some unforeseen things happen, Nj. 75; hón kvað eigi úlíkligt at til mikils drægi um, Ísl. ii. 19; þá dró nú til hvárttveggja. Bret.; hence til-drög. n. pl. cause.

B. IMPERS.

1. of clouds, shade, darkness, to be drawn before a thing as a veil; dimmu (acc.) þykir á draga ráðit Odds, it looked as if gloom were drawing over Odd’s affairs, Band. 10; ok er í tók at draga skúrirnar (acc.), it began to draw into showers, i. e. clouds began to gather, Fms. iii. 206: often ellipt., hratt stundum fyrir en stundum dró frá, [ clouds] drew sometimes over, sometimes off, of the moon wading through them, Grett. 114; dregr fyrir sól, [ a veil] draws over the sun, he is hid in clouds; ský vónarleysu döpur drjúgum dró fyrir mína gleði-sól, Bb. 2. 9; dregr á gleði biskups, [ clouds] drew over the bishop’s gladness, it was eclipsed, Bs. ii. 79; eclipsis heitir er fyrir dregr sól eðr tungl, it is called an eclipse when [ a veil] draws over the sun or moon, 1812. 4; tunglskin var ljóst, en stundum dró fyrir, the moonshine was clear, and in turn [ a veil] drew over it, Nj. 118; þá sá lítið af tungli ljóst ok dró ymist til eðr frá, Ísl. ii. 463; þat gerðisk, at á dregr tunglit, ok verðr eclipsis, Al. 54.

2. in various connections; dró yðr (acc.) undir hrakningina, en oss (acc.) undan, you were drawn into a thrashing (i. e. got one), but we escaped, Nj. 141; hann (acc.) dró undan sem nauðuligast, he had a narrow escape, Fms. ix. 392: absol., a noun or personal pronoun in acc. being understood, lítt dró enn undan við þik, there was little power of drawing out of thy reach, i. e. thy blow did its work right well. Nj. 199, 155; hvárki dró sundr né saman með þeim, of two running a dead heat: metaph. phrases, mun annarsstaðar meira slóða (acc.) draga, there will be elsewhere a greater trial left, i. e. the consequences will be still worse elsewhere, 54; saman dró hugi þeirra, their hearts were drawn together, of a loving pair, Bárð. 271; saman dró kaupmála með þeim, they struck a bargain, literally the bargain was drawn tight, Nj. 49; hann hreinsar þat skjótt þóat nokkut im (acc.) hafi á oss dregit af samneyti ( although we have been a little infected by the contact with) annarlegs siðferðis, Fms. ii. 261; allt slafr (acc.) dró af Hafri, i. e. H. became quite mute, Grett. (in a verse): in a temp. sense, til þess er dró at degi, till the day drew nigh, Fms. x. 138; þá er dró at miðri nótt, Grett. 140; þá er dregr at Jólum, Yule drew nigh, Fbr. 138; dregr at hjaldri, the battle-hour draws nigh, Fms. vi. (in a verse); dró at því (the time drew nigh), at hann var banvænn, Eg. 126: of sickness, hunger, or the like, to sink, be overcome by, svá dregr at mér af elli, svengd ok þorsta, at…, Fms. iii. 96; nú þykki mér sem fast dragi at þér, thou art sinking fast, Fas. ii. 221; ok er lokið var kvæðinu dregr at Oddi fast, O. was sinking fast, 321: of other things, tók þá at d. fast at heyjum hans, his stock was very low, Fms. iii. 208; þoku dregr upp, a fog draws on, rises, 97 (in a verse), but ok taki sú poka (nom.) fyrir at d. norðrljósit, Sks. an (better þá þoku, acc.)

C. REFLEX, to draw oneself, move; ef menn dragask til föruneytis þeirra ( join them) úbeðit, Grág. ii. 270; Sigvaldi dregsk út frá flotanum, S. draws away from the fleet, Fms. xi. 140; ofmjök dragask lendir menn fram, i. e. the barons drew far too forward, vii. 22; hyski drósk á flótta, they drew away to flight, Fms. vi. (in a verse); skeiðr drógusk at vígi, the ships drew on to battle, iii. 4 (in a verse); dragask undir = draga undir sik, to take a thing to oneself, Grág. ii. 150; dragask á hendr e-m, drógusk opt þeir menn á hendr honum er úskilamenn voru, Sturl. i. 136; dragask e-n á hendr, hann kvað þess enga ván, at hann drægisk þá á hendr, ii. 120; dragask aptr á leið, to remain behind, Rb. 108; dragask út, to recede, of the tide, 438; dragask saman, to draw back, draw together, be collected, Fms. i. 25, Bs. i. 134; e-m dragask penningar, Fms. vi. 9; d. undan, to be delayed, x. 251; the phrase, herr, lið dregsk e-m, the troops draw together, of a levy, i. 94, vii. 176, Eg. 277; dragask á legg, to grow up, Hkr. iii. 108; sem aldr hans ok vitsmunir drógusk fram, increased, Fms. vi. 7; þegar honum drósk aldr, when he grew up, Fs. 9; dragask á legg, to grow into a man; dragask við e-t, to become discouraged, Fms. viii. 65; d. vel, illa, to do well, ill, Fs. 146: to be worn out, exhausted, drósk þá liðit mjök af kulda, Sturl. iii. 20; drósk hestr hans, ii. 75: part. dreginn, drawn, pinched, starved, hestar mjök dregnir, Fms. ix. 276; görðisk fénaðr dreginn mjök, drawn, thin, iii. 208; stóð þar í heykleggi einn ok dregit at öllu megin, a tapering hayrick, Háv. 53: of sickness, Herra Andrés lagðisk sjúkr, ok er hann var dreginn mjök, Fms. ix. 276.

β. recipr., þau drógusk um einn gullhring, they fought, pulled. Fas. iii. 387. From the reflex. probably originates, by dropping the reflex. suffix, the mod. Swed. and Dan. at draga = to go, esp. of troops or a body of men; in old writers the active form hardly ever occurs in this sense (the reading drógu in the verse Fms. iii. 4 is no doubt false); and in mod. usage it is equally unknown in Icel., except maybe in allit. phrases as, e. g. út á djúpið hann Oddr dró, Snot 229 new Ed.; to Icel. ears draga in this sense sounds strange; even the reflex. form is seldom used in a dignified sense; vide the references above.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > DRAGA
12 εἰμί

εἰμί (Hom.+) impv. ἴσθι, ἔσο IPol 4:1, ἔστω—also colloq. ἤτω (BGU 276, 24; 419, 13; POxy 533, 9; Ps 103:31; 1 Macc 10:31) 1 Cor 16:22; Js 5:12; 1 Cl 48:5; Hv 3, 3, 4;—3 pers. pl. ἔστωσαν (ins since 200 B.C. Meisterhans³-Schw. 191; PPetr III, 2, 22 [237 B.C.]) Lk 12:35; 1 Ti 3:12; GJs 7:2. Inf. εἶναι. Impf. 1 pers. only mid. ἤμην (Jos., Bell. 1, 389; 631; s. further below); ἦν only Ac 20:18 D, 2 pers. ἦσθα (Jos., Ant. 6, 104) Mt 26:69; Mk 14:67 and ἦς (Lobeck, Phryn. 149 ‘say ἦσθα’; Jos., Ant. 17, 110 al.; Sb 6262, 16 [III A.D.]) Mt 25:21, 23 al., 3 sg. ἦν, 1 pl. ἦμεν. Beside this the mid. form ἤμην (pap since III B.C.; Job 29:16; Tob 12:13 BA), s. above, gives the pl. ἤμεθα (pap since III B.C.; Bar 1:19) Mt 23:30; Ac 27:37; Eph 2:3. Both forms in succession Gal. 4:3. Fut. ἔσομαι, ptc. ἐσόμενος. The mss. vary in choice of act. or mid., but like the edd. lean toward the mid. (W-S. §14, 1; Mlt-H. 201–3; Rob. index; B-D-F §98; Rdm.² 99; 101f; Helbing 108f; Reinhold 86f). Also s. ἔνι.

① be, exist, be on hand a pred. use (for other pred. use s. 3a, 4, 5, 6, 7): of God (Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 123 θεοί εἰσιν; Zaleucus in Diod S 12, 20, 2 θεοὺς εἶναι; Wsd 12:13; Just., D. 128, 4 angels) ἔστιν ὁ θεός God exists Hb 11:6; cp. 1 Cor 8:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν the one who is and who was (cp. SibOr 3, 16; as amulet PMich 155, 3 [II A.D.] ὁ ὢν θεὸς ὁ Ἰάω κύριος παντοκράτωρ=the god … who exists.) Rv 11:17; 16:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, in this and the two preceding passages ἦν is treated as a ptc. (for the unusual use of ἦν cp. Simonides 74 D.: ἦν ἑκατὸν φιάλαι) 1:4; 4:8 (cp. Ex 3:14; Wsd 13:1; Paus. 10, 12, 10 Ζεὺς ἦν, Ζ. ἔστι, Ζ. ἔσσεται; cp. Theosophien 18. S. OWeinreich, ARW 19, 1919, 178f). οὐδʼ εἶναι θεὸν παντοκράτορα AcPlCor 1:11. ἐγώ εἰμι (ins in the Athena-Isis temple of Saïs in Plut., Is. et Os. 9, 354c: ἐγώ εἰμι πᾶν τὸ γεγονὸς κ. ὸ̓ν κ. ἐσόμενον. On the role of Isis in Gk. rel. s. IBergman, Ich bin Isis ’68; RMerkelbach, Isis Regina—Zeus Sarapis ’95; for further lit. s. MGustafson in: Prayer fr. Alexander to Constantine, ed. MKiley et al. ’97, 158.) Rv 1:8 (s. ἐγώ beg.). ὁ ὤν, … θεός Ro 9:5 is classed here and taken to mean Christ by JWordsworth ad loc. and HWarner, JTS 48, ’47, 203f. Of the λόγος: ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. J 1:1 (for ἦν cp. Herm. Wr. 1, 4; 3, 1b ἦν σκότος, Fgm. IX 1 p. 422, 23 Sc. γέγονεν ἡ ὕλη καὶ ἦν).—Of Christ πρὶν Ἀβραὰμ γενέσθαι, ἐγὼ εἰμί before Abraham was born, I am 8:58 (on the pres. εἰμί cp. Parmenides 8, 5: of the Eternal we cannot say ἦν οὐδʼ ἔσται, only ἔστιν; Ammonius Hermiae [Comm. in Aristotl. IV 5 ed. ABusse 1897] 6 p. 172: in Timaeus we read that we must not say of the gods τὸ ἦν ἢ τὸ ἔσται μεταβολῆς τινος ὄντα σημαντικά, μόνον δὲ τὸ ἔστι=‘was’ or ‘will be’, suggesting change, but only ‘is’; Ps 89:2; DBall, ‘I Am’ in John’s Gospel [JSNT Suppl. 124] ’96).—Of the world πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον εἶναι before the world existed 17:5. Satirically, of the beast, who parodies the Lamb, ἦν καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν Rv 17:8. Of God’s temple: ἔστιν B 16:6f it exists. τὸ μὴ ὄν that which does not exist, the unreal (Sallust. 17 p. 32, 7 and 9; Philo, Aet. M. 5; 82) Hm 1:1. τὰ ὄντα that which exists contrasted w. τὰ μὴ ὄντα Ro 4:17; cp. 1 Cor 1:28; 2 Cl 1:8. Of God κτίσας ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος τὰ ὄντα what is out of what is not Hv 1, 1, 6 (on the contrast τὰ ὄντα and τὰ μὴ ὄντα cp. Ps.-Arist. on Xenophanes: Fgm. 21, 28; Artem. 1, 51 p. 49, 19 τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα; Ocellus Luc. 12; Sallust. 17, 5 p. 30, 28–32, 12; Philo, Op. M. 81; PGM 4, 3077f ποιήσαντα τὰ πάντα ἐξ ὧν οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι; 13, 272f τὸν ἐκ μὴ ὄντων εἶναι ποιήσαντα καὶ ἐξ ὄντων μὴ εἶναι; Theoph. Ant. 1, 4 [p. 64, 21] τὰ πάντα ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησεν ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι).—Of existing in the sense be present, available, provided πολλοῦ ὄχλου ὄντος since a large crowd was present Mk 8:1. ὄντων τῶν προσφερόντων those are provided who offer Hb 8:4. οὔπω ἦν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39. ἀκούσας ὄντα σιτία when he heard that grain was available Ac 7:12.—Freq. used to introduce parables and stories (once) there was: ἄνθρωπός τις ἦν πλούσιος there was (once) a rich man Lk 16:1, 19. ἦν ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τ. Φαρισαίων there was a man among the Pharisees J 3:1.—There is, there are ὥσπερ εἰσὶν θεοὶ πολλοί as there are many gods 1 Cor 8:5. διαιρέσεις χαρισμάτων εἰσίν there are various kinds of spiritual gifts 12:4ff; 1J 5:16 al. Neg. οὐκ ἔστι there is (are) not, no (Ps 52:2; Simplicius in Epict. p. 95, 42 as a quot. from ‘tragedy’ οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί) δίκαιος there is no righteous man Ro 3:10 (Eccl 7:20). ἀνάστασις νεκρῶν οὐκ ἔστιν there is no resurr. of the dead 1 Cor 15:12; οὐδʼ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν AcPlCor 1:12; 2:24; cp. Mt 22:23; Ac 23:8 (cp. 2 Macc 7:14). εἰσὶν οἵ, or οἵτινες there are people who (Hom. et al.; LXX; Just., D. 47, 2 εἰ μήτι εἰσὶν οἱ λέγοντες ὅτι etc.—W. sing. and pl. combined: Arrian, Ind. 24, 9 ἔστι δὲ οἳ διέφυγον=but there are some who escaped) Mt 16:28; 19:12; Mk 9:1; Lk 9:27; J 6:64; Ac 11:20. Neg. οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅς there is no one who Mk 9:39; 10:29; Lk 1:61; 18:29. As a question τίς ἐστιν ὅς; who is there that? Mt 12:11—In an unusual (perh. bureaucratic terminology) participial construction Ac 13:1 ἡ οὖσα ἐκκλησία the congregation there (cp. Ps.-Pla., Eryx. 6, 394c οἱ ὄντες ἄνθρωποι=the people with whom he has to deal; PLond III 1168, 5 p. 136 [18 A.D.] ἐπὶ ταῖς οὔσαις γειτνίαις=on the adjoining areas there; PGen 49; PSI 229, 11 τοῦ ὄντος μηνός of the current month); cp. 14:13.—αἱ οὖσαι (sc. ἐξουσίαι) those that exist Ro 13:1 (cp. UPZ 180a I, 4 [113 B.C.] ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν τῶν ὄντων καὶ οὐσῶν).

② to be in close connection (with), is, freq. in statements of identity or equation, as a copula, the equative function, uniting subject and predicate. On absence of the copula, Mlt-Turner 294–310.

ⓐ gener. πραΰς εἰμι I am gentle Mt 11:29. ἐγώ εἰμι Γαβριήλ Lk 1:19. σὺ εἶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Mk 3:11; J 1:49 and very oft. ἵνα … ὁ πονηρὸς … ἐλεγχθῇ [το? s. app. in Bodm.] μὴ ὢν θεός AcPlCor 2:15 (Just., D. 3, 3 φιλολόγος οὖν τις εἶ σύ).—The pred. can be supplied fr. the context: καὶ ἐσμέν and we are (really God’s children) 1J 3:1 (Eur., Ion 309 τ. θεοῦ καλοῦμαι δοῦλος εἰμί τε. Dio Chrys. 14 [31], 58 θεοφιλεῖς οἱ χρηστοὶ λέγονται καὶ εἰσίν; Epict. 2, 16, 44 Ἡρακλῆς ἐπιστεύθη Διὸς υἱὸς εἶναι καὶ ἦν.—The ptc. ὤν, οὖσα, ὄν used w. a noun or adj.and serving as an if-, since-, or although-clause sim. functions as a copula πονηροὶ ὄντες Mt 7:11; 12:34.—Lk 20:36; J 3:4; 4:9; Ac 16:21; Ro 5:10; 1 Cor 8:7; Gal 2:3 al.).—W. adv. of quality: οὕτως εἶναι be so preceded by ὥσπερ, καθώς or followed by ὡς, ὥσπερ Mt 13:40; 24:27, 37, 39; Mk 4:26; Lk 17:26. W. dat. of pers. οὕτως ἔσται ὁ υἱὸς τ. ἀ. τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ so the Human One (Son of Man) will be for this generation 11:30. εἰμὶ ὡσ/ὥσπερ I am like Mt 6:5; Lk 18:11. W. dat. ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ τελώνης he shall be to you as a tax-collector Mt 18:17. εἰμὶ ὥς τις I am like someone of outward and inward similarity 28:3; Lk 6:40; 11:44; 22:27 al. καθώς εἰμι as I am Ac 22:3; 1J 3:2, 7; 4:17.—W. demonstr. pron. (Just., A I, 16, 1 ἃ ἔφη, ταῦτά ἐστι: foll. by a quotation; sim. 48, 5 ἔστι δὲ ταῦτα; and oft.) τὰ ὀνόματά ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία J 1:19. W. inf. foll. θρησκεία αὕτη ἐστίν, ἐπισκέπτεσθαι Js 1:27. W. ὅτι foll. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ κρίσις, ὅτι τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν J 3:19; cp. 21:24; 1J 1:5; 3:11; 5:11. W. ἵνα foll. τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον, ἵνα πιστεύητε J 6:29; cp. vs. 39f; 15:12; 17:3; 1J 3:11, 23; 5:3. W. τηλικοῦτος: τὰ πλοῖα, τηλικαῦτα ὄντα though they are so large Js 3:4. W. τοσοῦτος: τοσοῦτων ὄντων although there were so many J 21:11. W. τοιοῦτος: τοιοῦτος ὤν Phlm 9 (cp. Just., A I, 18, 4 ὅσα ἄλλα τοιαῦτά ἐστι).—W. interrog. pron. ὑμεῖς τίνα με λέγετε εἶναι; who do you say I am? Mt 16:15; cp. 21:10; Mk 1:24; 4:41; 8:27, 29; Lk 4:34 al.; σὺ τίς εἶ; J 1:19; 8:25; 21:12 al. (cp. JosAs 14:6 τίς εἶ συ tell me ‘who you are’). σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ κρίνων; (Pla., Gorg. 452b; Strabo 6, 2, 4 σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ τὸν Ὅμηρον ψέγων ὡς μυθογράφον;) Ro 14:4; ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην; (cp. Ex 3:11) Ac 11:17; τίς εἰμι ἐγὼ ὅτι who am I, that GJs 12:2 (Ex 3:11). W. πόσος: πόσος χρόνος ἐστίν; how long a time? Mk 9:21. W. ποταπός of what sort Lk 1:29.—W. relative pron. οἷος 2 Cor 10:11; ὁποῖος Ac 26:29; 1 Cor 3:13; Gal 2:6; ὅς Rv 1:19; ὅστις Gal 5:10, 19.—W. numerals ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 6:44 (cp. Polyaenus 7, 25 ἦσαν οἱ πεσόντες ἀνδρῶν μυριάδες δέκα); cp. Ac 19:7; 23:13. Λάζαρος εἷς ἦν ἐκ τῶν ἀνακειμένων L. was one of those at the table J 12:2; cp. Gal 3:20; Js 2:19. τῶν πιστευσάντων ἦν καρδία καὶ ψυχὴ μία Ac 4:32. εἷς εἶναι be one and the same Gal 3:28. ἓν εἶναι be one J 10:30; 17:11, 21ff; 1 Cor 3:8.—οὐδʼ εἶναι τὴν πλάσιν τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοῦ θεοῦ (that) the creation of humankind is not God’s doing AcPlCor 1:13.—To establish identity the formula ἐγώ εἰμι is oft. used in the gospels (corresp. to Hebr. אֲנִי הוּא Dt 32:39; Is 43:10), in such a way that the predicate must be understood fr. the context: Mt 14:27; Mk 6:50; 13:6; 14:62; Lk 22:70; J 4:26; 6:20; 8:24, 28; 13:19; 18:5f and oft.; s. on ἐγώ.—In a question μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι; surely it is not I? Mt 26:22, 25.

ⓑ to describe a special connection betw. the subject and a predicate noun ἡμεῖς ναὸς θεοῦ ἐσμεν ζῶντος we are a temple of the living God 2 Cor 6:16. ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are our letter (of recommendation) 3:2. σφραγίς μου τῆς ἀποστολῆς ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are the seal of my apostleship 1 Cor 9:2 and oft.

ⓒ in explanations:

α. to show how someth. is to be understood is a representation of, is the equivalent of; εἰμί here, too, serves as copula; we usually translate mean, so in the formula τοῦτʼ ἔστιν this or that means, that is to say (Epict., Ench. 33, 10; Arrian, Tact. 29, 3; SIG 880, 50; PFlor 157, 4; PSI 298, 9; PMert 91, 9; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 16; ApcMos 19; Just., D. 56, 23; 78, 3 al.) Mk 7:2; Ac 19:4; Ro 7:18; 9:8; 10:6, 8; Phlm 12; Hb 7:5 al.; in the sense that is (when translated) (Polyaenus 8, 14, 1 Μάξιμος ἀνηγορεύθη• τοῦτο δʼ ἄν εἴη Μέγιστον) Mt 27:46; Ac 1:19. So also w. relative pron.: ὅ ἐστιν Mk 3:17; 7:11, 34; Hb 7:2. After verbs of asking, recognizing, knowing and not knowing (Antiphanes Com. 231, 1f τὸ ζῆν τί ἐστι;) μάθετε τί ἐστιν learn what (this) means Mt 9:13. εἰ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν 12:7; cp. Mk 1:27; 9:10; Lk 20:17; J 16:17f; Eph 4:9. W. an indir. question (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Ἀγύλλα: τὶς ἠρώτα τί ἂν εἴη τὸ ὄνομα) τί ἂν εἴη ταῦτα Lk 15:26; τί εἴη τοῦτο 18:36. τίνα θέλει ταῦτα εἶναι what this means Ac 17:20; cp. 2:12, where the question is not about the mng. of terms but the significance of what is happening.—Esp. in interpr. of the parables (Artem. 1, 51 p. 48, 26 ἄρουρα οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἐστὶν ἢ γυνή=field means nothing else than woman) ὁ ἀγρός ἐστιν ὁ κόσμος the field means the world Mt 13:38; cp. vss. 19f, 22f; Mk 4:15f, 18, 20; Lk 8:11ff (cp. Gen 41:26f; Ezk 37:11; Ath. 22, 4 [Stoic interpr. of myths]). On τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου Mt 26:26; Mk 14:22; Lk 22:19 and its various interpretations, see lit. s.v. εὐχαριστία. Cp. Hipponax (VI B.C.) 45 Diehl αὕτη γάρ ἐστι συμφορή=this means misfortune.

β. to be of relative significance, be of moment or importance, amount to someth. w. indef. pron. εἰδωλόθυτόν τί ἐστιν meat offered to idols means anything 1 Cor 10:19. Esp. εἰμί τι I mean someth. of pers. 1 Cor 3:7; Gal 2:6; 6:3; and of things vs. 15. εἰμί τις Ac 5:36.—Of no account ἐμοὶ εἰς ἐλάχιστόν ἐστιν (telescoped fr. ἐλάχ. ἐστιν and εἰς ἐλάχ. γίνεται, of which there are many exx. in Schmid, I 398; II 161, 237; III 281; IV 455) it is of little or no importance to me 1 Cor 4:3.

③ be in reference to location, persons, condition, or time, be

ⓐ of various relations or positions involving a place or thing: w. ἀπό: εἶναι ἀπό τινος be or come from a certain place (X., An. 2, 4, 13) J 1:44.—W. ἐν: ἐν τοῖς τ. πατρός μου in my father’s house Lk 2:49 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302 καταγωγὴ ἐν τοῖς Ἀντιπάτρου). ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mk 10:32. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ Mt 24:26. ἐν ἀγρῷ Lk 15:25. ἐν δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ at God’s right hand Ro 8:34; in heaven Eph 6:9.—W. εἰς: τὴν κοίτην Lk 11:7; τὸν κόλπον J1:18.—W. ἐπὶ w. gen. be on someth. of place, roof Lk 17:31; head J 20:7 (cp. 1 Macc 1:59); also fig., of one who is over someone (1 Macc 10:69; Jdth 14:13 ὁ ὢν ἐπὶ πάντων τῶν αὐτοῦ) Ro 9:5 (of the angel of death Mel., P. 20, 142 ἐπὶ τῶν πρωτοτόκων); also ἐπάνω τινός J 3:31.—W. dat. be at someth. the door Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29.—W. acc. be on someone: grace Lk 2:40; Ac 4:33; spirit (Is 61:1) Lk 2:25; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό be in the same place, together (Gen 29:2 v.l.) Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44; 1 Cor 7:5.—W. κατά w. acc. εἶναι κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν be in Judea Ac 11:1; εἶναι ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ κατὰ τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν were at Antioch in the congregation there 13:1.—W. ὑπό w. acc. τι or τινα of place be under someth. J 1:48; 1 Cor 10:1.—W. παρά w. acc. παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν by the sea- (i.e. lake-) shore Mk 5:21; Ac 10:6.—W. πρός τι be close to, facing someth. Mk 4:1.—W. adv. of place ἐγγύς τινι near someth. Ac 9:38; 27:8. μακρὰν (ἀπό) Mk 12:34; J 21:8; Eph 2:13; also πόρρω Lk 14:32. χωρίς τινος without someth. Hb 12:8. ἐνθάδε Ac 16:28. ἔσω J 20:26. ἀπέναντί τινος Ro 3:18 (Ps 35:2). ἐκτός τινος 1 Cor 6:18; ἀντίπερά τινος Lk 8:26; ὁμοῦ J 21:2; οὗ Mt 2:9; ὅπου Mk 2:4; 5:40. ὧδε Mt 17:4; Mk 9:5; Lk 9:33. Also w. fut. mng. (ESchwartz, GGN 1908, 161 n.; on the fut. use of the pres. cp. POxy 531, 22 [II A.D.] ἔστι δὲ τοῦ Τῦβι μηνὸς σοὶ ὸ̔ θέλεις) ὅπου εἰμί J 7:34, 36; 12:26; 14:3; 17:24. As pred., to denote a relatively long stay at a place, stay, reside ἴσθι ἐκεῖ stay there Mt 2:13, cp. vs. 15; ἐπʼ ἐρήμοις τόποις in lonely places Mk 1:45; ἦν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν he stayed by the lakeside 5:21.

ⓑ involving humans or transcendent beings: w. adv. ἔμπροσθέν τινος Lk 14:2. ἔναντί τινος Ac 8:21; ἐνώπιόν τινος Lk 14:10; Ac 4:19; 1 Pt 3:4; Rv 7:15; ἐντός τινος Lk 17:21; ἐγγύς τινος J 11:18; 19:20; Ro 10:8 (Dt 30:14).—W. prep. ἐν τινί equiv. to ἔκ τινος εἶναι be among Mt 27:56; cp. Mk 15:40; Ro 1:6. Of God, who is among his people 1 Cor 14:25 (Is 45:14; Jer 14:9); of the Spirit J 14:17. Of persons under Christ’s direction: ἐν θεῷ 1J 2:5; 5:20 (s. Norden, Agn. Th. 23, 1). ἔν τινι rest upon, arise from someth. (Aristot., Pol. 7, 1, 3 [1323b, 1] ἐν ἀρετῇ; Sir 9:16) Ac 4:12; 1 Cor 2:5; Eph 5:18.—εἴς τινα be directed, inclined toward Ac 23:30; 2 Cor 7:15; 1 Pt 1:21.—κατά w. gen. be against someone (Sir 6:12) Mt 12:30; Mk 9:40 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. ὑπέρ); Gal 5:23.—σύν τινι be with someone (Jos., Ant. 7, 181) Lk 22:56; 24:44; Ac 13:7; accompany, associate w. someone Lk 8:38; Ac 4:13; 22:9; take sides with someone (X., Cyr. 5, 4, 37; 7, 5, 77; Jos., Ant. 11, 259 [of God]) Ac 14:4.—πρός τινα be with someone Mt 13:56; Mk 6:3; J 1:1f. I am to be compared w. IMg 12.—μετά and gen. be with someone (Judg 14:11) Mt 17:17; Mk 3:14; 5:18; J 3:26; 12:17; ἔστω μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰρήνη AcPlCor 2:40; of God, who is with someone (Gen 21:20; Judg 6:13 al.; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 4; Jos., Ant. 6, 181; 15, 138) Lk 1:66; J 3:2; 8:29; Ac 10:38 al.; also be with in the sense be favorable to, in league with (Ex 23:2) Mt 12:30; Lk 11:23; of punishment attending a pers. τὸ πῦρ ἐστι μετʼ αὐτοῦ AcPlCor 2:37.—παρά and gen. come from someone (X., An. 2, 4, 15; Just., D. 8, 4 ἔλεος παρὰ θεοῦ) fr. God J 6:46; 7:29; w. dat. be with, among persons Mt 22:25; Ac 10:6. W. neg. be strange to someone, there is no … in someone Ro 2:11; 9:14; Eph 6:9.—ὑπέρ w. gen. be on one’s side Mk 9:4 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. κατά); w. acc. be superior to (Sir 25:10; 30:16) Lk 6:40.

ⓒ of condition or circumstance: κατά w. acc. live in accordance with (Sir 28:10; 43:8; 2 Macc 9:20) κατὰ σάκρα, πνεῦμα Ro 8:5. οὐκ ἔστιν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον not human (in origin) Gal 1:11.—Fig. ὑπό w. acc. be under (the power of) someth. Ro 3:9; 6:14f; Gal 3:10, 25.—W. ἐν of existing ἐν τῷ θεῷ εἶναι of humankind: have its basis of existence in God Ac 17:28. Of states of being: ἐν δόξῃ 2 Cor 3:8; ἐν εἰρήνῃ Lk 11:21; ἐν ἔχθρᾳ at enmity 23:12; ἐν κρίματι under condemnation vs. 40. ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος suffer from hemorrhages Mk 5:25; Lk 8:43 (cp. Soph., Aj. 271 ἦν ἐν τῇ νόσῳ; cp. TestJob 35:1 ἐν πληγαῖς πολλαῖς). Periphrastically for an adj. ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ authoritative Lk 4:32. ἐν βάρει important 1 Th 2:7. ἐν τῇ πίστει true believers, believing 2 Cor 13:5. Be involved in someth. ἐν ἑορτῇ be at the festival=take part in it J 2:23. ἐν τούτοις ἴσθι devote yourself to these things 1 Ti 4:15 (cp. X., Hell. 4, 8, 7 ἐν τοιούτοις ὄντες=occupied w. such things; Jos., Ant. 2, 346 ἐν ὕμνοις ἦσαν=they occupied themselves w. the singing of hymns).—Fig., live in the light 1J 2:9; cp. vs. 11; 1 Th 5:4; in the flesh Ro 7:5; 8:8; AcPlCor 1:6. ἐν οἷς εἰμι in the situation in which I find myself Phil 4:11 (X., Hell. 4, 2, 1; Diod S 12, 63, 5; 12, 66, 4; Appian, Hann. 55 §228 ἐν τούτοις ἦν=he was in this situation; Jos., Ant. 7, 232 ἐν τούτοις ἦσαν=found themselves in this sit.; TestJob 35:6 ἐν τίνι ἐστίν; s. ZPE VIII 170). ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. Of characteristics, emotions, etc. ἔν τινί ἐστιν, e.g. ἀδικία J 7:18; ἄγνοια Eph 4:18; ἀλήθεια J 8:44; 2 Cor 11:10 (cp. 1 Macc 7:18); ἁμαρτία 1J 3:5.

ⓓ of time ἐγγύς of καιρός be near Mt 26:18; Mk 13:28. πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστίν it is toward evening Lk 24:29 (Just., D. 137, 4 πρὸς δυσμὰς … ὁ ἥλιός ἐστι).

④ to be alive in a period of time, live, denoting temporal existence (Hom., Trag., Thu. et al.; Sir 42:21; En 102:5 Philo, De Jos. 17; Jos., Ant. 7, 254) εἰ ἤμεθα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν if we had lived in the days of our fathers Mt 23:30. ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν because they were no more 2:18 (Jer 38:15). ἦσαν ἐπὶ χρόνον ἱκανόν (those who were healed and raised by Christ) remained alive for quite some time Qua.

⑤ to be the time at which someth. takes place w. indications of specific moments or occasions, be (X., Hell. 4, 5, 1, An. 4, 3, 8; Sus 13 Theod.; 1 Macc 6:49; 2 Macc 8:26; Jos., Ant. 6, 235 νουμηνία δʼ ἦν; 11, 251): ἦν ὥρα ἕκτη it was the sixth hour (=noon acc. to Jewish reckoning) Lk 23:44; J 4:6; 19:14.—Mk 15:25; J 1:39. ἦν ἑσπέρα ἤδη it was already evening Ac 4:3. πρωί̈ J 18:28. ἦν παρασκευή Mk 15:42. ἦν ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων J 5:1. σάββατόν ἐστιν vs. 10 et al. Short clauses (as Polyaenus 4, 9, 2 νὺξ ἦν; 7, 44, 2 πόλεμος ἦν; exc. 36, 8 ἦν ἀρίστου ὥρα; Jos., Ant. 19, 248 ἔτι δὲ νὺξ ἦν) χειμὼν ἦν J 10:22; ἦν δὲ νύξ (sim. Jos., Bell. 4, 64) 13:30; ψύχος it was cold 18:18; καύσων ἔσται it will be hot Lk 12:55.

⑥ to take place as a phenomenon or event, take place, occur, become, be, be in (Hom., Thu. et al.; LXX; En 104:5; 106:6.—Cp. Just., D. 82, 2 of Christ’s predictions ὅπερ καὶ ἔστι ‘which is in fact the case’.) ἔσται θόρυβος τοῦ λαοῦ a popular uprising Mk 14:2. γογγυσμὸς ἦν there was (much) muttering J 7:12. σχίσμα there was a division 9:16; 1 Cor 1:10; 12:25. ἔριδες … εἰσίν quarrels are going on 1:11. δεῖ αἱρέσεις εἶναι 11:19. θάνατος, πένθος, κραυγή, πόνος ἔσται Rv 21:4. ἔσονται λιμοὶ κ. σεισμοί Mt 24:7. Hence τὸ ἐσόμενον what was going to happen (Sir 48:25) Lk 22:49. πότε ταῦτα ἔσται; when will this happen? Mt 24:3. πῶς ἔσται τοῦτο; how can this be? Lk 1:34. Hebraistically (הָיָה; s. KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT, ’62, 63–65) καὶ ἔσται w. fut. of another verb foll. and it will come about that Ac 2:17 (Jo 3:1); 3:23 (w. δέ); Ro 9:26 (Hos 2:1).—W. dat. ἐστί τινι happen, be granted, come, to someone (X., An. 2, 1, 10; Jos., Ant. 11, 255; Just., D. 8, 4 σοὶ … ἔλεος ἔσται παρὰ θεοῦ) Mt 16:22; Mk 11:24; Lk 2:10; GJs 1:1; 4:3; 8:3; τί ἐστίν σοι τοῦτο, ὅτι what is the matter with you, that GJs 17:2.—Of becoming or turning into someth. become someth. εἰς χολὴν πικρίας εἶναι become bitter gall Ac 8:23. εἰς σάρκα μίαν Mt 19:5; Mk 10:8; 1 Cor 6:16; Eph 5:31 (all Gen 2:24. Cp. Syntipas p. 42, 24 οὐκ ἔτι ἔσομαι μετὰ σοῦ εἰς γυναῖκα); τὰ σκολιὰ εἰς εὐθείας Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4); εἰς πατέρα 2 Cor 6:18; Hb 1:5 (2 Km 7:14; 1 Ch 22:10; 28:6); εἰς τὸ ἕν 1J 5:8.— Serve as someth. (IPriene 50, 39 [c. II B.C.] εἶναι εἰς φυλακὴν τ. πόλεως; Aesop., Fab. 28 H.=18 P.; 26 Ch.; 18 H-H. εἰς ὠφέλειαν; Gen 9:13; s. also εἰς 4d) 1 Cor 14:22; Col 2:22; Js 5:3.—Of something being ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται it will be more tolerable τινί for someone Lk 10:12, 14.

⑦ to exist as possibility ἔστιν w. inf. foll. it is possible, one can (Περὶ ὕψους 6; Diog. L. 1, 110 ἔστιν εὑρεῖν=one can find; Just., A I, 59, 10 ἔστι ταῦτα ἀκοῦσαι καὶ μαθεῖν; D. 42, 3 ἰδεῖν al.; Mel., P. 19, 127); neg. οὐκ ἔστιν νῦν λέγειν it is not possible to speak at this time Hb 9:5. οὐκ ἔστιν φαγεῖν it is impossible to eat 1 Cor 11:20 (so Hom. et al.; UPZ 70, 23 [152/151 B.C.] οὐκ ἔστι ἀνακύψαι με πώποτε … ὑπὸ τῆς αἰσχύνης; 4 Macc 13:5; Wsd 5:10; Sir 14:16; 18:6; EpJer 49 al.; EpArist 163; Jos., Ant. 2, 335; Ath. 22, 3 ἔστιν εἰπεῖν).

⑧ to have a point of derivation or origin, be,/come from somewhere ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου from Herod’s jurisdiction Lk 23:7; ἐκ Ναζαρέτ (as an insignificant place) J 1:46; ἐκ τῆς γῆς 3:31; ἐκ γυναικός 1 Cor 11:8 al. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων be of heavenly (divine), human descent Mt 21:25; Mk 11:30; Lk 20:4. Be generated by (cp. Sb 8141, 21f [ins I B.C.] οὐδʼ ἐκ βροτοῦ ἤεν ἄνακτος, ἀλλὰ θεοῦ μεγάλου ἔκγονος; En 106:6) Mt 1:20. Esp. in Johannine usage ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου εἶναι originate from the devil J 8:44; 1J 3:8. ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 3:12; ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου J 15:19; 17:14, 16; 1J 4:5. ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας εἶναι 2:21; J 18:37 etc. Cp. 9 end.

⑨ to belong to someone or someth. through association or genetic affiliation, be, belong w. simple gen. (X., Hell. 2, 4, 36; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 33, 230 τῶν Πυθαγορείων) οἱ τῆς ὁδοῦ ὄντες those who belong to the Way Ac 9:2. εἰμὶ Παύλου I belong to Paul 1 Cor 1:12; 3:4; cp. Ro 8:9; 2 Cor 10:7; 1 Ti 1:20; Ac 23:6. ἡμέρας εἶναι belong to the day 1 Th 5:8, cp. vs. 5. W. ἔκ τινος 1 Cor 12:15f; Mt 26:73; Mk 14:69f; Lk 22:58 al. (cp. X., Mem. 3, 6, 17; oft LXX). ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα belong to the twelve 22:3. ὅς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν who is a fellow-countryman of yours Col 4:9.—To belong through origin 2 Cor 4:7. Of Mary: ἦν τῆς φυλῆς τοῦ Δαυίδ was of David’s line GJs 10:1. Cp. 8 above.

⑩ to have someth. to do with someth. or someone, be. To denote a close relationship ἐξ ἔργων νόμου εἶναι rely on legal performance Gal 3:10. ὁ νόμος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ πίστεως the law has nothing to do with faith vs. 12.—To denote a possessor Mt 5:3, 10; l9:14; Mk 12:7; Lk 18:16; 1 Cor 6:19. Esp. of God who owns the Christian Ac 27:23; 1 Cor 3:23; 2 Ti 2:19 (Num 16:5). οὐδʼ εἶναι τὸν κόσμον θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀγγέλων AcPlCor 1:15 (cp. Just., A II, 13, 4 ὅσα … καλῶς εἴρηται, ἡμῶν τῶν χριστιανῶν ἐστι).—W. possess. pron. ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία Lk 6:20. οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν δοῦναι Mk 10:40 (cp. Just., A I, 4, 2 ὑμέτερον ἀγωνιᾶσαί ἐστι ‘it is a matter for your concern’).—To denote function (X., An. 2, 1, 4) οὐχ ὑμῶν ἐστιν it is no concern of yours Ac 1:7—Of quality παιδεία οὐ δοκεῖ χαρᾶς εἶναι discipline does not seem to be (partake of) joy Hb 12:11.—10:39.

⑪ as an auxiliary: very commonly the simple tense forms are replaced by the periphrasis εἶναι and the ptc. (B-D-F §352–55; Mlt. 225–27, 249; Mlt-H. 451f; Rdm.² 102, 105, 205; Kühner-G. I 38ff; Rob. 374–76, 1119f; CTurner, Marcan Usage: JTS 28, 1927 349–51; GKilpatrick, BT 7, ’56, 7f; very oft. LXX).

ⓐ (as in Hom et al.) w. the pf. ptc. to express the pf., plpf. and fut. pf. act. and pass. (s. Mayser 329; 377) ἦσαν ἐληλυθότες they had come Lk 5:17. ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη their hearts were hardened Mk 6:52. ἠλπικότες ἐσμέν we have set our hope 1 Cor 15:19. ὁ καιρὸς συνεσταλμένος ἐστίν the time has become short 7:29. ἦν ἑστώς (En 12:3) he was standing (more exactly he took his stand) Lk 5:1.

ⓑ w. pres. ptc. (B-D-F §353).

α. to express the pres. ἐστὶν προσαναπληροῦσα τὰ ὑστερήματα supplies the wants 2 Cor 9:12 (Just., A I, 26, 5 Μαρκίων … καὶ νῦν ἔτι ἐστὶ διδάσκων; Mel., P. 61, 441 ἐστὶν … κηρυσσόμενον).

β. impf. or aor. ἦν καθεύδων he was sleeping Mk 4:38. ἦσαν ἀναβαίνοντες … ἦν προάγων 10:32; cp. Lk 1:22; 5:17; 11:14 al. (JosAs 1:3 ἦν συνάγων τὸν σίτον; Mel., P. 80, 580 ἦσθα εὐφραινόμενος). ἦν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀλήθινόν … ἐρχόμενον εἰς τὸν κόσμον the true light entered the world J 1:9, w. ἦν introducing a statement in dramatic contrast to the initial phrase of vs. 8.—To denote age (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 2 al. Jac.; POxy 275, 9 [66 A.D.] οὐδέπω ὄντα τῶν ἐτῶν; Tob 14:11) Mk 5:42; Lk 3:23; Ac 4:22; GJs 12:3.—Mussies 304–6.

γ. fut. ἔσῃ σιωπῶν you will be silent Lk 1:20; cp. 5:10; Mt 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17, 24 al.; 2 Cl 17:7 Bihlm. (the child) shall serve him (God).

ⓒ w. aor. ptc. as plpf. (Aelian, NA 7, 11; Hippiatr. 34, 14, vol. I p. 185, 3 ἦν σκευάσας; ISyriaW 2070b ἦν κτίσας; AcThom 16; 27 [Aa II/2 p. 123, 2f; p. 142, 10]; B-D-F §355 m.—JVogeser, Z. Sprache d. griech. Heiligenlegenden, diss. Munich 1907, 14; JWittmann, Sprachl. Untersuchungen zu Cosmas Indicopleustes, diss. Munich 1913, 20; SPsaltes, Gramm. d. byzant. Chroniken 1913, 230; Björck [διδάσκω end] 75; B-D-F §355). ἦν βληθείς had been thrown Lk 23:19; J 18:30 v.l.—GPt 6:23; 12:51. (Cp. Just., A II, 10, 2 διʼ εὑρέσεως … ἐστὶ πονηθέντα αὐτοῖς ‘they achieved through investigation’).

ⓓ Notice esp. the impersonals δέον ἐστίν it is necessary (Pla. et al.; POxy 727, 19; Sir praef. ln. 3; 1 Macc 12:11 δέον ἐστὶν καὶ πρέπον) Ac 19:36; εἰ δέον ἐστίν if it must be 1 Pt 1:6 (s. δεῖ 2a); 1 Cl 34:2; πρέπον ἐστίν it is appropriate (Pla. et al.; POxy 120, 24; 3 Macc 7:13) Mt 3:15; 1 Cor 11:13.

ⓔ In many cases the usage w. the ptc. serves to emphasize the duration of an action or condition (BGU 183, 25 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον ζῶσα ᾖ Σαταβούς); JosAs 2:1 ἦν … ἐξουθενοῦσα καὶ καταπτύουσα πάντα ἄνδρα). ἦν διδάσκων he customarily taught Mk 1:22; Lk 4:31; 19:47. ἦν θέλων he cherished the wish 23:8. ἦσαν νηστεύοντες they were keeping the fast Mk 2:18. ἦσαν συλλαλοῦντες they were conversing for a while 9:4. ἦν προσδεχόμενος he was waiting for (the kgdm.) 15:43. ἦν συγκύπτουσα she was bent over Lk 13:11.

ⓕ to emphasize the adjectival idea inherent in the ptc. rather than the concept of action expressed by the finite verb ζῶν εἰμι I am alive Rv 1:18. ἦν ὑποτασσόμενος he was obedient Lk 2:51. ἦν ἔχων κτήματα πολλά he was very rich Mt 19:22; Mk 10:22. ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων you shall have authority Lk 19:17 (Lucian, Tim. 35 ἴσθι εὐδαιμονῶν). ἦν καταλλάσσων (God) was reconciling 2 Cor 5:19 (cp. Mel., P. 83, 622 οὗτος ἦν ὁ ἐκλεξάμενός σε; Ath. 15, 2 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ … καρπούμενος).—LMcGaughy, Toward a Descriptive Analysis of ΕΙΝΑΙ as a Linking Verb in the Gk. NT, diss. Vanderbilt, ’70 (s. esp. critique of treatment of εἰμί in previous edd. of this lexicon pp. 12–15).—Mlt. 228. B. 635. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > εἰμί
13 ἐπί

ἐπί prep. w. gen., dat., or acc.; s. the lit. on ἀνά, beg. (Hom.+). The basic idea is ‘upon’ (opp. ὑπό) Kühner-G. I 495; s. also Rob 600–605. (In the foll. classifications case use is presented seriatim; in earlier editions of this lexicon all sections, except 13, 17, and 18 [of time], were included under the general rubric ‘Place’.)

① marker of location or surface, answering the question ‘where?’ on, upon, near

ⓐ w. gen., marking a position on a surface ἐ. (τῆς) γῆς on (the) earth (cp. En 9:1; 98:1; ἐ. γῆς 25:6; PsSol 17:2) Mt 6:10, 19; 9:6; 23:9; Mk 6:47 al. (Ar. 12, 1; Just., A I, 54, 7 al.). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης on the sea (cp. Job 9:8; Dio Chrys. 10 [11], 129 βαδίζειν ἐ. τῆς θαλ.; Lucian, Philops. 13 βαδίζειν ἐφʼ ὕδατος, VH 2, 4; Artem. 3, 16 ἐ. τ. θαλάσσης περιπατεῖν; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 15 p. 5, 26ff relying on the testimony of Hesiod: Orion was given a gift [δωρεά] by the gods καὶ ἐ. κυμάτων πορεύεσθαι καὶ ἐ. τῆς γῆς) Mt 14:26; Mk 6:48f; J 6:19 (w. acc. P⁷⁵; s. 4bβ below). ἐ. τῶν νεφελῶν on the clouds Mt 24:30; 26:64 (Da 7:13; cp. Philo, Praem. 8). ἐ. κλίνης 9:2; Lk 17:34. ἐ. τοῦ δώματος on the roof vs. 31; Mt 24:17; 10:27 foll. by pl. W. verbs: κάθημαι ἐ. τινος sit on someth. (Job 2:8; ἐ. τοῦ ἅρματος GrBar 6:2; cp. JosAs 27:1 ἐ. τοῦ ὀχήματος καθεζόμενος; Just., D. 90, 5 ἐ. λίθου καθεζόμενος) Mt 24:3; 27:19; Ac 8:28; Rv 6:16; 9:17 (the same prep. used in Rv w. κάθημαι and dat. s. bα below, and w. acc. cα). ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τινος stand on someth. Ac 21:40; Rv 10:5, 8 (Just., D. 86, 2 ἐστηρίχθαι). With parts of the body: ἐ. χειρῶν αἴρειν carry on (i.e. in/with) their hands Mt 4:6; Lk 4:11 (both Ps 90:12). ἐ. κεφαλῆς on the head (Hdt. 5, 12, 4) J 20:7; 1 Cor 11:10; Rv 12:1. ἐ. τοῦ μετώπου Rv 7:3; 9:4. ἐ. γυμνοῦ on the naked body Mk 14:51. Cp. use of ἐπί w. καθίζω and gen., and ἐπί w. κάθημαι and acc. Mt 19:28.—In a gener. and fig. sense Ac 21:23.

ⓑ w. dat., gener. suggesting contiguity on, in, above.

α. answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Just., D. 105, 5 ἐ. τῷ σταυρῷ; Tat., 9:1 ἐ. τοῖς ὄρεσι; Ath. 20, 1 ἐ. τῷ μετώπῳ; Mel., P. 19, 131 ἐ. σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ) ἐ. πίνακι on a platter Mt 14:8, 11; Mk 6:25, 28. ἀνακλῖναι ἐ. τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ on the green grass 6:39. ἐ. τοῖς κραβάττοις vs. 55. ἐπέκειτο ἐπʼ αὐτῷ lay on it (or before it) J 11:38. καθήμενος ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ Rv 4:9 (cp. gen. w. καθ. 1a above, and acc. cα below) 5:13; 7:10 and oft. ἐφʼ ἵπποις λευκοῖς on white horses 19:14. ἐ. σανίσιν on planks Ac 27:44. ἐ. τῇ στοᾷ in the colonnade 3:11. τὰ ἐ. τοῖς οὐρανοῖς what is above (or in) the heavens Eph 1:10. ἐπʼ αὐτῷ above him, at his head Lk 23:38 (=Mt 27:37 ἐπάνω τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ).

β. answering the question ‘whither?’ on, upon (Hom. et al.) w. verbs that indicate a direction: οἰκοδομεῖν ἐ. τινι build upon someth. Mt 16:18. ἐποικοδομεῖν Eph 2:20. ἐπιβάλλειν ἐπίβλημα ἐ. ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ put a patch on an old garment Mt 9:16. ἐπιπίπτειν ἐ. τινι Ac 8:16. ἐκάθισεν ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ he sat down on the throne GJs 11:1. λίθον ἐπʼ αὐτῇ βαλέτω J 8:7 v.l. (cp. 12a below).

ⓒ w. acc., answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; LXX; JosAs 29:2 φορῶν ἐ. τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ ῥομφαίαν; Just., D. 53, 1 ζυγὸν ἐ. αὐχένα μὴ ἔχων)

α. on, over someth. καθεύδειν ἐ. τι sleep on someth. Mk 4:38. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τι sit on someth. Mt 19:28 (in the same vs. καθίζω w. gen., s. a above) J 12:15; Rv 4:4; 6:2; 11:16 al.; cp. Lk 21:35b; κεῖσθαι ἐ. τι lie upon someth. 2 Cor 3:15. κατακεῖσθαι Lk 5:25. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὸν αἰγιαλόν stand on the shore Mt 13:2; cp. Rv 14:1. ἑστῶτας ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν standing beside the sea 15:2. ἔστη ἐ. τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ παιδίου (the star) remained stationary over the head of the child GJs 21:3. σκηνοῦν ἐ. τινα spread a tent over someone Rv 7:15. ἐ. τὴν δεξιάν at the right hand 5:1. λίθος ἐ. λίθον stone upon stone Mt 24:2.

β. ἐ. τὸ αὐτό at the same place, together (Ps.-X., Respublica Athen. [The Old Oligarch] 2, 2; Pla., Rep. 329a; SIG 736, 66 [92 B.C.]. In pap=‘in all’: PTebt 14, 20 [114 B.C.]; PFay 102, 6.—2 Km 2:13; En 100:2) εἶναι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό be together Lk 17:35; Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44. In 1 Cor 7:5 it is a euphemistic expr. for sexual union. κατοικεῖν ἐ. τὸ αὐτό live in the same place (Dt 25:5) Hm 5, 1, 4. Also w. verbs of motion (Sus 14 Theod.) συνέρχεσθαι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό come together to the same place 1 Cor 11:20; 14:23; cp. B 4:10 (Just., A I, 67, 3 συνέλευσις γίνεται). συνάγεσθαι (Phlegon of Tralles [Hadr.]: 257 Fgm. 36 III 9 Jac.; PsSol 2:2; TestJob 28:5 Jos., Bell. 2, 346) Mt 22:34; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 1 Cl 34:7. ἐ. τὸ αὐτὸ μίγνυσθαι be mixed together Hm 10, 3, 3. προσετίθει ἐ. τὸ αὐτό added to their number Ac 2:47.

γ. at, by, near someone or someth. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τὸ τελώνιον sit at the tax-office Mt 9:9 (ἐ. τὰς ὡραίας πύλας GrBar prol. 2); Mk 2:14. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὴν θύραν stand at the door Rv 3:20. σὺ ἔστης ἐ. τὸ θυσιαστήριον you are standing (ἕστηκας deStrycker) as priest at the altar GJs 8:2. ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς among you 2 Th 1:10; cp. Ac 1:21.—Of pers., over whom someth. is done ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ ἐ. τινα speak the name of Jesus over someone Ac 19:13. ἐπικαλεῖν τὸ ὄνομά τινος ἐ. τινα=to claim someone for one’s own (Jer 14:9; 2 Ch 7:14; 2 Macc 8:15) Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); Js 2:7; Hs 8, 6, 4. προσεύχεσθαι ἐ. τινα pray over someone Js 5:14.

② marker of presence or occurrence near an object or area, at, near

ⓐ w. gen., of immediate proximity to things at, near (Hdt. 7, 115; X., An. 4, 3, 28 al.; LXX, Just.) ἐ. τ. θυρῶν at the gates (Plut., C. Gracch. 841 [14, 3]; PRyl 127, 8f [29 A.D.] κοιμωμένου μου ἐ. τῆς θύρας; 1 Macc 1:55; Just., D. 111, 4) Ac 5:23 (s. b below for dat. in 5:9). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης near the sea (Polyb. 1, 44, 4; Ex 14:2; Dt 1:40; 1 Macc 14:34) J 21:1. ἐ. τῆς ὁδοῦ by the road Mt 21:19. ἐσθίειν ἐ. τῆς πραπέζης τινός eat at someone’s table Lk 22:30 (cp. POxy 99, 14 [55 A.D.] τράπεζα, ἐφʼ ἧς Σαραπίων καὶ μέτοχοι; Da 11:27 LXX ἐ. μιᾶς τραπέζης). ἐ. τοῦ (τῆς) βάτου at the thornbush = in the passage about the thornbush (i.e. Ex 3:1ff) Mk 12:26; Lk 20:37.

ⓑ with dat., of immediate proximity at, near by (Hom.+) ἦν ἔτι ἐ. τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου was still at the place, where J 11:30 v.l. (for ἐν; cp. Just., D. 402). ἐ. τῇ θύρᾳ (ἐ. θύραις) at the door (Hom. et al.; Wsd 19:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 90; Just., D. 32, 3) Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29; Ac 5:9 (s. a above). ἐ. τοῖς πυλῶσιν Rv 21:12. ἐ. τῇ πηγῇ J 4:6 (Jos., Ant. 5, 58 ἐ. τινι πηγῇ; Just., A I, 64, 1 ἐ. ταῖς … πηγαῖς). ἐ. τῇ προβατικῇ (sc. πύλῃ) near the sheepgate 5:2; cp. Ac 3:10. ἐ. τῷ ποταμῷ near the river (since Il. 7, 133; Jos., Ant. 4, 176 ἐ. τ. Ἰορδάνῳ) Rv 9:14.—Of pers. (Diod S 14, 113, 6; Just., A I, 40, 7) ἐφʼ ὑμῖν among you 2 Cor 7:7; cp. Ac 28:14 v.l.

③ marker of involvement in an official proceeding, before, w. gen., of pers., esp. in the language of lawsuits (Pla., Leg. 12, 943d; Isaeus 5, 1 al.; UPZ 71, 15; 16 [152 B.C.]; POxy 38, 11; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 382, 23=BGU 909, 23; Jos., Vi. 258; Just., A II, 1, 1 ἐ. Οὐρβίκου). ἐ. τοῦ ἡγεμόνος in the governor’s presence Mt 28:14. ἐ. ἡγεμόνων καὶ βασιλέων Mk 13:9. ἐ. σου before you (the procurator) Ac 23:30. ἐ. Τερτούλλου Phlm subscr. v.l.; στάντος μου ἐ. τοῦ συνεδρίου Ac 24:20 (cp. Diod S 11, 55, 4 ἐ. τοῦ κοινοῦ συνεδρίου τ. Ἑλλήνων). γυναικὸς … διαβληθείσης ἐ. τοῦ κυρίου Papias (2:17). κρίνεσθαι ἐ. τῶν ἀδίκων go to law before the unrighteous 1 Cor 6:1. κριθήσεται ἐφʼ ὑμῶν before your tribunal D 11:11. μαρτυρεῖν ἐ. Ποντίου Πιλάτου testify before Pontius Pilate 1 Ti 6:13 (s. μαρτυρέω 1c). ἐ. τοῦ βήματος (POxy 37 I, 3 [49 A.D.]) ἑστὼς ἐ. τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρός εἰμι I am standing before Caesar’s tribunal Ac 25:10 (Appian says Prooem. c. 15 §62 of himself: δίκαις ἐν Ῥώμῃ συναγορεύσας ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων=I acted as attorney in lawsuits in Rome before the emperors).—Gener. in someone’s presence (Appian, Syr. 61 §324 ἐφʼ ὑμῶν=in your presence) ἐ. Τίτου before Titus 2 Cor 7:14. Cp.10 below.

④ marker of movement to or contact w. a goal, toward, in direction of, on

ⓐ w. gen., marking contact with the goal that is reached, answering the question ‘whither?’ toward, on, at w. verbs of motion (Appian, Iber. 98 §427 ἀπέπλευσεν ἐπʼ οἴκου=he sailed [toward] home; PGM 4, 2468f ἀναβὰς ἐ. δώματος; JosAs 27:1 ἀνέδραμε … ἐ. πέτρας; Jos., Ant. 4, 91 ἔφευγον ἐ. τ. πόλεων; Tat. 33:3 Εὐρώπην ἐ. τοῦ ταύρου καθιδρύσαντος) βάλλειν τὸν σπόρον ἐ. τῆς γῆς Mk 4:26; also σπείρειν vs. 31. πίπτειν (Wsd 18:23; TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 11 [Stone p. 8]; JosAs 9:1) 9:20; 14:35. καθιέναι Ac 10:11. τιθέναι (Sir 17:4) Lk 8:16; J 19:19; Ac 5:15. ἔρχεσθαι Hb 6:7; Rv 3:10; γίνεσθαι ἐ. reach, be at J 6:21. γενόμενος ἐ. τοῦ τόπου when he reached the place Lk 22:40. καθίζειν take one’s seat ἐ. θρόνου (JosAs 7:1 al.) Mt 19:28 (s. 1a end); 23:2; 25:31; J 19:13 (ἐ. βήματος of Pilate as Jos., Bell. 2, 172; of Jesus Just., A I, 35, 6). κρεμαννύναι ἐ. ξύλου hang on a tree (i.e. cross) (Gen 40:19; cp. Just., D. 86, 6 σταυρωθῆναι ἐ. τοῦ ξύλου) Ac 5:30; 10:39; cp. Gal 3:13 (Dt 21:23).

ⓑ w. acc.

α. specifying direction (En 24:2 ἐ. νότον ‘southward’ of position of the mountain) of motion that takes a particular direction, to, toward ἐκτείνας τ. χεῖρα ἐ. τοὺς μαθητάς Mt 12:49; cp. Lk 22:53 (JosAs 12:8). πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὸ ἀπολωλός go after the one that is lost 15:4. ἐ. τὴν ῏Ασσον in the direction of Assos Ac 20:13. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐ. τι turn to someth. 2 Pt 2:22 (cp. Pr 26:11; En 99:5). ὡς ἐ. λῃστήν as if against a robber Mt 26:55; Mk 14:48; Lk 22:52.

β. from one point to another across, over w. motion implied (Hom.+; LXX) περιπατεῖν, ἐλθεῖν ἐ. τ. θάλασσαν or ἐ. τ. ὕδατα Mt 14:25, 28f; J 6:19 P⁷⁵. Of spreading across the land (PsSol 17:10): famine Ac 7:11; 11:28; darkness Mt 27:45; Lk 23:44. ἐ. σταδίους δώδεκα χιλιάδων across twelve thousand stades Rv 21:16 v.l. (Polyaenus 5, 44, 4 ἐ. στάδια δέκα); ἐ. πλεῖον further (1 Esdr 2:24; 2 Macc 10:27) Ac 4:17.

γ. of goal attained (Hom. et al.; LXX) on, upon someone or someth. πέσατε ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς Lk 23:30 (Hos 10:8). ἔπεσεν ἐ. τὰ πετρώδη Mt 13:5; cp. Lk 13:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τινα come upon someone Mt 3:16; also καταβαίνειν fr. above J 1:33; cp. Rv 16:21. ἀναβαίνειν (Jos., Ant. 13, 138; Just., A II, 12, 7) Lk 5:19. ἐπιβαίνειν Mt 21:5 (Zech 9:9).—Ac 2:3; 9:4 al.; διασωθῆναι ἐ. τ. γῆν be brought safely to the land 27:44; cp. vs. 43; Lk 8:27. ἐ. τὸ πλοῖον to the ship Ac 20:13. ἀναπεσεῖν ἐ. τὴν γῆν lie down or sit down on the ground Mt 15:35. ἔρριψεν αὐτὸν χαμαὶ ἐ. τὸν σάκκον he threw himself down on the sackcloth GJs 13:1. τιθέναι τι ἐ. τι put someth. on someth. (JosAs 16:11) Mt 5:15; Lk 11:33; Mk 8:25 v.l.; likew. ἐπιτιθέναι (JosAs 29:5) Mt 23:4; Mk 8:25; Lk 15:5; J 9:6, 15; Ac 15:10. ἐπιβάλλειν τ. χεῖρας ἐ. τινα (Gen 22:12 al.) Mt 26:50; Lk 21:12; Ac 5:18. Mainly after verbs of placing, laying, putting, bringing, etc. on, to: ἀναβιβάζω, ἀναφέρω, βάλλω, γράφω, δίδωμι, ἐγγίζω, ἐπιβιβάζω, ἐπιγράφω, ἐποικοδομέω, ἐπιρ(ρ)ίπτω, θεμελιόω, ἵστημι, κατάγω, οἰκοδομέω, σωρεύω; s. these entries. Sim. βρέχειν ἐ. τινα cause rain to fall upon someone Mt 5:45 (cp. PsSol 17:18); also τ. ἥλιον ἀνατέλλειν ἐ. τινα cause the sun to rise so that its rays fall upon someone *ibid. τύπτειν τινὰ ἐ. τὴν σιαγόνα strike on the cheek Lk 6:29. πίπτειν ἐ. (τὸ) πρόσωπον (Jdth 14:6) on the face Mt 17:6; 26:39; Lk 5:12; 17:16; 1 Cor 14:25; Rv 7:11.—To, upon w. acc. of thing πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὴν ὁδόν go to the road Ac 8:26; cp. 9:11. ἐ. τὰς διεξόδους Mt 22:9. ἵνα μὴ πνέῃ ἄνεμος ἐ. πᾶν δένδρον so that no wind should blow upon any tree Rv 7:1.

δ. of closeness to someth. or someone to, up to, in the neighborhood of, on ἐ. τὸ μνημεῖον up to the tomb Mk 16:2; Lk 24:1 v.l., 22, 24; cp. ἐ. τὸ μνῆμα Mk 16:2 v.l.; Lk 24:1. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τι ὕδωρ come to some water Ac 8:36. ἐ. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν to the iron gate 12:10. καταβαίνειν ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν go down to the sea J 6:16. ἐ. τὸν Ἰορδάνην Mt 3:13 (Just., D. 88, 3 al.). ἀναπίπτειν ἐ. τὸ στῆθος he leaned back on (Jesus’) breast J 13:25; 21:20. πίπτειν ἐ. τοὺς πόδας fall at (someone’s) feet Ac 10:25 (JosAs 14:10 ἔπεσεν ἐ πρόσωπον ἐ. τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ). ἐ. τ. ἀκάνθας among the thorns Mt 13:7.—W. acc. of pers. to someone ἐ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες they came to Jesus J 19:33; cp. Mt 27:27; Mk 5:21.

ε. in imagery of goal or objective to, toward (Just., A II, 7, 6 ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα τρέπεσθαι) ἐπιστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι ἐ. τινα turn to (Dt 30:10; 31:20 al.; Ar. 2, 1 ἔλθωμεν καὶ ἐ. τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος ‘let us now turn to …’; Just., D. 56, 11 ἐ. τὰς γραφὰς ἐπανελθών) Lk 1:17; Ac 9:35; 11:21; 14:15; 26:20; Gal 4:9; 1 Pt 2:25.

⑤ marker of manner, corresponding to an adv., w. dat. (Aeschyl., Suppl. 628 ἐπʼ ἀληθείᾳ; UPZ 162 VI, 3 [117 B.C.] κακοτρόπως καὶ ἐ. ῥαδιουργίᾳ; POxy 237 VI, 21 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; ἐφʼ ὁράσει En 14:8; Just., A I, 9, 3 ἐφʼ ὕβρει; 55, 7 ἐ. τούτῳ τῷ σχήματι ‘in this form’; Tat. 17, 1 ἐπʼ ἀκριβείᾳ; Ath. 33, 2 ἐφʼ ἑνὶ γάμῳ) ὁ σπείρων ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις (in contrast to ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως one who sows sparingly) one who sows in blessing (i.e. generously) 2 Cor 9:6. ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις θερίζειν reap generously ibid.

⑥ marker of basis for a state of being, action, or result, on, w. dat. (Hom. et al.)

ⓐ ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ ζῆν live on bread Mt 4:4; Lk 4:4 (both Dt 8:3. cp. Ps.-Pla., Alcib. 1, 105c; Plut., Mor. 526d; Alciphron 3, 7, 5; SibOr 4, 154). ἐ. τῷ ῥήματί σου depending on your word Lk 5:5. οὐ συνῆκαν ἐ. τοῖς ἄρτοις they did not arrive at an understanding (of it) (by reflecting) on (the miracle of) the loaves Mk 6:52 (cp. Demosth. 18, 121 τί σαυτὸν οὐκ ἐλλεβορίζεις ἐ. τούτοις [sc. λόγοις];=why do you not come to an understanding concerning these words?). ἐ. τῇ πίστει on the basis of faith Ac 3:16; Phil 3:9. ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι on the basis of hope, supporting itself on hope Ac 2:26 (? s. ἐλπίς 1bα); Ro 4:18; 8:20; 1 Cor 9:10; Tit 1:2.—Ac 26:6 ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι gives the basis of the trial at law, as does ἐ. εὐεργεσίᾳ 4:9. ἀπολύειν τ. γυναῖκα ἐ. πορνείᾳ Mt 19:9 (cp. Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 10 ἀπολύειν ἐπʼ ἀργυρίῳ; Ath. 2, 3 κρίνεσθαι … μὴ ἐ. τῷ ὀνόματι, ἐ. δὲ τῷ ἀδικήματι). γυναικὸς ἐ. πόλλαις ἁμαρτίαις διαβληθείσης Papias (2:17). On the basis of the testimony of two witnesses (cp. Appian, Iber. 79 §343 ἤλεγχον ἐ. μάρτυσι) Hb 10:28 (Dt 17:6); sim. use of ἐ. τινί on the basis of someth.: 8:6; 9:10, 15 (here it may also be taken in the temporal sense; s. 18 below), 17. ἁμαρτάνειν ἐ. τῷ ὁμοιώματι τ. παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ Ro 5:14 (ὁμοίωμα 1). δαπανᾶν ἐ. τινι pay the expenses for someone Ac 21:24. ἀρκεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι be content w. someth. 3J 10.

ⓑ w. verbs of believing, hoping, trusting: πεποιθέναι (Wsd 3:9; Sus 35; 1 Macc 10:71; 2 Macc 7:40 and oft.) Lk 11:22; 18:9; 2 Cor 1:9; Hb 2:13 (2 Km 22:3). πιστεύειν Lk 24:25; Ro 9:33; 10:11; 1 Pt 2:6 (the last three Is 28:16). ἐλπίζειν (2 Macc 2:18; Sir 34:7) Ro 15:12 (Is 11:10); 1 Ti 4:10; 6:17; cp. 1J 3:3. παρρησιάζεσθαι Ac 14:3.

ⓒ after verbs which express feelings, opinions, etc.: at, because of, from, with (Hom. et al.) διαταράσσεσθαι Lk 1:29. ἐκθαυμάζειν Mk 12:17. ἐκπλήσσεσθαι Mt 7:28; Mk 1:22; Lk 4:32; Ac 13:12. ἐξίστασθαι (Jdth 11:16; Wsd 5:2 al.) Lk 2:47. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι (Is 1:29) Ro 6:21. εὐφραίνεσθαι (Sir 16:1; 18:32; 1 Macc 11:44) Rv 18:20. θαμβεῖσθαι Mk 10:24; cp. Lk 5:9; Ac 3:10. θαυμάζειν (Lev 26:32; Jdth 10:7 al.; Jos., Ant. 10, 277) Mk 12:17 v.l. μακροθυμεῖν (Sir 18:11; 29:8; 35:19) Mt 18:26, 29; Lk 18:7; Js 5:7. μετανοεῖν (Plut., Ag. 803 [19, 5]; Ps.-Lucian, Salt. 84; Prayer of Manasseh [=Odes 12] 7; Just., A I, 61, 10; D. 95, 3 al.) 2 Cor 12:21. ὀδυνᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 6:15) Ac 20:38. ὀργίζεσθαι Rv 12:17. σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 14:14; Lk 7:13. συλλυπεῖσθαι Mk 3:5. στυγνάζειν 10:22. χαίρειν (PEleph 13, 3; Jos., Ant. 1, 294; Tob 13:15; Bar 4:33; JosAs 4:2; Ar. 15, 7) Mt 18:13; Lk 1:14; 13:17; Ro 16:19 al. χαρὰν καὶ παράκλησιν ἔχειν Phlm 7. χαρὰ ἔσται Lk 15:7; cp. vs. 10 (Jos., Ant. 6, 116 ἡ ἐ. τῇ νίκῃ χαρά). Also w. verbs that denote aroused feelings παραζηλοῦν and παροργίζειν make jealous and angry at Ro 10:19 (Dt 32:21). παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 3:7a (cp. Just., D. 78:8 παράκλησιν ἐχουσῶν ἐ.), as well as those verbs that denote an expression of the emotions ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 13:15; Ps 69:5) Lk 1:47; Hs 8, 1, 18; 9, 24, 2. καυχᾶσθαι (Diod S 16, 70; Sir 30:2) Ro 5:2. κοπετὸν ποιεῖν (cp. 3 Macc 4:3) Ac 8:2. ὀλολύζειν Js 5:1. αἰνεῖν (cp. X., An. 3, 1, 45 al.) Lk 2:20. δοξάζειν (Polyb. 6, 53, 10; cp. Diod S 17, 21, 4 δόξα ἐ. ἀνδρείᾳ=fame because of bravery) Ac 4:21; 2 Cor 9:13. εὐχαριστεῖν give thanks for someth. (s. εὐχαριστέω 2; UPZ 59, 10 [168 B.C.] ἐ. τῷ ἐρρῶσθαί σε τ. θεοῖς εὐχαρίστουν) 1 Cor 1:4; cp. 2 Cor 9:15; 1 Th 3:9.—ἐφʼ ᾧ = ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for this reason that, because (Diod S 19, 98; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 112 §520; Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 640 D.; Synes., Ep. 73 p. 221c; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 154; Syntipas p. 12, 9; 127, 8; Thomas Mag. ἐφʼ ᾧ ἀντὶ τοῦ διότι; cp. W-S. §24, 5b and 12f. S. WKümmel, D. Bild des Menschen im NT ’48, 36–40) Ro 5:12 (SLyonnet, Biblica 36, ’55, 436–56 [denies a causal sense here]. On the probability of commercial idiom s. FDanker, FGingrich Festschr. ’72, 104f, also Ro 5:12, Sin under Law: NTS 14, ’68, 424–39; against him SPorter, TynBull 41, ’90, 3–30, also NTS 39, ’93, 321–33; difft. JFitzmyer, Anchor Bible Comm.: Romans, ad loc. ‘w. the result that all have sinned’); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for, indeed 4:10.

⑦ marker of addition to what is already in existence, to, in addition to. W. dat. (Hom. et al.; PEleph 5, 17 [284/283 B.C.] μηνὸς Τῦβι τρίτῃ ἐπʼ εἰκάδι; Tob 2:14; Sir 3:27; 5:5) προσέθηκεν τοῦτο ἐ. πᾶσιν he added this to everything else Lk 3:20 (cp. Lucian, Luct. [On Funerals], 24). ἐ. τ. παρακλήσει ἡμῶν in addition to our comfort 2 Cor 7:13. λύπη ἐ. λύπῃ grief upon grief Phil 2:27 v.l. (cp. Soph., Oed. C. 544, also Polyb. 1, 57, 1 πληγὴ ἐ. πληγῇ; Plut., Mor. 123f; Polyaenus 5, 52 ἐ. φόνῳ φόνον; Quint. Smyrn. 5, 602 ἐ. πένθει πένθος=sorrow upon sorrow; Sir 26:15). ἐ. τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ to your prayer of thanks 1 Cor 14:16. So perh. also Hb 8:1. ἐ. πᾶσι τούτοις to all these Col 3:14; Lk 16:26 v.l. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 25 al.; Sir 37:15; cp. 1 Macc 10:42; Just., D. 133, 1 ἐ. τούτοις πᾶσι).—W. acc.: addition to someth. of the same kind Mt 6:27; Lk 12:25; Rv 22:18a. λύπην ἐ. λύπην sorrow upon sorrow Phil 2:27 (cp. Is 28:10, 13; Ezk 7:26; Ps 68:28).

⑧ marker of perspective, in consideration of, in regard to, on the basis of, concerning, about, w. gen. (Antig. Car. 164 ἐ. τῶν οἴνων ἀλλοιοῦσθαι; 4 Macc. 2:9 ἐ. τῶν ἑτέρων … ἔστιν ἐπιγνῶναι τοῦτο, ὅτι …; Ath. 29, 2 τὰ ἐ. τῆς μανίας πάθη) ἐ. δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων on the evidence of two or three witnesses 1 Ti 5:19 (cp. TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 22ff. [Stone p. 32]). Sim. in the expr. ἐ. στόματος δύο μαρτύρων (Dt 19:15) Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1. ἐπʼ αὐτῆς on the basis of it Hb 7:11. ἐπʼ ἀληθείας based on truth = in accordance w. truth, truly (Demosth. 18, 17 ἐπʼ ἀληθείας οὐδεμιᾶς εἰρημένα; POxy 255, 16 [48 A.D.]; Da 2:8; Tob 8:7; En 104:11) Mk 12:14, 32; Lk 4:25; 20:21; Ac 4:27. ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ based on himself = to or by himself (X., An. 2, 4, 10; Demosth. 18, 224 ἐκρίνετο ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 16 ἐ. σεαυτοῦ. Cp. Kühner-G. I 498e) 2 Cor 10:7.—To introduce the object which is to be discussed or acted upon λέγειν ἐ. τινος speak of, about someth. (Pla., Charm., 155d, Leg. 2, 662d; Isocr. 6, 41; Aelian, VH 1, 30; Jer 35:8; EpArist 162; 170; Ath. 5:1 ἐ. τοῦ νοητοῦ … δογματίζειν) Gal 3:16. Do someth. on, in the case of (cp. 1 Esdr 1:22) σημεῖα ποιεῖν ἐ. τῶν ἀσθενούντων work miracles on the sick J 6:2.—On B 13:6 s. τίθημι 1bζ.—In ref. to someth. (Aristot., Pol. 1280a, 17; 4 Macc 12:5 τῶν ἐ. τῆς βασιλείας … πραγμάτων; Just., A I, 5, 1 ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ‘in our case’, D. 131, 4; Ath. 15, 3 ἐ. τῆς ὕλης καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ‘as respects God and matter, so …’) ἐ. τινων δεῖ ἐγκρατεύεσθαι in certain matters one must practice self-control Hm 8:1. οὔτε … οἴδασι τὸν ἐ. τοῦ πυροῦ σπόρον nor do they comprehend (the figurative sense of) the sowing of wheat AcPlCor 2:26 (cp. 1 Cor 15:36f).

⑨ marker of power, authority, control of or over someone or someth., over

ⓐ w. gen. (Hdt. 5, 109 al.; Mitt-Wilck. I/1, 124, 1=BGU 1120, 1 [5 B.C.] πρωτάρχῳ ἐ. τοῦ κριτηρίου; 287, 1; LXX; AscIs 2:5 τοῦ ἐ. τῶν πραγματε[ι] ῶν=Denis p. 109) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινος (Judg 9:8, 10; 1 Km 8:7) Rv 5:10. ἔχειν βασιλείαν ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων 17:18. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τινος have power over someone 20:6. διδόναι ἐξουσίαν ἐ. τινος 2:26. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινος set someone over, put someone in charge, of someth. or someone (Pla., Rep. 5, 460b; Demosth. 18, 118; Gen 39:4f; 1 Macc 6:14; 10:37; 2 Macc 12:20 al.; EpArist 281; τεταγμένος En 20:5) Mt 24:45; Lk 12:42; Ac 6:3. εἶναι ἐ. τινος (Synes., Ep. 79 p. 224d; Tob 1:22; Jdth 14:13; 1 Macc 10:69) ὸ̔ς ἦν ἐ. πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς who was in charge of all her treasure 8:27. Of God ὁ ὢν ἐ. πάντων (Apollonius of Tyana [I A.D.] in Eus., PE 4, 13) Ro 9:5; cp. Eph 4:6. ὁ ἐ. τινος w. ὤν to be supplied (Demosth. 18, 247 al.; Diod S 13, 47, 6; Plut., Pyrrh. 385 [5, 7], Aemil. Paul. 267 [23, 6]; PTebt 5, 88 [118 B.C.] ὁ ἐ. τ. προσόδων; 1 Macc 6:28; 2 Macc 3:7; 3 Macc 6:30 al.; EpArist 110; 174) ὁ ἐ. τοῦ κοιτῶνος the chamberlain Ac 12:20.

ⓑ w dat. (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 5; 2, 4, 25 al., An. 4, 1, 13; Demosth. 19, 113; Aeschines 2, 73; Esth 8:12e; Just., A II, 5, 2 ἀγγέλοις οὓς ἐ. τούτοις ἔταξε; cp. Ath. 24, 3; Ath. 6, 4 τὸν ἐ. τῇ κινήσει τοῦ σώματος λόγον) Mt 24:47; Lk 12:44.

ⓒ w. acc. (X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Dionys. Byz. §56 θεῷ ἐ. πάντα δύναμις; LXX; PsSol 17:3, 32) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινα rule over someone (Gen 37:8; Judg 9:15 B al.) Lk 1:33; 19:14, 27; Ro 5:14. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινα set someone over someone (X., Cyr. 4, 5, 58) κριτὴν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς as judge over you Lk 12:14; ἡγούμενον ἐπʼ Αἴγυπτον Ac 7:10; cp. Hb 2:7 v.l. (Ps 8:7); 3:6; 10:21. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τι Rv 16:9. ἐξουσίαν διδόναι ἐ. τι (Sir 33:20) Lk 9:1; 10:19; Rv 6:8; cp. 22:14. φυλάσσειν φυλακὰς ἐ. τι Lk 2:8 (cp. En 100:5). ὑπεραίρεσθαι ἐ. τινα exalt oneself above someone 2 Th 2:4 (cp. Da 11:36); but here the mng. against is also poss. (s. 12b below). πιστὸς ἐ. τι faithful over someth. Mt 25:21, 23.

⑩ marker of legal proceeding, before, w. acc. in the lang. of the law-courts ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἄγεσθαι be brought before governors and kings Mt 10:18; cp. Lk 21:12 (cp. BGU 22, 36 [114 A.D.] ἀξιῶ ἀκθῆναι [=ἀχθῆναι] τ. ἐνκαλουμένους ἐ. σὲ πρὸς δέουσαν ἐπέξοδον; Just., A II, 2, 12 ἐ. Οὔρβικον). ὑπάγεις ἐπʼ ἄρχοντα you are going before the magistrate Lk 12:58; cp. Ac 16:19. ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐ. τὸν Πιλᾶτον Lk 23:1. ἐ. τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Ac 9:21. ἐ. Καίσαρα πορεύεσθαι come before the emperor 25:12. ἐ. τὰς συναγωγάς Lk 12:11. ἐ. τὸ βῆμα Ac 18:12. Cp. 3 above. Here the focus is on transfer to the judiciary.

⑪ marker of purpose, goal, result, to, for, w. acc. (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 3 Jac. ἐ. κατοικίαν) ἐ. τὸ βάπτισμα for baptism=to have themselves baptized Mt 3:7 (cp. Just., A I, 61, 10 ἐ. τὸ λουτρόν; D. 56, 1 ἐ. τὴν … κρίσιν πεμφθεῖσι). ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην for (i.e. to see) this sight Lk 23:48 (sim. Hom. et al.; POxy 294, 18 [22 A.D.]; LXX; Tat. 23, 2 ἐ. τὴν θέαν). ἐ. τὸ συμφέρον to (our) advantage Hb 12:10 (cp. Tat. 6, 1; 34, 2 οὐκ ἐ. τι χρήσιμον ‘to no purpose’). ἐ. σφαγήν Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); cp. Mt 22:5; ἐ. τ. τελειότητα Hb 6:1. ἐ. τοῦτο for this (X., An. 2, 5, 22; Jos., Ant. 12, 23) Lk 4:43. ἐφʼ ὅ; for what (reason)? Mt 26:50 v.l. (s. ὅς 1bα and 1iβ). Cp. 16.

⑫ marker of hostile opposition, against

ⓐ w. dat. (Hom. et al.; 2 Macc 13:19; Sir 28:23 v.l.; fig. Ath. 22, 7 τοὺς ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς λόγους ‘counter-evidence’) Lk 12:52f (s. use of acc. b below); Ac 11:19. Cp. J 8:7 v.l. (1bβ above).

ⓑ w. acc. (Hdt. 1, 71; X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 331; LXX; En; TestJud 3:1 al.; JosAs 19:2; Just., D. 103, 7; Tat. 36, 2) ὥρμησαν ἐ. αὐτόν Ac 7:57. ἔρχεσθαι Lk 14:31. ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐ. γονεῖς Mt 10:21; Mk 13:12; cp. ἔθνος ἐ. ἔθνος Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8. ἐφʼ ἑαυτόν divided against himself Mt 12:26; Mk 3:24f, 26; Lk 11:17f; cp. J 13:18 (s. Ps 40:10); Ac 4:27; 13:50 al.—Lk 12:53 (4 times; the first and third occurrences w. the acc. are prob. influenced by usage in Mic 7:6; the use of the dat. Lk 12:52f [s. a above] w. a verb expressing a circumstance is in accord with older Gk. [Il. et al.], which prefers the acc. with verbs of motion in ref. to hostility). Cp. 15.

⑬ marker of number or measure, w. acc. (Hdt. et. al.; LXX; GrBar 3:6) ἐ. τρίς (CIG 1122, 9; PHolm α18) three times Ac 10:16; 11:10. So also ἐ. πολύ more than once Hm 4, 1, 8. ἐ. πολύ (also written ἐπιπολύ) in a different sense to a great extent, carefully (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Lucian, D. Deor. 6, 2; 25, 2; 3 Macc 5:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 107) B 4:1. ἐ. πλεῖον to a greater extent, further (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Diod S 11, 60, 5 al.; prob. 2 Macc 12:36; TestGad 7:2; Ar. 4, 3; Ath. 7, 1 ἐ. το πλεῖστον) 2 Ti 3:9; 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4). ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον 2 Ti 3:13. ἐφʼ ὅσον to the degree that, in so far as (Diod S 1, 93, 2; Maximus Tyr. 11, 3c ἐφʼ ὅσον δύναται; Hierocles 14 p. 451) Mt 25:40, 45; B 4:11; 17:1; Ro 11:13.

⑭ marker indicating the one to whom, for whom, or about whom someth. is done, to, on, about

ⓐ w. dat. πράσσειν τι ἐ. τινι do someth. to someone Ac 5:35 (thus Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 15 §51; cp. δρᾶν τι ἐ. τινι Hdt. 3, 14; Aelian, NA 11, 11); about γεγραμμένα ἐπʼ αὐτῷ J 12:16 (cp. Hdt. 1, 66). προφητεύειν ἐ. τινι Rv 10:11. μαρτυρεῖν bear witness about Hb 11:4; Rv 22:16. ἐ. σοὶ … φανερώσει κύριος τὸ λύτρον the Lord will reveal the salvation to you GJs 7:2.

ⓑ w. acc.

α. ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον the man on whom the miracle had been performed Ac 4:22 (cp. Just., D. 128, 1 κρίσεως γεγενημένης ἐ. Σόδομα). ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν λέγεται ταῦτα the one about whom this was said Hb 7:13 (cp. ἐ. πόρρω οὖσαν [γενεὰν] ἐγὼ λαλῶ En 1:2). γέγραπται ἐπʼ αὐτόν Mk 9:12f; cp. Ro 4:9; 1 Ti 1:18; βάλλειν κλῆρον ἐ. τι for someth. Mk 15:24; J 19:24 (Ps 21:19). ἀνέβη ὁ κλῆρος ἐ. Συμεών the lot came up in favor of Simeon GJs 24:4.

β. of powers, conditions, etc., which come upon someone or under whose influence someone is: on, upon, to, over ἐγένετο ῥῆμα θεοῦ ἐ. Ἰωάννην the word of God came to John Lk 3:2 (cp. Jer 1:1). Of divine blessings (cp. En 1:8; ParJer 5:28) Mt 10:13; 12:28; Lk 10:6; 11:20; cp. 10:9; Ac 10:10. ἵνα ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπʼ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τ. Χριστοῦ that the power of Christ may rest upon me 2 Cor 12:9. χάρις θεοῦ ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτό Lk 2:40. Various verbs are used in ref. to the Holy Spirit, either in pass. or act. role, in connection w. ἐ. τινα: ἐκχεῖν Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f); cp. 10:45; Tit 3:6. ἀποστέλλειν (ἐξαποστέλλειν v.l.) Lk 24:49. ἐπέρχεσθαι 1:35; Ac 1:8 (Just., D. 87, 3; cp. ἔρχεσθαι A I, 33, 6; D. 49, 7 ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἠλίου ἐ. τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐλθεῖν). ἐπιπίπτειν 10:44. καταβαίνειν Lk 3:22; J 1:33. τίθεσθαι Mt 12:18 (cp. Is 42:1). Also εἶναι Lk 2:25. μένειν J 1:32f. ἀναπαύεσθαι 1 Pt 4:14. Of unpleasant or startling experiences Lk 1:12, 65; 4:36; Ac 13:11; 19:17; Rv 11:11.—Lk 19:43; 21:35, cp. vs. 34; J 18:4; Eph 5:6; cp. Rv 3:3.—Ro 2:2, 9; 15:3 (Ps 68:10). Of the blood of the righteous, that comes over or upon the murderers Mt 23:35; 27:25; Ac 5:28. Of care, which one casts on someone else 1 Pt 5:7 (Ps 54:23).

⑮ marker of feelings directed toward someone, in, on, for, toward, w. acc., after words that express belief, trust, hope: πιστεύειν ἐ. τινα, w. acc. (Wsd 12:2; Just., D. 16:4 al.) Ac 9:42; 11:17; 16:31; 22:19; Ro 4:24. πίστις Hb 6:1. πεποιθέναι (Is 58:14) Mt 27:43; 2 Th 3:4; 2 Cor 2:3. ἐλπίζειν (1 Ch 5:20; 2 Ch 13:18 al.; PsSol 9:10; 17:3; Just., D. 16:4 al.) 1 Pt 1:13; 1 Ti 5:5. After words that characterize an emotion or its expression: for κόπτεσθαι (Zech 12:10) Rv 1:7; 18:9. κλαίειν Lk 23:28; Rv 18:9 (cp. JosAs 15:9 χαρήσεται ἐ. σέ). σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 15:32; Mk 8:2; 9:22; Hm 4, 3, 5; Hs 9, 24, 2. χρηστός toward Lk 6:35. χρηστότης Ro 11:22; Eph 2:7; cp. Ro 9:23. Esp. also if the feelings or their expressions are of a hostile nature: toward, against (cp. λοιδορεῖν Just., D. 137, 2) ἀποτομία Ro 11:22. μαρτύριον Lk 9:5. μάρτυς ἐ. τ. ἐμὴν ψυχήν a witness against my soul (cp. Dssm., LO 258; 355 [LAE 304; 417]) 2 Cor 1:23. ἀσχημονεῖν 1 Cor 7:36. μοιχᾶσθαι Mk 10:11. τολμᾶν 2 Cor 10:2 (En 7:4). βρύχειν τ. ὀδόντας Ac 7:54. Cp. 12.

⑯ marker of object or purpose, with dat. in ref. to someth. (Hom., Thu. et al.; SIG 888, 5 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; PTebt 44, 6 [114 B.C.] ὄντος μου ἐ. θεραπείᾳ ἐν τῷ Ἰσιείω; LXX; TestJob 3:5 ὁ ἐ. τῇ σωτηρίᾳ τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς ἐλθών; Jos., Ant. 5, 101; Just., A I, 29, 1 ἐ. παίδων ἀναστροφῇ; D. 91, 4 ἐ. σωτηρίᾳ τῶν πιστευόντων) καλείν τινα ἐ. τινι call someone for someth. Gal 5:13 (on ἐπʼ ἐλευθερίᾳ cp. Demosth. 23, 124; [59], 32); ἐ. ἀκαθαρσίᾳ for impurity, i.e. so that we should be impure 1 Th 4:7. κτισθέντες ἐ. ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς for good deeds Eph 2:10. λογομαχεῖν ἐ. καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων for the ruin of those who hear 2 Ti 2:14 (cp. Eur., Hipp. 511; X., Mem. 2, 3, 19 ἐ. βλάβη; Hdt. 1, 68 ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου; Polyb. 27, 7, 13 and PGM 4, 2440 ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ=‘for good’). Cp. 11.

⑰ marker in idiom of authorization, w. dat.: the formula ἐ. τῷ ὀνοματί τινος, in the name of someone, used w. many verbs (Just., D. 39, 6 w. γίνεσθαι, otherw. ἐ. ὀνόματος, e.g. A I, 61, 13; w. διὰ τοῦ ὀ. and in oaths κατὰ τοῦ ὀ. A II, 6, 6, D. 30, 3; 85, 2.—Ath. 23, 1 ἐ. ὀνόματι εἰδώλων.—ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι LXX; JosAs 9:1), focuses on the authorizing function of the one named in the gen. (cp. WHeitmüller [‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903, 13ff], ‘in connection with, or by the use of, i.e. naming, or calling out, or calling upon the name’ [88]): βαπτίζειν Ac 2:38. δέχεσθαί τινα Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48. διδάσκειν Ac 4:18; 5:28. δύναμιν ποιεῖν Mk 9:39. ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἔρχεσθαι Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν 24:47. λαλεῖν Ac 4:17; 5:40. Semantically divergent from the preceding, but formulaically analogous, is καλεῖν τινα ἐ. τῷ ὀν. τινος name someone after someone (2 Esdr 17:63) Lk 1:59.—ὄνομα 1dγג.—M-M.

⑱ marker of temporal associations, in the time of, at, on, for

ⓐ w. gen., time within which an event or condition takes place (Hom.+) in the time of, under (kings or other rulers): in the time of Elisha Lk 4:27 (cp. Just., D. 46, 6 ἐ. Ἠλίου). ἐ. τῆς μετοικεσίας at the time of the exile Mt 1:11. Under=during the rule or administration of (Hes., Op. 111; Hdt. 6, 98 al.; OGI 90, 15; PAmh 43, 2 [173 B.C.]; UPZ 162 V, 5 [117 B.C.]; 1 Esdr 2:12; 1 Macc 13:42; 2 Macc 15:22; Jos., Ant. 12, 156 ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ὀ.) ἐ. Ἀβιαθὰρ ἀρχιερέως under, in the time of, Abiathar the high priest Mk 2:26. ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καιάφα Lk 3:2. ἐ. Κλαυδίου Ac 11:28 (Just., A I, 26, 2). ἐ. τῶν πατέρων in the time of the fathers 1 Cl 23:3. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν in the last days (Gen 49:1; Num 24:14; Mi 4:1; Jer 37:24; Da 10:14) 2 Pt 3:3; Hs 9, 12, 3; cp. Hb 1:2. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τοῦ χρόνου in the last time Jd 18. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τῶν χρόνων at the end of the times/ages 1 Pt 1:20. ἐ. τῶν προσευχῶν μου when I pray, in my prayers (cp. PTebt 58, 31 [111 B.C.] ἐ. τ. διαλόγου, ‘in the discussion’; 4 Macc 15:19 ἐ. τ. βασάνων ‘during the tortures’; Sir 37:29; 3 Macc 5:40; Demetr.: 722, Fgm. 1, 14 Jac. ἐ. τοῦ ἀρίστου; Synes., Ep. 121 p. 258c ἐ. τῶν κοινῶν ἱερῶν) Ro 1:10; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4.

ⓑ w. dat., time at or during which (Hom. et al.; PTebt 5, 66 [118 B.C.]; PAmh 157; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 3 ἐ. χρόνοις Τίερίου) at, in, at the time of, during: ἐ. τοῖς νῦν χρόνοις in these present times 2 Cl 19:4. ἐ. τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ at the time of the first covenant Hb 9:15. ἐ. συντελείᾳ τ. αἰώνων at the close of the age 9:26 (Tat. 13, 1 ἐ. ς. τοῦ κόσμου; cp. Sir 22:10 and PLond III, 954, 18 p. 154 [260 A.D.] ἐ. τέλει τ. χρόνου; POxy 275, 20 [66 A.D.] ἐ. συνκλεισμῷ τ. χρόνου; En 27:3 ἐπʼ ἐσχάτοις αἰώσιν). ἐ. τῇ θυσίᾳ at the time of, together with, the sacrifice Phil 2:17. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν at every remembrance of you Phil 1:3. ἐ. παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν during your wrath, i.e. while you are angry Eph 4:26. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ in all (our) distress 1 Th 3:7b. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει 2 Cor 1:4. ἐ. τούτῳ in the meanwhile J 4:27 (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 17, 2, cp. Philops. 14 p. 41; Syntipas p. 76, 2 ἐφʼ ἡμέραις ἑπτα; 74, 6).

ⓒ w. acc.

α. answering the question ‘when?’ on: ἐ. τὴν αὔριον (Sb 6011, 14 [I B.C.]; PRyl 441 ἐ. τὴν ἐπαύριον) (on) the next day Lk 10:35; Ac 4:5. ἐ. τὴν ὥραν τ. προσευχῆς at the hour of prayer 3:1 (Polyaenus 8, 17 ἐ. ὥραν ὡρισμένην).

β. answering the qu. ‘how long?’ for, over a period of (Hom. et al.; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 170, 8=BGU 1058, 9 [13 B.C.]; POxy 275, 9; 15 ἐ. τὸν ὅλον χρόνον; PTebt 381, 19 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον περίεστιν ἡ μήτηρ; LXX; En 106:15; TestJob 30:2 ἐ. ὥρας τρεῖς; TestJud 3:4; TestGad 5:11; Jos., Ant. 11, 2; Just., D. 142, 1 ἐ. ποσόν ‘for awhile’) ἐ. ἔτη τρία for three years (Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 2, 1 Jac.) Lk 4:25. ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας for three days (Diod S 13, 19, 2; Arrian, Anab. 4, 9, 4; GDI 4706, 119 [Thera] ἐπʼ ἀμέρας τρεῖς) GPt 8:30 al. ἐ. ἡμέρας πλείους over a period of many days (Jos., Ant. 4, 277) Ac 13:31.—16:18 (ἐ. πολλὰς ἡμέρας as Appian, Liby. 29 §124; cp. Diod S 3, 16, 4); 17:2; 19:8, 10, 34; 27:20; Hb 11:30. ἐ. χρόνον for a while (cp. Il. 2, 299; Hdt. 9, 22, 1; Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1257; Jos., Vi. 2) Lk 18:4. ἐ. πλείονα χρόνον (Diod S 3, 16, 6; Hero Alex. I p. 344, 17) Ac 18:20. ἐφʼ ὅσον χρόνον as long as Ro 7:1; 1 Cor 7:39; Gal 4:1. Also ἐφʼ ὅσον as long as Mt 9:15; 2 Pt 1:13 (for other mngs. of ἐφʼ ὅσον s. above under 13). ἐφʼ ἱκανόν (sc. χρόνον) for a considerable time (EpArist 109) Ac 20:11. ἐ. χρόνον ἱκανόν Qua. ἐ. πολύ for a long time, throughout a long period of time (Thu. 1, 7; 1, 18, 1; 2, 16, 1 al.; Appian, Liby. 5 §21; Arrian, Cyneg. 23, 1; Lucian, Toxar. 20; Wsd 18:20; Sir 49:13; JosAs 19:3; Jos., Vi. 66: Just., A I, 65, 3) Ac 28:6. ἐ. πλεῖον the same (schol. on Pind., N. 7, 56b; PLille 3, 16 [III B.C.]; Jdth 13:1; Sir prol. l. 7; Jos., Ant. 18, 150) Ac 20:9; any longer (Lucian, D. Deor. 5, 3; Appian, Hann. 54 §227; 3 Macc 5:8; Wsd 8:12; Ath. 12, 3) Ac 24:4; 1 Cl 55:1.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐπί
14 χείρ

χείρ, ἡ, χειρός, χειρί, χεῖρα, dual χεῖρε, χεροῖν, pl. χεῖρες, χερῶν, χεῖρας, penult. being regularly short, when the ult. is long; dat. pl. regularly χερσί ( χειρσί occurs in cod.Vat. of LXX, as Jd.7.19, 1 Ch.5.10, and late Inscrr. as CIG2811

A b.10 ([place name] Aphrodisias), 2942c ([place name] Tralles): but Poets used the penult. long or short in all cases, as the verse required, χερός, χερί, χέρα, χέρε, χέρες, χέρας (of which Hom. uses only χερί; χέρα h.Pan.40
); gen. dual χειροῖν S.El. 206
(lyr.), 1394 (lyr.), IG22.1498.76; gen. pl. χειρῶν ib.31, common in Prose.—Poet. forms, dat. pl. χείρεσι ([etym.] ν ) once in Hom., Il.20.468, also Q.S.2.401, 5.469 (v.l.); χείρεσσι Il.12.382
, Pi.O.10(11).62, S.Ant. 976 (lyr.), 1297 (lyr.), and once in trim., E.Alc. 756; χέρεσσι ([etym.] ν) Hes.Th. 519, 747, B.17.49; χερέεσσιν AJA36.460
([place name] Galatia):—[dialect] Dor. nom. [full] χέρς Timocr.9; [full] χήρ Sophr. in PSI11.1214a3 (also, = δίψακος, Ps.-Dsc.3.11); gen. χηρός Alcm.32
, IG42(1).121.22 (Epid., iv B. C.); acc. pl. χῆρας ib.96, [dialect] Aeol. χέρρας Alc.Supp.4.21
, Theoc.28.9.—On the accent and declension of these forms, v. Hdn.Gr.2.277, 748:— the hand, whether closed, παχεῖα Il.3.376
; βαρεῖα 11.235
, al.; or open, flat, χερσὶ καταπρηνέσσι, χειρὶ καταπρηνεῖ, 15.114, Od.13.164, al.; εἰς τὴν χ. ἐγχεάμενοί τι X.Cyr.1.3.9
: freq. in pl. where a single hand is meant, Il.23.384, etc.; reversely, sg. where more than one hand is spoken of, e.g. Od.3.37, etc.; dual joined with pl., ἄμφω χεῖρας 8.135
; χεῖρε ἀμφοτέρας Il.21.115
.

2 hand and arm, arm (cf. Ruf.Onom.11,82, Gal.2.347), πῆχυν χειρὸς δεξιτερῆς Il.21.166
; κατὰ χεῖρα μέσην ἀγκῶνος ἔνερθε 11.252
; χεῖρες ἀπ' ὤμων ἀΐσσοντο Hes.Th. 150
; χ. εἰς ὤμους γυμναί Longus 1.4
; ἐν χερσὶ γυναικῶν πεσέειν into the arms, Il.6.81, etc.: hence, words are added to denote the hand as distinct from the arm, ἄκρην οὔτασε χεῖρα 5.336
; περὶ ἄκραις ταῖς χ. χειρῖδας ἔχουσι X.Cyr.8.8.17
, cf. Pl. Prt. 352a.

3 of the hand or paw of animals, ὅσα [ζῷα] χεῖρας ἔχει X.Mem.1.4.14
; πορεύεσθαι ἐπὶ χειρῶν go on all fours. LXX Le.11.27; so of monkeys, Arist.HA 502b3; of the fore-paws of the hyena, Id.Fr. 369; of the bear, Plu.2.919a.

II Special usages:

1 to denote position, ποτέρας τῆς χερός; on which hand? E.Cyc. 681; ἐπὶ δεξιὰ χειρός Pi.P.6.19
; ἐπ' ἀριστερὰ χειρός Od.5.277
; χειρὸς εἰς τὰ δεξιά S.Fr. 598
; λαιᾶς χειρός A.Pr. 714
(but χείρ is often omitted with δεξιά, ἀριστερά, as we say the right, the left).

2 freq. in dat. of all numbers with Verbs which imply the use of hands, λάβε χειρί, χερσὶν ἑλέσθαι, Il.5.302, 10.501; χερσὶν ἀσπάζεσθαι Od.3.35
; προκαλίζεσθαι 18.20
; χειρί, χεροῖν ψαῦσαι, S.OT 1510, 1466: sts. this dat. is added pleon. by way of emphasis, ὄνυξι συλλαβὼν χερί Id.Aj. 310
.

3 gen., by the hand, χειρὸς ἔχειν τινά Il.4.154
; χειρὸς ἑλών 1.323
, etc.; γέροντα δὲ χειρὸς ἀνίστη he raised him by the hand, 24.515, cf. Od.14.319; χερὶ χειρὸς ἑλών Pi.P.9.122
; τινὰ χειρός ἑλκειν Id.N.11.32
; ἀνέλκειν τινὰ τῆς χ. Ar.V. 569
(anap.).

4 the acc. is used when one takes the hand of a person, χεῖρα γέροντος ἑλών Il. 24.361
; χεῖρ' ἕλε δεξιτερήν Od.1.121
; χεῖράς τ' ἀλλήλων λαβέτην, in pledge of good faith, Il.6.233; so ἔμβαλλε χ. δεξιὰν πρώτιστά μοι S.Tr. 1181
; also ἔμβαλλε χειρὸς πίστιν Id.Ph. 813
, cf. OC 1632.

5 other uses of the acc.:

a in prayer or entreaty, χεῖρας ἀνασχεῖν [θεοῖς] Il.3.275, etc.; ποτὶ γούνασι χεῖρας βάλλειν Od.6.310
; ἀμφὶ.. Ἀρήτης βάλε γούνασι χεῖρας Ὀδυσσεύς 7.142
; ἀμφὶ δὲ χεῖρας δειρῇ βάλλ' Ὀδυσῆϊ 23.207
; ἀμφί τινι χεῖρε β. 21.223
; περίβαλε δὲ χέρας Ar.Th. 914
, cf. A.Ag. 1559 (anap.); χεῖρας προΐσχεσθαι Th.3.58
, 66; so also χεῖρας ἀείρων Od.11.423
, cf. Il.7.130 (tm.); χ. ἀνατείνειν (v. ἀνατείνω 1.1
).

b τὰς χεῖρας αἴρειν to hold up hands in token of assent or choice, of persons voting, Ar.Ec. 264; τὴν χ. αἴρειν And.3.41
; ὅτῳ δοκεῖ ταῦτα, ἀράτω τὴν χ. X.An.5.6.33
, cf. 7.3.6; ἀνατεινάτω τὴν χ. ib.3.2.9, 33; χεῖρας ὀρεγνύς Il.22.37
; χεῖρ' ὀρέγων εἰς οὐρανόν 15.371
; χεῖρας ὀ. τινί Od.12.257
; πρός τινα Pi. P.4.240
; ποτὶ στόμα χεῖρ' ὀρέγεσθαι Il.24.506
(but χεῖρά τισι ὀ. to reach them one's hand in help, X.HG5.2.17); also χεῖρε ἑτάροισι πετάσσας Il.4.523
, etc.; πιτνὰς εἰς ἐμὲ χεῖρας Od.11.392
(but χεῖρε πετάσσας abs., of one swimming, etc., 5.374, al.).

c [Ἰλίου] χεῖρα ἑὴν ὑπερέσχε held the hand over

I as a protector, Il.9.420, etc.: less freq. τισι, 4.249, cf. 5.433; χεῖρά θ' ὕπερθεν ἔχεις IG14.1003.10
([place name] Rome).

d in hostile sense, χεῖρας or χεῖρα ἐπιφέρειν τινί, Il.1.89, 19.261, al.; χεῖρας ἐφιέναι τινί 1.567
, Od.1.254, al.; χεῖρας ἐπιβάλλειν τισί Plb.3.2.8
, etc.; χέρα τινὶ προσενεγκεῖν Pi.P.9.36
; χεῖρας ἐπί τινι ἰάλλειν, v. ἰάλλω 1.1.

e χεῖρας ἀπέχειν keep hands off, λοιμοῖο βαρείας χεῖρας ἀφέξει Il.1.97
codd.; κερτομίας δέ τοι.. καὶ χεῖρας ἀφέξω.. μνηστήρων Od.20.263
; ἀθανάτων ἀπέχειν χέρας A.Eu. 350
(lyr.); τὼ χεῖρε ἀπέχεται Pl.Smp. 213d
; παύειν χεῖράς τινος Il.21.294
.

f χεῖρας ἐπιτιθέναι τινί, in token of consecration, 1 Ep.Ti.5.22, etc.

6 with Preps.:

a ἀνὰ χεῖρας ἔχειν τινάς to be intimate with.., Plb.21.6.5; αἱ ἀνὰ χεῖρά τινων ὁμιλίαι S.E.M.1.64
; τὰ ἀνὰ χεῖρα πράγματα the matters in hand, Plu.2.614b, etc. (also οἱ ἀνὰ χ. χρόνοι the current period, PRyl.88.21 (ii A. D.); τὰ ἀνὰ χ. what comes his way, Ps.-Ptol.Centil.18; ἀνὰ χ. τῆς πύλης hard by.., LXX 2 Ki.15.2.

b ἀπὸ χειρὸς λογίσασθαι to reckon off-hand, roughly, Ar.V. 656 (anap.), cf. Luc.Hist.Conscr.29: but πότισον τὴν γῆν ἀπὸ χειρός by hand, PCair.Zen.155 (iii B. C.).

c διὰ χερῶν ἔχειν, λαβεῖν, literally, to have or take between the hands, A.Supp. 193, S.Ant. 916; διὰ χειρὸς ἔχειν to hold in the hand, ib. 1258 (anap.), Ar.V. 597 (anap.); to have in hand, i. e. under control, Th.2.76; διὰ χειρῶν ἔχειν τὴν πολιτείαν Arist.Pol. 1308a27
; τὰ τῶν ξυμμάχων keep under control, Th.2.13: later, to have a work in hand, be engaged in it, Phld.Acad.Ind.p.69M. ([etym.] χερός), D.H.Isoc.4; τὰ ὅπλα Plu.Cor.2
, etc. (also διὰ χ. by direct payment, opp. διὰ τῆς τραπέζης by banker's order, BGU1156.8 (i B. C.), etc.; cf. διὰ χ. ἔσπευδε τὴν πρᾶσιν Charito 1.12
); of arms, διὰ χειρὸς εἶναι Luc.Anach.35
; διὰ χ. ἔχειν, c. part., to be continually doing, Plu.2.767c; διὰ χειρός τινος ποιεῖν τι LXXJo.17.4
, al., cf. Act.Ap.7.25, al.

d ἐς χεῖρας λαβεῖν τι literally, S.El. 1120, etc.; to take a matter in hand, undertake it, πρᾶγμ' ἐς χέρας λαβόντ' E.Hec. 1242
; ἄγεσθαί τι ἐς χεῖρας Hdt.1.126
, 4.79, etc.; δοῦναί τινι ἐς χέρας, εἰς χεῖρα, S.El. 1348, X.Cyr.8.8.22; καταστῆσαι εἰς τὰς χ. τινος Aeschin.2.28
; of persons, ἵκεο χεῖρας ἐς ἁμάς thou hast fallen into our hands, Il.10.448 (in Hom. also simply ὅ τι χεῖρας ἵκοιτο Od.12.331
, cf. 24.172); so εἰς χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν τινι X.Cyr.7.4.10
, cf. 2.4.15: generally, to have to do with any one, converse with him, Id.An.1.2.26 (so ἐς χεῖρα γῇ ξυνῆψαν E.Heracl. 429
): most freq. ἐς χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν τισι to come to blows or close quarters with.., A.Th. 680; ἀλλήλοις Th.7.44
: abs., εἰς χ. ἐλθεῖν Id.4.96
; ἐς χ. ἰέναι Id.2.3
, 4.72, cf. PTeb.765.6 (ii B. C.); συνιέναι X.Cyr.8.8.22
; also ἐς χειρῶν νόμον (fort. νομόν) ἀπικέσθαι Hdt.9.48
; ἐν χειρῶν νόμῳ (fort. νομῷ) ἀπόλλυσθαι Id.8.89
, cf. Aeschin.1.5, SIG167.37 (Mylasa, iv B. C.), Heraclid.Pol.25, Plb.1.34.5, 5.111.6; [full] ἐν χειρὸς νόμῳ Arist.Pol. 1285a10, D.H.6.26; ἐν χειρῶν νομαῖς SIG700.29
(Lete, ii B.C.), v. l. in LXX 3 Ma.1.5; ἐν χεροῖν δίκῃ cj. in E.Ba.738; εἰς χεῖρας συμμεῖξαι τοῖς πολεμίοις X.Cyr.2.1.11
; also εἰς χεῖρας δέχεσθαί τινας to await their charge, Id.An.4.3.31; ἐς χ. ὑπομεῖναί τινας Th. 5.72
.

e ἐκ χειρός by hand of man, S.Aj.27: from near at hand, at close range, ἐκ χειρὸς βάλλειν X.An.3.3.15
; ἀμύνασθαι ib.5.4.25; μάχεσθαι Id.HG7.2.14
, cf. D.S.19.6; πληγὰς ἐκ χ. ἀναδέξασθαι Plu.
tim.4; οὐ μὴ σωθῇ ἐκ χ. σιδήρου LXX Jb.20.24
; ἡ ἐκ χ. δίκη lynch law, D.H.4.37; ἡ ἐκ χ. βία Plb.9.4.6
: metaph., ἡ ἐκ χ. θεωρία closerange reading, D.H.Isoc.2; so of time, out of hand, off-hand, forthwith, Plb.5.41.7, al.

f δέπας μητρὶ ἐν χειρὶ τίθει Il.1.585
, cf. Od.13.57, 15.120, al. (always so of a cup, hence ἐν χερσὶ τίθει δέπας, though found in most codd., was condemned by the critics in Il.l.c., Od.3.51, 15.130); πρεσβήϊον ἐν χερὶ θήσω Il.8.289
; τόξον, ἔγχος ἔχων ἐν χειρί, 15.443, 17.604; σκῆπτρον δέ οἱ ἔμβαλε χειρί Od.2.37
; but ἐν.. χειρὶ σκῆπτρον ἔθηκεν Il.23.568
; of a gift, ἐν χερσὶ τίθει 1.441
, 446; ἐν ταῖς χ. ἔχειν, literally, Pl.R. 432d; τὰ ὅπλ' ἐν ταῖς χ. ἔχων D.9.8
, etc. (metaph., ἔτι μεμνημένων ὑμῶν καὶ μόνον οὐκ ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν ἕκαστ' ἐχόντων Id.18.226
); but ἐν χερσὶν ἔχειν also, to have in hand, be engaged in, τὸν γάμον Hdt.1.35
; ἑορτήν Plu.Alex.13
; τὴν περὶ Δημοσθένους πραγματείαν D.H.Th.1
; ἐν χειρί τινα δίκην ἔχων Pl.Tht. 172e
; ὁ ἐν χερσὶ πόλεμος the war in hand, D.H.8.87; περιτειχισμὸς ἐν χερσὶν ὤν ib.21; ἡ ἐν χ. ζήτησις S.E.M.11.208
, etc.; freq. of fighting, ἐν χερσί hand to hand, ἐν χ. ἦν ἡ μάχη Th.4.43
; ἐν χ. ἀποκτεῖναι Id.3.66
, cf. 4.57,96, etc.; ἐν χ. γίγνεσθαι τοῖς ἐναντίοις Id.5.72
; ἐν χ. εἶναί τινος X.HG4.6.11
; δίκη ἐν χερσί Hes.Op. 192
; ὁ ψόφος τῶν ὅπλων καὶ τῶν ἵππων ὁ φρυαγμὸς ἐν χερσὶν ἐδόκει εἶναι D.S.19.31
; ἡ ἐν χερσὶν [δυστυχία] Plu.Cleom.22: also in dual, τἀν χεροῖν S.Ant. 1345
(lyr.); ἐν χειρί τινος by the hand of.., LXX Jo.21.2, al.; ἐν χ. ἀγγέλου Act.Ap.7.35
(v.l.).

g ἐπὶ χειρὸς ἔχειν on or in one's hand, Thgn.490; ἐπὶ χεῖράς τινων ἐκφέρουσι put into their hands, Plu.2.815b; also ἐπὶ χεῖρά τινος next to, LXXNe.3.4.

h κατὰ χειρός, of washing the hands before meals, ὕδωρ κατὰ χειρός (sc. φερέτω τις), Ar.V. 1216, cf.Av. 464 (anap.), Fr. 502 (lyr.), Philox. 1, Ath.9.408e; (without ὕδωρ) κατὰ χ. ἐδόθη Alex.261.2
, cf. Arched. 2.3: prov. of that which is easily come by, Telecl.1.2 (anap.);
πάντα μοι κατὰ χ. ἦν τὰ πράγματα
at hand, Pherecr.146.5
; also κατὰ χειρῶν δοῦναι, χέειν, λαβεῖν, Philyll.3, Antiph.287 (v.l.), Men.470 (troch.), cf. Phot.s.v. κατὰ χειρὸς ὕδωρ: κατὰ χεῖρα in deed or act, κατὰ χ. γενναιότατοι D.H.7.6
; opp. συνέσει, Plu.Phil.7; κατὰ χεῖρά σου according to thy will, LXX Si.25.26: but κατὰ χεῖρας [τῆς σοφίας] by her side, ib.14.25.

i μετὰ χερσὶν ἔχειν between, i.e. in, the hands, Il.11.4, 15.717; [ἄλεισον] μετὰ χ. ἐνώμα Od.22.10
: μετὰ χεῖρας ἔχειν to have in hand, be engaged in, Hdt.7.16.β, Th.1.138.

k λάβε παρὰ χεῖρα take in hand, LXX To. 11.4; but τὸ πὰρ χειρός the work in hand, B.13.10.

l πρὸ χειρῶν
close before one, S.Ant. 1279
, E.Tr. 1207 (s.v.l.), Rh. 274; πρὸ χειρὸς εἶναι cj. in Pl.Com.69.5.

m πρὸς χειρός τινος by his hand, A.Supp.66 (lyr.), etc.; πρὸς ἐμὴν χεῖρα at the signs given by my hand, S.Ph. 148 (anap.); πρὸς χεῖρα ὑποβορβορύζοντες on pressure, Hp.Epid.4.7.

n ὑπὸ χερσὶ ἁλοῦσα under, i.e. by, another's hands, Il.2.374, etc.; ὑπὸ χεῖρα ποιεῖσθαι to bring under one's power, X.Ages.1.22; οἱ ὑπὸ χ. persons in one's power, D.6.34; ὑπὸ τὴν χ. ἐλθεῖν to come into one's hand, Luc.Herm.57, etc.; ὑπὸ χ. in hand, i.e. in stock, Arist.Mete. 369b33; but also, at hand, i.e. at once, Plu.2.548e; τὰ ὑπὸ χ. ib.56b, Dsc.1.35; ὁ ὑπὸ χ. the attendant, Dsc.5.75;
παρέργως καὶ ὑπὸ χ.
extempore, Plu.Arat.3
, etc.; also καθύπο χεῖρα κινῶν [τὰς οὐσίας], in Alchemy, Ps.-Democr. p.51 B.

III the hand often receives the attributes of the person using it, χ. μεγάλη, of Zeus, Il.15.695 (χ. παγκρατής, of God, Secund.Sent.3; χ. ὑπερμήκης, of the 'long arm' of the king, Hdt.8.140.β') ; θοὴ χ., of one throwing, Il.12.306; ἀφνειά Pi.O.7.1
, cf. S.El. 458; εὐσεβεστέρα, εὐφιλής, A.Ch. 141, Ag.34; κάρβανος ib. 1061; γεραιά E.Hec. 143
(anap.); πονηρά Id. Ion 1316
, etc.: to denote wealth or poverty, πλειοτέρῃ σὺν χ. Od.11.359
; κενεὰς σὺν χ. ἔχοντες 10.42
, cf. E.Hel. 1280, etc.

2 it is represented as acting of itself, χεῖρες μαιμῶσιν Il.13.77
, cf. S.Aj.50; χεὶρ ὁρᾷ τὸ δράσιμον A.Th. 554
; δήμου κρατοῦσα χ. Id.Supp. 604
(dub. l.): prov., ἁ δὲ χ. τὰν χ. νίζει Epich.273
; or simply, ἁ χ. τὰν χ. AP5.207
(Mel.).

3 pl., in theurgy, name for spiritual powers, αἱ δημιουργικαὶ [τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος] δυνάμεις ἃς θεουργῶν παῖδες χεῖρας ἀποκαλοῦσιν Procl. in Cra. p.101
P., cf. eund. in R.2.252K.

IV to denote act or deed, opp. mere words, in pl., ἔπεσιν καὶ χερσὶν ἀρήξειν Il.1.77
; μνῆμ' Ἑλένης χειρῶν of her handiwork, her art, Od.15.126 (so in sg., δώρημ' ἐκείνῳ τἀνδρὶ τῆς ἐμῆς χ. S.Tr. 603
); χερσὶν ἢ λόγῳ Id.OT 883
(lyr.), cf. OC 1297, etc.; τῇ χειρὶ χρᾶσθαι to use one's hands, i.c. be active, stirring, opp. ἀργὸς ἐπεστάναι, Hdt.3.78, cf. 9.72; τὰς χ. προσφέρειν to apply force, X.Mem.2.6.31: sg., βούλευμα μὲν τὸ Δῖον, Ἡφαίστου δὲ χείρ A.Pr. 619
; μιᾷ χειρί single-handed, D.21.219; χειρὶ καὶ ποδὶ καὶ πάσῃ δυνάμει Aeschin.3.109
, cf. 2.115; χερσίν τε ποσίν τε Il.20.360
, cf. Pi.O.10(11).62, esp. of using the hands in a fight, cf. supr. 11.6d, e, f; of deeds of violence, πρὶν χειρῶν γεύσασθαι before we try force, Od.20.181; ἀδίκων χ. ἄρχειν to give the first blow, X.Cyr.1.5.13, Antipho 4.2.1, Lys.4.11, etc.; ἀμυνόμενος ἄρχοντα χειρῶν Pl.Lg. 869d
: generally, χεῖρες violent measures, force, ἐπίσχετε θυμὸν ἐνιπῆς καὶ χειρῶν Od.20.267
; ὑπόδικος χερῶν A.Eu. 260
(lyr.); χερσὶ πεποιθώς Il.16.624
, etc.; ἐν χειρῶν νόμῳ v. supr. 11.6d; ὅπως θανάτοιο βαρείας χ. ἀλάλκοι, v.l. for κῆρας, Il.21.548.

V a number, band, body of men, esp. of soldiers, χεὶρ μεγάλη Hdt.7.157
; in dat., οὐ σὺν μεγάλῃ χ. Id.5.72
; πολλῇ χ. 1.174
, Th.3.96, E.Heracl. 337; pleon., χ. μεγάλῃ πλήθεος Hdt.7.20
; δεδωμάτωμαι δ' οὐδ' ἐγὼ σμικρᾷ χερί A.Supp. 958
; οἰκεία χείρ, for χεὶρ οἰκετῶν, E.El. 629; σὺν πλήθει χερῶν S.OT 123
.

VI handwriting, τὴν ἑαυτοῦ χεῖρα ἀρνήσασθαι Hyp.Lyc.Fr.5
, cf. IG9(1).189 ([place name] Phocis); τῇ ἐμῇ χ. Παύλου I Ep. Cor.16.21, Ep.Col.4.18: copy, counterpart of a document, SIG712.31 (Crete, ii B.C.); deed, instrument, ἡ χ. ἥδε κυρία ἔστω PRein.28.18
(ii B.C.), cf. PCair.Zen. 477 (iii B.C.), etc.

b handiwork of an artist or workman, γλαφυρὰ χ. Theoc.Epigr.8.5
, etc.; αἱ Ἐφεσίου χεῖρες Herod.4.72
, cf. 6.66; σοφαὶ χέρες APl.4.262
; τὰς Φειδίου χ. Lib.Or. 30.22
.

VII of any implement resembling a hand:

1 a kind of gauntlet, X.Eq.12.5, Poll.1.135 (pl.).

2 χ. σιδηρᾶ grappling-iron, Th.4.25, 7.62; also of an anchor, AP6.38 (Phil.).

3 axle-tree, LXX 3 Ki.7.18(32).

4 in LXX, pillar or cairn, as it were a finger pointing to heaven, χεὶρ Ἀβεσσαλώμ LXX 2 Ki.18.18
; also ἀνέστακεν αὐτῷ χεῖρα, i.e. trophy, ib. 1 Ki.15.12.

5 χεῖρες ἐλάτιναι, of oars, Tim.Pers.7.

6 catch of a trigger, Hero Aut.13.9; χ. κατάγουσα τὴν τοξῖτιν Ph.Bel. 68.4
, cf. Hero Bel.78.2.

7 instrument of torture, LXX 4 Ma.8.13.

VIII handful, κορώνῃ χεῖρα πρόσδοτε κριθέων Phoen. 2.1
.

IX ointment containing five ingredients, Orib.Fr.89, Alex. Trall.7.1. (Cf. Arm. jein ( dzern), Alb. dore, Tocharian (A-dialect) tsar, (B-dialect) sar, all = hand.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > χείρ
15 AT

I) prep.

A. with dative.

I. Of motion;

1) towards, against;

Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;

hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;

2) close atup to;

Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;

þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;

3) to, at;

koma at landi, to come to land;

ganga at dómi, to go into court;

4) along (= eptir);

ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;

dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;

refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;

5) denoting hostility;

renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;

gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;

6) around;

vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;

bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;

7) denoting business, engagement;

ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;

fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.

II. Of position, &c.;

1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;

at kirkju, at church;

at dómi, in court;

at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;

2) denoting participation in;

vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;

vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;

3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;

kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;

var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;

4) with proper names of places (farms);

konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;

biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;

at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;

5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;

at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;

at Marðar, at Mara’s home;

at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;

at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).

III. Of time;

1) at, in;

at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;

at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;

at páskum, at Easter;

at kveldi, at eventide;

at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;

at fjöru, at the ebb;

at flœðum, at the floodtide;

2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;

at ári komanda, next year;

at vári, er kemr, next spring;

generally with ‘komanda’ understood;

at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;

3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;

at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;

at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;

at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;

at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;

at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;

at honum önduðum, after his death;

4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;

hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;

skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;

at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.

IV. fig. and in various uses;

1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;

brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;

verða at ormi, to become a snake;

2) for, as;

gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;

eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;

3) by;

taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;

draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;

kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;

4) as regards as to;

auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;

vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;

5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;

ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;

6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;

faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);

aðili at sök = aðili sakar;

7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;

hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;

mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;

tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;

kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;

8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;

Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);

þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;

hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;

9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);

at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;

at landslögum, by the law of the land;

at vánum, as was to be expected;

at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;

10) in adverbial phrases;

gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;

bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;

at fullu, fully;

at vísu, surely;

at frjálsu, freely;

at eilífu, for ever and ever;

at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;

at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;

at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.

B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);

sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;

eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;

at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;

connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;

at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.

II)

1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;

at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;

2) in an objective sense;

hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;

gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;

3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).

III)

1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;

hón grét at meir, she wept the more;

þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;

þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;

2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);

þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;

sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.

IV)

conj., that;

1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;

þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;

vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;

2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;

svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;

3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);

4) since, because, as (= því at);

5) connected with þó, því, svá;

þó at (with subj.), though, although;

því at, because, for;

svá at, so that;

6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;

þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;

þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;

áðr at (= á. en), before;

7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;

Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;

in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.

V)

negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.

VI)

n. an incited conflict or fight ( see etja);

odda at, Yggs at, battle.

* * *

1.

and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.

Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.

WITH DAT.

A. LOC.

I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:

1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.

2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.

3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)

4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.

5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.

β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.

6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.

β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.

γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.

7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.

β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.

8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.

β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.

II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.

2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.

3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:

α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.

β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.

γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.

4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.

5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.

6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.

β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.

γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.

7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.

B. TEMP.

I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.

II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.

β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.

III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:

1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,

2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.

IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:

1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.

2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.

3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.

V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.

2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.

C. METAPH. and in various cases:

I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:

α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.

β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.

II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.

2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.

III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.

IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.

2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)

3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.

4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.

5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.

6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.

β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.

V. denoting the source of a thing:

1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.

2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.

VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.

VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.

VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.

β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.

IX. following many words:

1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.

β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …

γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.

δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.

2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.

3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.

WITH ACC.

TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.

☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.

2.

and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.

I. it is used either,

1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,

2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.

β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).

3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.

II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:

α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.

β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.

γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.

δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.

ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.

ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.

η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.

θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.

3.

and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.

I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.

II. it is used,

1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.

2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.

β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.

γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.

III. used in connection with conjunctions,

1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.

α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.

β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.

γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.

2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.

IV. as a relat. conj.:

1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.

2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.

V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.

4.

and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.

5.

n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.

β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.

6.

the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT
16 Á

shall

* * *

a negative suffix to verbs, not;

era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.

* * *

1.

á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]

With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.

WITH DAT.

A. Loc.

I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.

II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.

2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).

3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.

4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.

III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).

B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:

I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.

II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.

III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.

IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.

C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:

I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.

2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.

3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.

II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.

III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.

IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’

2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.

V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.

VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.

VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.

VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.

WITH ACC.

A. Loc.

I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.

2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.

3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.

II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:

1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.

2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.

III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.

IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.

V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.

VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.

VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.

B. TEMP.

I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.

II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.

III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.

IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.

V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.

VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.

VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.

C. Metaph. and in various relations:

I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.

β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.

II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:

1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.

2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.

3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.

β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.

III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.

IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:

1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.

2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.

3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.

V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.

VI. connected with nouns,

1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.

2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.

3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.

VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.

2.

f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.

COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á
17 рука

ж.

1) ( верхняя конечность) arm; ( кисть) hand

маха́ть руко́й — wave one's hand

вести́ за́ руку (вн.) — lead (d) by the hand

бра́ться за́ руки — join hands, take each other's hand, link arms

брать на́ руки (вн.) — take (d) in one's arms

держа́ть на рука́х (вн.) — hold (d) in one's arms

носи́ть на рука́х (вн.; держать на руках) — carry (d) in one's arms

брать кого́-л по́д руку — take smb's arm

идти́ по́д руку с кем-л — walk arm in arm with smb; walk with smb on one's arm

подава́ть ру́ку (дт.) — hold out one's hand (to); offer one's hand (to) (тж. даме)

я ему́ руки́ не пода́м — I'll never hold out my hand to him

пожима́ть ру́ку (дт.), здоро́ваться за́ руку (с тв.) — shake hands (with)

протя́гивать ру́ку (дт.) — stretch out [extend] one's hand (to)

заложи́ть ру́ки за́ спину — put one's hands behind one's back

рука́ о́б руку — hand in hand

ру́ки вверх! воен. (приказ) — hands up!

тро́гать рука́ми (вн.) — touch (d)

рука́ми не тро́гать! — please do not touch!

шить на рука́х — sew by hand

2) ( почерк) hand, handwriting

э́то не его́ рука́ — it is not his writing

3) тк. ед. разг. (блат, знакомство) protection, pull; a friend in high places

у него́ есть рука́ (в пр.) — he has a pull (in), he has a friend at court

••

рука́ не дро́гнет у кого́-л (+ инф.) — smb will not hesitate / scruple (+ to inf)

рука́ не поднима́ется (+ инф.) — smb can't bring oneself (+ to inf)

рука́ ру́ку мо́ет погов. — ≈ you roll my log and I'll roll yours; it's a matter of give-and-take

руко́й пода́ть отку́да-л — it is but a step (from), it's a stone's throw (from)

брать по́д руку кого́-л — take smb by the arm, link arms with smb

брать / взять себя́ в ру́ки — pull oneself together, control oneself

быть в хоро́ших рука́х — be in good hands

быть в чьих-л рука́х — be in smb's hands

быть как без рук (без) — feel helpless (without), be lost (without)

быть на́ руку кому́-л — play into smb's hands; serve smb's purpose

быть пра́вой руко́й кого́-л — be smb's right hand

быть свя́занным по рука́м и нога́м — be bound hand and foot

в одни́ ру́ки (отпускать товар и т.п.) — per customer

в со́бственные ру́ки (надпись на конверте и т.п.) — personal; to be given into smb's own hands

взять в свои́ ру́ки (что-л) — take smth in hand, take smth into one's own hands

всё из рук ва́лится — см. валиться

выдава́ть на́ руки (вн. дт.) — hand (d i)

говори́ть по́д руку кому́-л — distract smb (while smb is doing something)

гуля́ть по́д руку с кем-л — walk arm in arm with smb

дава́ть во́лю рука́м разг. — = распуска́ть ру́ки (см. распускать)

дава́ть ру́ку на отсече́ние — ≈ stake one's life (on)

дать по рука́м кому́-л — give (i) a slap on the wrist

держа́ть в свои́х рука́х (вн.) — have (d) in one's hands, have (d) under one's thumb

знать что-л из ве́рных рук — know smth from a reliable source

игра́ть в четы́ре руки́ (с тв.) — play duets on the piano [pɪ'æ-] (with)

из пе́рвых [вторы́х] рук — at first [second] hand

из рук в ру́ки — from hand to hand

из рук вон пло́хо разг. — thoroughly bad

име́ть золоты́е ру́ки — have golden [great; a clever pair of] hands

как руко́й сня́ло разг. — it vanished as if by magic

лёгкая рука́ у кого́-л — 1) (о том, кто может принести удачу) he brings luck 2) (о том, кто умело делает что-л) he has a magic touch

лома́ть ру́ки — wring one's hands

мара́ть / па́чкать ру́ки (о вн.) — dirty / soil one's hands (on)

ма́стер на все ру́ки — Jack of all trades

он ма́стер на все ру́ки — he can turn his hand to anything; he is a Jack of all trades

махну́ть руко́й (на вн.) — give (d) up as lost / hopeless; give (d) up as a bad job, say goodbye (to) разг.

на рука́х — 1) (у кого́-л; на попечении) on smb's hands 2) (у кого́-л; при себе) on smb's person 3) (у кого́-л; во владении, в распоряжении у кого-л) in smb's possession 4) ( о библиотечной книге) be out on loan

на ско́рую ру́ку — off-hand; in rough-and-ready fashion

наби́ть ру́ку на чём-л — become a skilled hand at smth

наложи́ть на себя́ ру́ки — lay hands on oneself, take one's own life

не с руки́ (кому́-л + инф.) — 1) (неудобно, несподручно) it is uncomfortable for smb (+ to inf) 2) ( неприемлемо) it is inconvenient for smb (+ to inf) 3) ( не подобает) it is inappropriate for smb (+ to inf) 4) ( неудобно по времени) it's the wrong time for smb (+ to inf)

нечи́стый на́ руку — light-fingered

носи́ть на рука́х кого́-л — adore smb, put smb on a pedestal; неодобр. make a fuss over smb

отбива́ться рука́ми и нога́ми (от) — fight tooth and nail (against)

отда́ть в хоро́шие ру́ки (собаку и т.п.) — give (d) to a good home, find a good home (for)

передава́ть де́ло в чьи-л ру́ки — put the matter into smb's hands

перепи́сывать от руки́ (вн.) — copy (d) by hand

переходи́ть в други́е ру́ки — change hands

по рука́м! разг. — a bargain!; 'tis a bargain! / deal!, done!

по пра́вую [ле́вую] ру́ку — at the right [left] hand

под рука́ми — ready to hand

под руко́й — (near) at hand, within easy reach of one's hand

под горя́чую ру́ку — см. горячий

под пья́ную ру́ку — when drunk; under the influence

пода́ть ру́ку по́мощи (дт.) — lend / give (i) a helping hand

подня́ть ру́ку (на вн.) — raise one's hand (against)

пойти́ по рука́м (о женщине) — go from one man to another

положа́ ру́ку на́ сердце — with one's hand upon one's heart

получи́ть по рука́м — get one's wrist slapped

попа́сться в ру́ки кому́-л — fall into smb's hands

потира́ть ру́ки (от) — rub one's hands (with)

предлага́ть ру́ку кому́-л — 1) ( даме) offer smb one's hand 2) ( делать предложение) propose (marriage) to smb

прибра́ть к рука́м (кого́-л) — take smb in hand; ( что-л) appropriate smth, lay one's hands on smth; (украсть тж.) walk away with smth

приложи́ть ру́ку (к) — 1) ( принять участие) bear / take a hand (in); put one's hand (to) 2) уст. ( подписаться) sign (d), add one's signature (to)

проси́ть чьей-л руки́ уст. — seek smb's hand in marriage

пусти́ть по рука́м (вн.) — pass (d) from hand to hand

разводи́ть рука́ми — ≈ make a helpless gesture, lift one's hands (in dismay)

развяза́ть ру́ки кому́-л — untie smb's hands, give smb full scope

ру́ки не дохо́дят (до) — см. доходить

ру́ки опуска́ются у кого́-л — smb is losing heart

ру́ки прочь! — hands off!

ру́ки че́шутся у кого́-л (+ inf) — smb's fingers are itching (+ to inf)

с рука́ми оторва́ть (вн.) — snatch / grab (d) right up; be passed around

с пусты́ми рука́ми — empty-handed

с рук доло́й — off one's hands

сбыть с рук (вн.) — get (d) off one's hands

свои́ми (со́бственными) рука́ми — with one's own hands

свя́зывать / спу́тывать ру́ки кому́-л — tie smb's hands

сиде́ть сложа́ ру́ки разг. — be idle, sit by

сре́дней руки́ — ordinary, average

схвати́ть за́ руку кого́-л — catch smb red-handed; catch smb in the act

сходи́ть с рук: э́то ему́ не сойдёт с рук — he won't get away with it

твёрдая рука́ — a firm hand

тяжёлая рука́ у кого́-л (больно бьёт) — smb has a heavy hand

уда́рить по рука́м (прийти к соглашению) — strike hands, strike a bargain

уме́лые ру́ки — skillful hands

умыва́ть ру́ки — wash one's hands of it

ухвати́ться обе́ими рука́ми (за вн.) — 1) ( крепко держать) grab (d) 2) ( немедленно воспользоваться чем-л) jump (at), snatch (at)

ходи́ть по рука́м — 1) ( передаваться из рук в руки) pass from hand to hand 2) ( вести распутный образ жизни) go from one man to another

ходи́ть с протя́нутой руко́й — beg (in the streets); be panhandling

подвора́чиваться / попада́ться по́д руку — 1) ( оказываться поблизости - о предмете) come to hand; happen to be within reach 2) ( случайно встречаться - о человеке) happen along

Новый большой русско-английский словарь > рука
18 ὑπό

ὑπό [pron. full] [ῠ], Prep. with gen., dat., and acc.: [dialect] Aeol. [full] ὐπά Alc.39; [dialect] Boeot. [full] ὑπά

A Ἀρχ.Δελτ. 14
Pl. ii 19 (Thespiae, iii B.C.); [dialect] Ion. ηυπύ only in IG 14.871 (Cumae, v B.C.); Arc. [full] ὁπύ Schwyzer 664.15,21 (Orchom.Arc., iv B.C.); in [dialect] Ep. [full] ὑπαί (also B. 12.139): this is found in Hom. only six times as a well-attested reading (ὑ. πόδα Il.2.824
, ὑ. δέ 3.217
, 11.417, 12.149, ὑ. δείους 10.376
, 15.4); elsewh. (before λ ν ρ ϝ ) it is weakly attested as v. l. for ὑπὸ ([etym.] ?ὑπόX ¯ ), e.g. ποσσὶ δ' ὑπὸ (v.l. ὑπαὶ) λιπαροῖσι Il.2.44
, al.; but ὑπαὶ νεφέων is given by most codd. in Il.15.625, 16.375 (v. Allen ed. maj.), and ὑπαὶ νεφέεσσι Anon.
ap. Plu.2.38e; also in compds., ὑπαιδείδοικα h.Merc. 165
, ὑπαιφοινίσσω (q. v.); it is not freq. in Trag. Poets, A.Ag. 892, 944, 1164 (lyr.), Eu. 417, S.El. 711, 1418 (lyr.), Inach. in PTeb. 692 ii5 (lyr.), E.El. 1188 (lyr.), Ar. Ach. 970 (paratrag.). (With ὑπό ([etym.] ὕπο) cf. Skt. úpa 'towards, near to, etc.', Goth. uf 'under'.)

A WITH GENITIVE,

I of Place, with Verbs of motion, from under, αὖτις ἀναστήσονται ὑ. ζόφου they will rise again from under the gloom, Il.21.56; ὑ. χθονὸς ἧκε φόωσδε Hes.Th. 669
; ῥέει κρήνη ὑ. σπείους Od.9.141
, cf. Pl.Phdr. 230b; ὄσσε δεινὸν ὑ. βλεφάρων ἐξεφάανθεν Il.19.17
; ἐσιδόντες ὑπαὶ χειμῶνος αἴγλαν from under the storm-cloud, B.12.139; esp. of rescuing from under another's power, after the Verbs ἐρύεσθαι, ἁρπάζειν, ῥύεσθαι, ἐρύειν, Il.9.248, 13.198, 17.224, 235;
ἤγαγεν ὑμέτερόνδ' ἀνδροκτασίης ὕ. λυγρῆς
from the consequences of,
23.86
; also ἵππους μὲν λῦσαν ὑ. ζυγοῦ from under the yoke, 8.543, Od.4.39; ὑπ' ἀρνειοῦ λυόμην I loosed myself from under the ram, 9.463; σπλάγχνων ὕπο ματέρος μόλεν, i.e. was born, Pi.N.1.35, cf. O.6.43; rarely in Trag., ὑ. πτερῶν σπάσας E.Andr. 441
; περᾷ γὰρ ἥδ' ὑ. σκηνῆς πόδα Id.Hec.53
; once in Hdt., τὰς δέ οἱ ἵππους ὑ. τοῦ ἅρματος νεμομένας ἀφανισθῆναι 4.8
; αἴ τις ὑ. τῶν νομίων τῶν ἐπιϝοικων ἀνχωρέῃ SIG47.27
(Locris, v B.C.); cf. ὑπέκ.

2 of the object under which a thing is or is placed, under, beneath, with collat. sense of motion, as μοχλὸν ὑ. σποδοῦ ἤλασα πολλῆς thrust it in under the embers, Od. 9.375; ὑ. στέρνοιο τυχήσας Il.4.106
; τοὺς μὲν ὑ. χθονὸς εὐρυοδείης πέμψαν Hes.Th. 717
: also without the sense of motion, ὑπ' ἀνθερεῶνος ὀχεὺς τέτατο Il.3.372
; βάθιστον ὑ. χθονός ἐστι βέρεθρον 8.14
; ἐτέθαπτο ὑ. χθονός Od.11.52
; κεκευθὼς πολεμίας ὑ. χθονός A.Th. 588
; ὑπ' ἀγκῶνος βέλη Pi.O.2.83
; νέρθεν ὑπ' ἐγκεφάλοιο Il.16.347
; τὰ ὑ. γῆς δικαιωτήρια Pl.Phdr. 249a
; δεξιὰν ὑφ' εἵματος κρύπτειν E.Hec. 342
; φέρειν ζώνης ὕπο ib. 762: Thom.Mag.p.375 R. says that ὑ. = under takes gen. in [dialect] Att., acc. in 'Hellenic' Greek; κατακρύψας ὑ. κόπρου, which is v.l. in Od.9.329 for ὑ. κόπρῳ, is called by Eust.1631.36 Ἀττικώτερον, ὁποῖον καὶ τὸ φέρειν τι ὑ. κόλπου ἢ ὑ. μάλης (v. κόλπος, μάλη); but in [dialect] Att. Prose, Hdt., and the Koine ὑ. c. gen. in signfs. 1.1, 2 is almost limited to these and a few other phrases, esp. ὑ. γῆς; it is not found at all in Th., LXX, Ptolemaic papyri, and NT; X. has ὑ. ἁμάξης ( = from under) An.6.4.22,25; the Orators have only ὑ. μάλης, Lys.Fr.54, D.29.12; ὑ. γῆς is found in Pl.Ap. 18b, Mx. 246d, R. 414d, al., Arist.Mete. 352b6, al., Hipparch.2.2.45, Plb.18.18.10 ([etym.] ὑ. τῆς γῆς), 21.28.3,10.

b metaph., ἀρετῶσι δὲ λαοὶ ὑπ' αὐτοῦ under his rule, Od.19.114.

II of Cause or Agency, freq. with pass. Verbs, and with intr. Verbs in pass. sense, μή πως τάχ' ὑπ' αὐτοῦ δουρὶ δαμήῃς Il.3.436
, cf. 4.479; ἡνιόχοιο ἐν κονίῃσι πεσόντος ὑφ' Ἕκτορος 17.428
; εὖτ' ἂν πολλοὶ ὑφ' Ἕκτορος θνῂσκοντες πίπτωσι 1.242; τὸν.. τοκέα ὑ. τοῦ.. παιδὸς ἀποθνῄσκειν Hdt.1.137
; οἵαις ὑπ' αὐτοῦ πημοναῖσι κάμπτομαι A.Pr. 308
, cf. Th.7, al.; πέλεκυς.. ὅς τ' εἶσιν διὰ δουρὸς ὑπ' ἀνέρος Il.3.61
; ὑπ' Ἀχαιῶν.. φοβέοντο.. ἀπὸ νηῶν 16.303
; πάσχειν δὲ κακῶς ἐχθρὸν ὑπ' ἐχθρῶν A.Pr. 1042
(anap.); ὑ. τοῦ Μήδου δεινότερα τούτων πάσχοντες Th.1.77
; ἐκπεσόντες ὑ. τοῦ πλήθους Id.4.66
; ἀναστάτων Καμαριναίων γενομένων ὑ. Συρακοσίων Id.6.5
; ὑφ' ὑμῶν αὐτῶν καὶ μὴ ὑ. τῶν πολεμίων τοῦτο παθεῖν Id.4.64
; κλύοντές ἐσμεν αἰσχίστους λόγους.. τοῦδ' ὑπ' ἀνδρὸς ἀρτίως we have been called shameful names by.., S.Aj. 1321; κακῶς ὑ. τῶν πολιτῶν ἀκούειν to be ill spoken of by.., Isoc.4.77, cf. Pl.Hp.Ma. 304e, X.An. 7.7.23; of a subordinate agent, ὑ. κήρυκος προαγορεύειν, ἀπειπεῖν κηρύκων ὕπο, Hdt.9.98, E.Alc. 737, cf. Th.6.32; ἐμῶν ὑπ' ἀγγέλων.. πορεύεται S.Tr. 391
; ὑ. ἀγγέλων πέμπων Pl.Phlb. 66a
: sts. with a verbal Subst., τὸ ὑ. νόμου ἐπίταγμα (i. e. ἐπιταττόμενον) Id.R. 359a; ἐκφορὰ φίλων ὕπο A.Th. 1029
; ἡ ὑπ' ἀρετῆς Ἡρακλέους παίδευσις X. Mem.2.1.34
; ἡ ὑ. πάντων τιμή Id.Cyr.3.3.2
; Ἥρας δεσμοὶ ὑ. ὑέος Pl. R. 378d
; so ἄτρωτον ἦν ὑ. στύγους ( = οὐ τετρωμένον) prob. in A.Ch. 532.

2 also in pregnant phrases, not only of the immediate act of the agent, but also of its further result, ὅθ' ὑ. λιγέων ἀνέμων σπέρχωσιν ἄελλαι hasten driven on by them, Il.13.334; ὑφ' Ἕκτορος.. φεύγοντες fleeing before him, 18.149, χάσσονται ὑπ' ἔγχεος 13.153
, cf. 7.64, 11.119, 424, Od.5.320, 7.263, al.; πράγματα εἶχον ὑ. λῃστῶν X.HG5.1.5
; ἔπαινον, αἰτίαν ἔχειν ὑ. τινῶν, Hdt.9.78, A.Eu.99; οὐκέτι ἀποχωρεῖν οἷόν τ' ἦν ὑ. τῶν ἱππέων Th.7.78
, cf. Ar.V. 1084.

3 freq. of things as well as persons, ὡς διάκειμαι ὑ. τῆς νόσου Th.7.77
; κεῖμαι νούσου ὕ. στυγερᾶς IG42(1).125.8
(Epid., iii B.C.); χαλεπῶς ἔχειν ὑ. τραυμάτων Pl.Tht. 142b
; ὑ. δόρατος πλαγείς IG42(1).122.64
(Epid., iv B.C.); ὑ. ἔχιος φῦμα ib.123.4 (ibid., iv B.C.); ἰάθη ὑ. ὄφιος ib.121.113 (ibid., iv B.C.); κατεσκεύασαν τὰς πύλας κλείεσθαι ὑ. σφύρας τε μεγάλης καὶ κτύπου παμμεγέθους γιγνομένου Aen.Tact.20.4
: of the agency of feelings, passions, etc., ἀνόρουσ' ὑ. χάρματος h.Cer. 371
; ἐνδακρύειν, ἀνολολύξαι χαρᾶς ὕπο, A.Ag. 541, 587; μαίνεται.. ὑφ' ἡδονῆς S.El. 1153
; χλωρὸς ὑπαὶ δείους Il.10.376
; ὑ. δέους ἔρρηξε φωνήν Hdt.1.85
, cf. Th.6.33; οὐ δυνατὸν τὸν δῆμον ἐσόμενον ὑ. τῶν κακῶν καρτερεῖν Id.4.66
; ὑ. κακοῦ ἀγρυπνίῃσι εἴχετο Hdt.3.129
; ὑπ' ἄλγους A.Eu. 183
; ὑπ' ὀργῆς Ar.V. 1083
; ὑ. λύπης S.OT 1073
: hence ὑπό is used even with active Verbs, where a passive word may be supplied, e.g. ὑ. ἀρετῆς καὶ προθυμίης συνεπλήρουν τὰς νέας from courage, i. e. impelled by courage, Hdt.8.1; ὤρυσσον ὑ. μαστίγων Id.7.22
, cf. 56; οὐδὲ σέ γε δόλος ἔσχ' ὑ. χειρὸς ἐμᾶς by my agency, S.Ph. 1118 (lyr.); αἰ μήτις αὐτὸς δοίη, μὴ ὑπ' ἀνάγκας not under compulsion, GDI5128.5 ([place name] Vaxos).

4 ὑπό freq. serves to denote the attendant or accompanying circumstances, νέφος ἐρχόμενον κατὰ πόντον ὑ. Ζεφύροιο ἰωῆς Il.4.276
, cf. 16.591, etc.: sts. with part. added, ἀμφὶ δὲ νῆες σμερδαλέον κονάβησαν ἀϋσάντων ὑπ' Ἀχαιῶν at their shouting, i.e. when they shouted, 2.334, 16.277; ἴαχε σάλπιγξ ἄστυ περιπλομένων δηΐων ὕ. 18.220
.

5 of accompanying music, to give the time, κώμαζον ὑπ' αὐλοῦ Hes.Sc. 281
, cf. 278; ᾄδων ὑπ' αὐλητῆρος Archil.123
, cf. Thgn.825, Charon Fr.9; πίνειν ὑ. σάλπιγγος Ar.Ach. 1001
: generally, of anything attendant, δαΐδων ὕ. λαμπομενάων ἠγίνεον by torchlight, Il.18.492, cf. E.Hel. 639 (lyr.), Ion 1474 (lyr.); καταθάψομεν.. ὑ. κλαυθμῶν A.Ag. 1554
(anap.); ὑπ' εὐκλείας θανεῖν E.Hipp. 1299
; εἴσειμ' ὑπαὶ πτερύγων κιχλᾶν καὶ κοψίχων Ar.Ach. 970
; ὑπ' εὐφήμου βοῆς θῦσαι offer a sacrifice accompanied by it, S.El. 630; ὑ. φανοῦ πορεύεσθαι by lantern-light, X.Lac.5.7; ὑ. πομπῆς ἐξάγειν τινά in or with solemn procession, Hdt.2.45, cf. Ar.Th. 1030; ὑ. βίης βήξας coughing with violence, violently, Hdt.6.107; ἐτόξευον ὑ. μαστίγων, i.e. they shot and lashed, X.An.3.4.25: v. infr. B. 11.4, C. IV. 1.

6 ὑ. Ἑλλανοδικᾶν, = ἐπί c. gen., SIG171 (Olympia, iv B.C.).

7 Math., ἡ ὑ. ΘΔΗ the angle ΘΔΗ ( = ἡ ὑ. τῶν ΘΔ, ΔΗ περιεχομένη γωνία), Procl. Hyp.2.26; but also τὸ ὑ. τῶν ΑΓ, ΓΒ the rectangle contained by ΑΓ, ΓΒ, = ΑΓ χ ΓΒ, Euc.2.4.

8 ναῦλον ὄνων γ εἰς τὴν πόλιν ὑ. οἴνου laden with wine, Pap. in Hermes 28.163 (ii A.D.), cf. ib.479, and infr. C. IV. 2.

B WITH DATIVE (esp. in Poets, never in LXX (Jb.12.5 is dub. l.) or NT, not common in Arist., Ptolemaic papyri, or Plb.), of Position under, ὑ. ποσσί Il.2.784
, al.; ὑ. πλατανίστῳ ib. 307, cf. 18.558; ὑ. Τμώλῳ at its foot, 2.866, cf. Od.1.186; Βερύσιοι ὑ. τῇ Ἴδῃ IG12.191.11
, cf. 373.118, al.; ὑ. τῇ ἀκροπόλι Hdt.6.105
; τῶν θανόντων ὑπ' Ἰλίῳ under its walls, E.Hec. 764, cf. A.Ag. 860; πέτρῃ ὕ. γλαφυρῇ εὗδον, Βορέω ὑπ' ἰωγῇ Od.14.533
; ὑ. τοῖς ὄρεσιν ἔχειν τὰς πηγάς Arist.Mete. 350b27
; ὑ. πέτρᾳ παῖς IG42(1).122.19
(Epid., iv B.C.); ὑ. τῷ ναῷ ἀστραγαλίζοντος αὐτοῦ ib.121.25 (ibid., iv B.C.); ηυπὺ τῇ κλίνῃ τούτῃ ληνὸς (or Λῆνος) ηύπυ ib.14.871 (Cumae, v B.C.); στρουθοὶ ὑ. τῇ τραπέζῃ Michel 832.33
(Samos, iv B.C.); ὑ. τῇ μασχάλῃ Hp.Art.11
; χέλυν δ' ὑ. μασχάλῃ εἶχεν h.Merc. 242
; ὑ. ταῖς μασχάλαις Arist.PA 688b5
,14; ὁ ὑ. τῇ γῇ ἀήρ under the earth, Id.Cael. 295a28; ἐὰν ὑ. σοὶ κατακλινῇ lies next below you, Pl.Smp. 222e; ὑφ' ἅρμασι under, i.e. yoked to, the chariot, Il.8.402, 18.244; εἶχε μάχαιραν ὑφ' αὑτῷ παρεσκευασμένος Plb.8.20.6
codd., cf. POxy. 1800 Fr.2.36 (Vit.Aesop.); ὑ. τοῖς χιτωνίσκοις περιζώματα φοροῦσιν Plb.12.26a
.4, cf. 13.7.9; τά τε θηρία καὶ τὰς ὑπ' αὐτοῖς σχεδίας under them, on which they stood, Id.3.46.8; τῆς γῆς τῆς ὑ. τῷ κόσμῳ κειμένης Timae.
ap. eund.12.25.7; οἱ ὑ. τῇ ἄρκτῳ, τῇ μεσημβρία, οἰκοῦντες Adam.2.31
, cf. Arist.Pr. 940a37, Phgn. 806b16; ὑ. τῷ μετώπῳ ὀφρύες Id.HA 491b14
; ὑ. τῷ γενείῳ Plb.34.10.9
; τὰ ὑ. τοῖς ὕδασι καὶ ὑμέσι καὶ ὑέλοις Hero
*Deff.135.12; ὑ. τῷ δέρματι Gal. 18(2).102
.

2 with Verbs of motion, where rest or position follows, εἷσαν ὑ. φηγῷ set [him] down under it, Il.5.693; ἔζευξαν ὑφ' ἅρμασιν.. ἵππους Od.3.478
, cf. Il.24.782; ὑ. δ' ἄξοσι.. ἔπιπτον 16.378
, cf. X.Cyr.7.1.37; δέμνι' ὑπ' αἰθούσῃ θέμεναι Il.24.644
.

3 in such phrases as ὑ. χερσί τινος ἁλῶναι, δαμῆναι, 2.374, 860, al.; ἐμῇς ὑ. χερσὶ δάμασσον 3.352
; ὑ. δουρὶ δαμῆναι 5.653
, etc.; ἔκπεσον ἵππων Ἀτρεΐδεω ὑ. χερσί 11.180
; ὤλετο.. ὑ. γαμφηλῇσι λέοντος 16.489
; πέπληγμαι δ' ὑπαὶ δάκει φοινίῳ A.Ag. 1164
(lyr.); ἐν κονίῃσι πέσοιεν ὑπ' ἀνδράσι Il.6.453
; ὑ. τινὶ κτείνεσθαι 16.490
.

4 behind, ὑ. φάλαγγι Ascl.Tact.6.1
; under the cover or protection of, ὑ. τούτῳ τῷ φράγματι τοὺς ὑπορύσσοντας εἶναι Aen.Tact.37.9
; ὑ. ταῖς αὑτῶν ἀσφαλείαις Plb. 1.57.8
, 4.12.10, 16.6.1.

II of the person under whose hand, power, or influence, or the thing by or through which a thing is done, ὑπ' Ἀργείοισι φέβοντο fled before them, Il.11.121; freq. in Hom. with intr. or pass. Verbs, ἐφόβηθεν ὑφ' Ἕκτορι Il.15.637
; ὁρμηθέντες ὑ. πληγῇσιν ἱμάσθλης Od.13.82
; βῆ.. θεῶν ὑ. πομπῇ Il.6.171
; ὦρτο δὲ κῦμα πνοιῇ ὕπο 23.215
; ὑ. λαίλαπι βέβριθε χθών 16.384
; τεκεῖν, τεκέσθαι ὑ. τινί, 2.714, 728, 742; ἀτῆθαι ὑ. τῷ μεμφομένῳ GDI4994.8
([place name] Crete); ὁ χρησμὸς ὁ γεγονὼς ὑ. τοῖ Ἀπόλλωνι Inscr.Magn.38.5
, cf. 12,31,52.

2 expressing subjection or dependence, ὑ. τινί under one's power, δέδμητο δὲ λαὸς ὑπ' αὐτῷ Od.3.305
, cf. Il.9.156; ὑπ' ἀνδράσιν οἶκον ἔχουσιν Od. 7.68
; εἶναι ὑ. τισί to be subordinate, subject to them, Th.1.32; ὑ. Χείρωνι τεθραμμένος under the eye of.., Pl.R. 391c; ἔχειν ὑφ' ἑαυτῷ have under one, at one's command, X.Cyr.2.1.26; τὰ θηρία τὰ ὑ. τοῖς ἀνθρώποις Pl.R. 563c
; ὑ. τινὶ στρατεύσασθαι Plu.Cic.44
: in pregnant sense, ἵνα.. πάντα ὑ. Πέρσῃσι γένηται Hdt.7.11
, cf. Th.7.64; ὑπ' ἑωυτῷ ποιήσασθαι Hdt.7.157
; κινδυνεύσαιμ' ἂν ὑ. τῇ δυσχερεστάτῃ γενέσθαι τύχῃ Lys.24.6
; ὑ. τῷ Μακεδόνι ταττομένων Plb.18.11.4
; τοὺς τραφέντας ὑ. τούτοις Id.6.7.2
.

3 of the subordination of things coming under a class, αἱ ὑ. ταῖς τέχναις ἐργασίαι Pl.Smp. 205c
; τὸ ὑ. ταῖς γεωμετρίαις Id.R. 511b
; ὄργανα.. τὰ ὑ. τῇ μουσικῇ Id.Hp.Ma. 295d
.

4 as in A. 11.5, ὑπ' αὐλητῆρι πρόσθ' ἔκιον advanced to the music of the flute-player, Hes.Sc. 283; ὑπ' αὐλῷ, ὑ. κήρυκι καὶ θεολόγῳ, Luc.DDeor.2.2, Alex.19; ὑ. μάστιξι διορύττειν τὸν Ἄθω Plu.2.470e
: generally, of attendant circumstances, ἐξ ἁλὸς εἶσι.. πνοιῇ ὕπο Ζεφύροιο Od.4.402
; ὑ. ῥάβδοις καὶ πελέκεσι κατιών escorted by the lictors, Plu.Publ.10; ὑ. σκότῳ, νυκτί, A.Ag. 1030 (lyr.), A.R. 1.1022, etc.; λάμπει δ' ὑ. μαρμαρυγαῖς ὁ χρυσός B.3.17
; αἰθομένα δᾲς ὑ. ξανθαἵσι πεύκαις Pi.Fr.79
; ὑ. φωτὶ πολλῷ προσῄει Plu.Galb.14
; ὑ. λαμπάσιν ἡμμέναις Hld.10.41
; ὑ. πολλῷ στρατῷ escorted by a great host, Nic.Dam.10J.; ὑ. δικαιοσύνῃ διαγαγεῖν τὸν βίον Pl.Ep. 335d
.— ὑπό has no sense c. dat. which it has not also c. gen.; but all its senses c. gen. do not belong to the dat.:—later ὑπό c. dat. is found as a mere periphr. of the dat., στέφος.. αὐτὸς ὑφ' ἡμετέραις πλεξάμενος παλάμαις AP5.73
(Rufin.), cf. 85 (Claudian.); λέων ὑπ' ἄκοντι τετυμμένος A.R.2.26
, cf. Man.2.131.

C WITH ACCUSATIVE, of Place; to express motion towards and under an object, ὑ. σπέος ἤλασε μῆλα drove them under, i.e. into, the cave, Il.4.279; ὑ. ζυγὸν ἤγαγεν Od.3.383
; σεῦ ὕστερος εἶμ' ὑ. γαῖαν, i.e. shall die, Il.18.333; νέεσθαι ὑ. ζόφον 23.51
, cf. Od.3.335; κατακρύπτειν τινὰ ὑ. τὴν αὐτὴν θύρην under shelter of it, i.e. behind it, Hdt.1.12; πάϊς ὣς ὑ. μητέρα δύσκεν εἰς Αἴαντα Il.8.271
; ὅκως ἔωσι ὑ. τὸν πεζὸν στρατὸν τὸν σφέτερον Hdt.9.96
; ὑ. τὸν πρῶτον λόχον τῶν ὁπλιτῶν τὸν πρῶτον λόχον τῶν ψιλῶν τετάχθαι Ael.Tact.15.2
; of coming close up under a lofty citadel, ἤλθεθ' ὑ. Τροίην up to T., Od.4.146; ὅτ' ἔμελλεν ὑ. πτόλιν αἰπύ τε τεῖχος ἵξεσθαι Il.11.181
; παυρότερον λαὸν ἀγαγόνθ' ὑ. τεῖχος ἄρειον 4.407
; ὑ. τὰ τείχη φεύγειν Plb.1.74.11
; ὑ. τὰς ἴλας φεύγειν Id.3.65.7
, cf. 3.105.6, 11.21.5, al.; ὑ. ταὐτὸ στέγος εἰσελθεῖν GDI3536
B 3 ([place name] Cnidus); πᾶν ὃ ἐὰν ἔλθῃ.. ὑ. τὴν ῥάβδον LXXLe.27.32
, cf. De.4.11, al.; so ὑ. δικαστήριον ὑπαχθείς, ἀγαγόντες, Hdt.6.72, 104 (cf. ὑπάγειν ὑ. τοὺς ἐφόρους ib.82) prob. refers to the elevated seats of the judges in court, cf. ὑπάγω A ΙΙ.

2 of Position or Extension under an object, without sense of motion, Ἀρκαδίην ὑ. Κυλλήνης ὄρος Il.2.603
, cf. 824, etc.; ἰκριώσασι ὑ. τὴν ὀροφήν IG12.374.76
; ἐργασαμένοις τὸ ἄνθεμον ὑ. τὴν ἀσπίδα ib.371.9; τὰ μὲν ὑ. τὸν λόφον καὶ τὰμ φάραγγα Inscr.Prien.37.162
(ii B.C.); ἀνθέντω ὑ. τὸν ναὸν τᾶς Δάματρος IG5(1).1498.13
(loc. inc., ii B.C.); ὅσσοι ἔασιν ὑπ' ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε everywhere under the sun, Il.5.267; ὑπ' αὐγὰς ἠελίοιο φοιτῶσι Od.2.181
; τῶν ὑ. τοῦτον τὸν ἥλιον.. ἀνθρώπων D.18.270
; τὰ ὑ. τὴν ἄρκτον Hdt. 5.10
, cf. Arist.Mete. 362a17; οἴκησις ἡ λεγομένη ὑ. τὸν πόλον Gem.5.38
, cf. 16.21, al.; ὑ. τὸν οὐρανόν LXXEx.17.14
, al., UPZ106.14 (i B.C.); τὸ ὑ. τὴν ἀκρόπολιν Th.2.17
; ὁ ὑ. γῆν λεγόμενος εἶναι θεός Hdt.7.114
, cf. Il.19.259; ὑ. γῆν is more freq. than ὑ. γῆς in Arist., Mete. 349b29, al., in Hipparch., 1.3.10, al., and entirely supersedes ὑ. γῆς in Hdt., 2.124, 125, 127, 148, 150, 3.102, 4.195, 7.114, and Gem., 2.19, al.; it is found also in Plb.21.28.11, etc.; ὑ. γῆν the nadir, opp. μεσουράνημα, PLond.1.98r.49, 110.33 (i/ii A.D.); also ἄγχε δέ μιν.. ἱμὰς ἁπαλὴν ὑ. δειρήν Il.3.371
; Τρῶες.. πτῶσσον ὑ. κρημνούς 21.26
; ἀγέροντο.. ἄλσος ὕ. σκιερόν Od.20.278
; τρωφεὶς ὑ. τὸν ὀφθαλμόν IG42(1).122.120
(Epid., iv B.C.); οὐλὴ ὑπ' ὀφθαλμὸν δεξιόν PCair.Zen76.13
(iii B.C.); ὑ. τὸ μέρος τοῦ ἐνοφειλομένου ὑπογραψάτω ὅσον ἰδίᾳ ἔχει PRev.Laws 19.2
(iii B.C.); κείμενος ὑ. τὸν ὀμφαλόν Sor.1.7
, cf. 67, al.; ὑ. τὰς πύλας ἵππων πόδες φαίνονται Th.5.10
; μὴ ὑποτιθέναι κύλικα ὑ. τὴν κλίνην IG12(5).593
A21 (Ceos, v B. C.); ὑ. τὸν ὀδόν ib.42(1).102.249 (Epid., iv B.C.); καταψύξατε ὑ. τὸ δένδρον LXX Ge.18.4
; ὑ. τὸν λέβητα ib.Ec.7.7(6); ὑ. τοὺς πόδας ib.La.3.34; εἰς τοὺς ὑ. πόδα χωρεῖ τόπους Dsc.5.75
(v. πούς 1.6
g); ἡ ὑ. πόδα (sc. γραμμή ) the base of a triangle, Hero *Mens.55; also ὑπ' αὐγὰς.. λεύσσουσαι πέπλους holding them up to the light, E.Hec. 1154; also ὑ. τὸν ὀφθαλμόν close to the eye, Arist. Pr. 874a9; ὑποκειμένης τῆς Εὐβοίας ὑ. τὴν Ἀττικήν Isoc.4.108
; ὑπ' αὐτὴν ἐσχάτην στήλην ἔχων ἔχριμπτ' ἀεὶ σύριγγα S.El. 720
; εἰ θεωρήσειεν ὑπ' αὐγὰς τὸν ἀνθρώπειον βίον Iamb.Protr.8
(cf. αὐγή 1
): of subordinate position. κατακλίνεσθαι ὑ. τινά Luc.Symp.9
; τίς ὑ. τίνα; who is next to whom, Onos.10.2.

b Math., ὁ κύβος ὁ ὑ. τὴν.. σφαῖραν inscribed in the sphere, Papp.440.5; εἶναι ὑ. τὸ αὐτὸ ὕψος Euc.11.29
, Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.19; ὑ. τὰν αὐτὰν γωνίαν subtending.., Id.Aren. 1.20 (cj.), cf. 21; αἱ γωνίαι ὑφ' ἃς αἱ ὁμόλογοι πλευραὶ ὑποτείνουσι Euc.6.6
,al.

3 of the logical subordination of things under a class, τῶν ἑτερογενῶν καὶ μὴ ὑπ' ἄλληλα τεταγμένων Arist.Cat. 1b16
, etc.; οἱ ὑ. τὸ ψεῦδος τεταγμένοι in the category of.., Luc.Ind.20.

II of subjection, control, dependence, never in Hom., once in Hdt., ὑ. βασιλέα δασμοφόρος 7.108
; ὑ. σφᾶς ποιεῖσθαι Th.4.60
, cf. Pl.R. 348d, Arist. HA 488a10, etc.; ἕως κα ᾖ ὑ. τὸν πατέρα Test.Epict.3.29
; ὑ. τιν' ἦν τῶν βασιλέων Men.340
; τί δ' οὐ κρατέοντος ὑπ' ἰσχύν; Call.Jov.75
, cf. 74; ὑ. Δία Γῆν Ἥλιον Sammelb. 5616
(i A.D.), POxy.722.6 (i/ii A.D.), etc. (v. ἥλιος 11.1
); ὑ. θεὸν καὶ ἄνθρωπον Michel854.52
(Halic., iii B.C.); τοῦ τοπαρχοῦντος ὑ. σέ PCair.Zen.322.3
(iii B.C.); στρατενσάμενον ὑ. ἄρχοντα Ἀντίοχον IG12(1).43.7
([place name] Rhodes); μηδὲ ὑ. δεσπότην ὤν LXXPr. 6.7
, cf. Ps.143.2; for ὑ. χεῖρα, v. χείρ; οἱ ὑ. τινά X.Cyr.3.3.6,8.8.5, etc.; τοῖς ὑφ' αὑτὸν τεταγμένοις GDI3750.75
([place name] Rhodes).

III of Time, in the course of, during, or to be left untranslated in English, ἐκέλευε Τοωσὶ ποτὶ πτόλιν ἡγήσασθαι νύχθ' ὕ. τήνδ' ὀλοήν Il.22.102
; ὑ. τὴν νύκτα ταύτην Hdt.9.51
, cf. 58; ὑ. τὴν πρώτην ἐπελθοῦσαν νύκτα ἀπέδρη Id 6.2; τῆς κολοκύνθης.. ἣ ἐγενήθη ὑ. νύκτα καὶ ὑ. νύκτα ἀπώλετο LXXJn.4.10
: rarely with stress on the duration, πάνθ' ὑ. μηνιθμόν throughout its continuance, Il.16.202; ὑ. τὸν παρεόντα τόνδε πόλεμον Hdt.9.60
; οὐδὲν τῶν κατ' Αἴγυπτον ὑ. ταῦτα ἑτεροιωθῆναι during that time, Id.2.142; ὑ. τὸν χρόνον ὃν οἱ ἑξήκοντα καὶ τριηκόσιοι ἦρχον οἵδε ἐθεόρεον IG12(8).276.4
([place name] Thasos).

2 also of Time, about, sts. more precisely at, and of events, about or at the time of, ὑπ' αὐτὸν τὸν χρόνον ὅτε .. Ar.Ach. 139, cf. Hdt.7.165; ὑπ' αὐτὸν τὸν καιρόν Plb. 11.27.4
, 16.15.8; ὑφ' ἕνα καιρόν at one time, Diog.Oen.38; ὑ. τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον Th.2.26
; ὑ. τοὺς αὐτοὺς χρόνους Id.1.100
; ὑ. τὸν σεισμόν Id.2.27
, cf. Plb.4.33.5, Plu.Alex.14; ὑ. τὴν ἑωθινήν, ὑ. τὴν ὄρφνην, Plb. 18.19.5,7; ὑ. τὸν ὄρθρον Act.Ap.5.21
, Gp.2.4.3; ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς περιπάτους ὑ. τὸ ψῦχος in the cool of the morning, Plb.5.56.10; ὑφ' ἓν πάντες all at once, at the same time, Arr.Epict.3.22.33, cf. S.E.M. 10.124, Sor.1.103, al.; παιδάριον ὑ. τὴν ἀναπνοὴν ἑπτὰ καὶ πέντε στίχους συνεῖρον in one breath, Plb.10.47.9; ὑφ' ἓν ἐκτρῖψαι at one blow, LXX Wi.12.9; ὑ. μίαν ἄρσιν καὶ θέσιν ἀνατείνοντες καὶ κατατιθέμενοι, of a squad of diggers, Gp.2.45.5; ὑ. μίαν φωνήν Aristeas 178; πῶς γὰρ ἂν ὑ. τὰς αὐτὰς ἡμέρας ἔν τε τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ καὶ ἐν τῇ Κιλικίᾳ.. πολεμήσειε; at the same time, D.C.36.35; sts. c. part., ὑ. τὸν νηὸν κατακαέντα at the time of its burning, Hdt.1.51; ὑ. τὴν κατάλυσιν τοῦ πολέμου just at the end, X.Mem.2.8.1, cf. Plu.Mar.46; ὑ. τὸν θυμὸν ἐκ χειρὸς ἐπιστρατευσαμένων at the very time of their anger, Plb. 2.19.10; ὑ. παροξυσμόν Gal.19.215
; παραδόντω τοῖς αἱρεθεῖσι εἰς τὸν ὑπ' αὐτὰ (or ὕπαυτα as Adv. = ἑξῆς) ἐνιαυτόν IG9(1).694.60
(Corc., ii/i B.C.); ὑ. κύνα Arist.HA 547a14
, Thphr.CP1.13.3, D.S.19.109; ὑ. τὰς θερινὰς [τροπὰς] καὶ τοῦ κυνὸς τὴν ἐπιτολήν Gp.2.6.17
.

IV of accompaniment, ὑπὸ ὄρχησίν τε καὶ ᾠδήν Pl.Lg. 670a
; ὑ. αὐλὸν διαλέγεσθαι X.Smp.6.3
codd. (ὑ. τοῦ αὐλοῦ Cobet); ὑ. κήρυκα (v. κῆρυξ 1.3
).—Compare A.11.5, B.11.4.

2 ὄνον ἕνα ὑ. λαχανόσπερμον laden with.., Meyer Ostr.81.2 (i A. D.), cf. PFay.p.324 (i A.D.); ὄνοι ὑ. δένδρα BGU 362i6
, al. (iii A.D.); cf. supr. A.11.8.

D POSITION: ὑ. can follow its Subst., becoming by anastrophe ὕπο. It is freq. separated from the Subst. by intervening words, as in Il.2.465, Od.5.320, 7.130:— ὑπαί is placed after its case in A. Eu. 417, S.El. 1418, Inach. l.c., although acc. to Hdn.Gr.1.480 it cannot suffer anastrophe.

E AS ADV., under, below, beneath, freq. in Hom.; esp. of young animals, under the mother, i.e. at the breast, Od.4.636, 21.23.

2 behind, Hdt.7.61: cf. C. 1.

II ὑπ' ἐκ or ὑπέκ, v. ὑπέκ.—In Hom. the separation of the Prep. from its Verb by tmesis is very freq., and sts. it follows, in which case it suffers anastrophe, φυγὼν ὕπο νηλεὲς ἦμαρ Od.9.17
.

F IN COMPOSITION:

I under, as well of rest as of motion, as in ὕπειμι, ὑποβαίνω, etc.

2 of the casing or covering of one thing with another, as ὑπάργυρος, ὑπόχρυσος.

3 of the agency or influence under which a thing is done, to express subjection or subordination, ὑποδαμνάω, ὑποδμώς, ὑφηνίοχος, cf. ἐπί G. 111.

II denoting what is in small degree or gradual, somewhat, a little, as in ὑποκινέω, ὑποδεής, ὑπόλευκος (so in tmesi, ὑ. τι ἀσεβῆ Pl.Phdr. 242d
, cf. Grg. 493c; ὑ. τι μικρὸν ἐπιθήκισα Ar.V. 1290
(lyr.)).

III underhand, secretly, as in ὑποθέω, ὑποθωπεύω, ὑποκορίζομαι, ὑπόρνυμι.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὑπό
19 momento

"moment;

Moment;

momento"

* * *

m moment

dal momento che from the moment that

causale since

a momenti sometimes, at moments

per il momento for the moment

del momento short-lived

sul momento at the time

* * *

momento s.m.

1 moment; time: senza un momento di esitazione, without a moment's hesitation; aspetta un momento, wait a moment; un momento, per piacere, just a moment, please; un momento solo, just a moment; a un dato momento, at a given moment; sto uscendo proprio in questo momento, I'm just going out; un momento!, cerchiamo di ragionare, wait a moment! let's try to think things out; un momento! che fretta c'è?, just a moment! what's the hurry?; un momento e la servo subito, I'll serve you in just a moment; dammi ancora un momento e poi usciamo, just give me another moment and then we'll go out; ricordo ancora il momento in cui il primo uomo mise piede sulla luna, I still remember the moment when the first man set foot on the moon; aspetto con ansia il momento di ricevere la tua lettera, I'm waiting anxiously for your letter; era il momento culminante del dramma, it was the climax of the drama; l'ho amato fin dal primo momento, I loved him from the very first moment; fino a questo momento non ho ricevuto nessuna telefonata, I haven't received any phone calls so far; lo farò in un altro momento, I shall do it another time; non c'era un momento da perdere, there was not a moment to lose (o to be lost); non è il momento di scherzare, this is no time for joking; non perde mai un momento, she never wastes a moment; la prossima volta vieni un momento prima, next time come a little earlier; si dedica alla lettura nei momenti liberi, she devotes her spare time to reading // per il momento, for the moment (o for the present o for the time being) // tutti i momenti, ogni momento, continually: ogni momento chiede soldi, he is continually asking for money

2 (tempo, circostanza) time: momenti difficili, hard times; è un capriccio del momento, it is a passing fad; il mio momento si avvicina, my time is drawing near; passare un brutto momento, to have a bad (o rough) time; durante la guerra passammo terribili momenti, we went through terrible times during the war; bisogna creare dei momenti di gruppo per scambiarsi le opinioni, we need to create occasions for meeting to exchange opinions; il suo discorso è stato il momento forte della serata, his speech was the highpoint of the evening // l'uomo del momento, the man of the moment

3 (opportunità) opportunity, chance: aspetto il momento adatto per agire, I am waiting for an opportunity to act; approfitta del momento favorevole e compra delle azioni, take advantage of this favourable moment and buy some shares; cogliere il momento, to take the chance

4 (un pochino) a bit: questa stanza dovrebbe essere un momento più grande, this room should be just a bit bigger

5 (ant., letter.) (gravità, importanza) moment: una decisione di grande, poco momento, a decision of great, little moment

6 (fis.) moment: momento di una coppia, moment of a couple; momento magnetico, elettrico, magnetic, electric moment; momento di una forza, moment of a force (o torque); momento di inerzia, moment of inertia; momento angolare, angular moment (o momentum); momento lineare, linear momentum; momento flettente, bending moment // (mecc.) momento del contrappeso, counterbalance moment // (aer.): momento di beccheggio, pitching moment; momento di cerniera, hinge moment; momento di rollio, rolling moment.

◆ FRASEOLOGIA: dovrebbe arrivare da un momento all'altro, he should arrive any moment now (o at any moment); da un momento all'altro ha cambiato idea, all of a sudden he changed his mind // a momenti, (talvolta) sometimes, (fra poco) in a moment (o before long o soon), (quasi) nearly, almost: a momenti è gentile, a momenti è villano, sometimes he is polite, sometimes he is rude; va a momenti, ora piove ora c'è il sole, it's very changeable, one moment it's raining, the next it's sunny; Claudio va a momenti, alle volte è veramente intrattabile, Claude is moody, at times he's really unapproachable; Sara va a momenti, a volte può essere anche brillante, Sarah has her moments, at times she can be brilliant; sarà pronto a momenti, he'll be ready in a moment; a momenti cadevo!, I nearly (o almost) fell (down)! // al momento: al momento della consegna, at the time of delivery; al momento non ho traduzioni da darti, at the moment I haven't got a translation to give you; al momento della decisione Claudia non seppe cosa fare, when the time came to decide, Claudia didn't know what to do; al momento di parlare non ci riuscì, when the time came to speak he wasn't able to utter a word; al momento non ci avevo fatto caso, at the time I didn't attach any importance to it; proprio al momento opportuno, just at the right moment; in quel ristorante il pesce te lo preparano al momento, in that restaurant they cook the fish for you as you wait // dal momento, (dato che) since, as, (da quando) (ever) since, from the (first) moment (that): dal momento che sei qui dammi una mano, since you are here give me a hand; dal momento che te ne sei andato la casa non è più la stessa, since (o from the moment) you went away the house hasn't been the same anymore.

* * *
[mo'mento]
sostantivo maschile

1) moment

hai un momento (di tempo)? — have you got a moment?

è successo tutto in un momento — it happened all at once

non c'è un momento da perdere — there's no time to lose

ho avuto un momento di incertezza — I hesitated for a moment

non ha (mai) un momento per sé — she hasn't (ever) got a moment to herself

un momento, ho quasi finito! — just a moment, I've nearly finished!

uscire, entrare un momento — colloq. to go out, in for a moment

smetti (per) un momento di parlare — please stop talking for a minute

un momento di disattenzione — a moment's distraction

in qualsiasi o in ogni momento at any time; tutti i -i always; in un momento di debolezza in a moment of weakness; nello o allo stesso momento in the same time; all'ultimo momento at the last minute; fino all'ultimo momento till the last moment; (fin) da questo momento from this moment, from now on; ha cambiato idea da un momento all'altro all of a sudden he changed his mind; dovrebbe arrivare da un momento all'altro he should arrive (at) any minute now; una decisione dell'ultimo momento a last minute decision; sul momento ho creduto che scherzasse for a moment there I thought he was joking; per il o al momento for the time being; abbiamo vissuto dei bei -i insieme we had o went through some good times together; è un brutto momento it's a bad period; è arrivato il momento di fare it's time o time has come to do; è il momento buono it's the right time; arriva sempre al momento giusto! — he always arrives at just the right time!

2) mat. fis. moment

3) del momento [ uomo] of the moment; [ problemi] current

4) dal momento che since

5) a momenti (quasi)

a -i cadevo — I nearly fell; (tra poco)

dovrebbe arrivare a -i — he'll come any minute

* * *

momento

/mo'mento/

sostantivo m.

1 moment; hai un momento (di tempo)? have you got a moment? è successo tutto in un momento it happened all at once; non c'è un momento da perdere there's no time to lose; ho avuto un momento di incertezza I hesitated for a moment; non ha (mai) un momento per sé she hasn't (ever) got a moment to herself; un momento, ho quasi finito! just a moment, I've nearly finished! uscire, entrare un momento colloq. to go out, in for a moment; smetti (per) un momento di parlare please stop talking for a minute; un momento di disattenzione a moment's distraction; in qualsiasi o in ogni momento at any time; tutti i -i always; in un momento di debolezza in a moment of weakness; nello o allo stesso momento in the same time; all'ultimo momento at the last minute; fino all'ultimo momento till the last moment; (fin) da questo momento from this moment, from now on; ha cambiato idea da un momento all'altro all of a sudden he changed his mind; dovrebbe arrivare da un momento all'altro he should arrive (at) any minute now; una decisione dell'ultimo momento a last minute decision; sul momento ho creduto che scherzasse for a moment there I thought he was joking; per il o al momento for the time being; abbiamo vissuto dei bei -i insieme we had o went through some good times together; è un brutto momento it's a bad period; è arrivato il momento di fare it's time o time has come to do; è il momento buono it's the right time; arriva sempre al momento giusto! he always arrives at just the right time!

2 mat. fis. moment

3 del momento [ uomo] of the moment; [ problemi] current

4 dal momento che since

5 a momenti (quasi) a -i cadevo I nearly fell; (tra poco) dovrebbe arrivare a -i he'll come any minute.

Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > momento
20 Strutt, Jedediah

SUBJECT AREA: Textiles

[br]

b. 26 July 1726 South Normanton, near Alfreton, Derbyshire, England

d. 7 May 1797 Derby, England

[br]

English inventor of a machine for making ribbed knitting.

[br]

Jedediah Strutt was the second of three sons of William, a small farmer and maltster at South Normanton, near Alfreton, Derbyshire, where the only industry was a little framework knitting. At the age of 14 Jedediah was apprenticed to Ralph Massey, a wheelwright near Derby, and lodged with the Woollats, whose daughter Elizabeth he later married in 1755. He moved to Leicester and in 1754 started farming at Blackwell, where an uncle had died and left him the stock on his farm. It was here that he made his knitting invention.

William Lee's knitting machine remained in virtually the same form as he left it until the middle of the eighteenth century. The knitting industry moved away from London into the Midlands and in 1730 a Nottingham workman, using Indian spun yarn, produced the first pair of cotton hose ever made by mechanical means. This industry developed quickly and by 1750 was providing employment for 1,200 frameworkers using both wool and cotton in the Nottingham and Derby areas. It was against this background that Jedediah Strutt obtained patents for his Derby rib machine in 1758 and 1759.

The machine was a highly ingenious mechanism, which when placed in front of an ordinary stocking frame enabled the fashionable ribbed stockings to be made by machine instead of by hand. To develop this invention, he formed a partnership first with his brother-in-law, William Woollat, and two leading Derby hosiers, John Bloodworth and Thomas Stamford. This partnership was dissolved in 1762 and another was formed with Woollat and the Nottingham hosier Samuel Need. Strutt's invention was followed by a succession of innovations which enabled framework knitters to produce almost every kind of mesh on their machines. In 1764 the stocking frame was adapted to the making of eyelet holes, and this later lead to the production of lace. In 1767 velvet was made on these frames, and two years later brocade. In this way Strutt's original invention opened up a new era for knitting. Although all these later improvements were not his, he was able to make a fortune from his invention. In 1762 he was made a freeman of Nottingham, but by then he was living in Derby. His business at Derby was concerned mainly with silk hose and he had a silk mill there.

It was partly his need for cotton yarn and partly his wealth which led him into partnership with Richard Arkwright, John Smalley and David Thornley to exploit Arkwright's patent for spinning cotton by rollers. Together with Samuel Need, they financed the Arkwright partnership in 1770 to develop the horse-powered mill in Nottingham and then the water-powered mill at Cromford. Strutt gave advice to Arkwright about improving the machinery and helped to hold the partnership together when Arkwright fell out with his first partners. Strutt was also involved, in London, where he had a house, with the parliamentary proceedings over the passing of the Calico Act in 1774, which opened up the trade in British-manufactured all-cotton cloth.

In 1776 Strutt financed the construction of his own mill at Helper, about seven miles (11 km) further down the Derwent valley below Cromford. This was followed by another at Milford, a little lower on the river. Strutt was also a partner with Arkwright and others in the mill at Birkacre, near Chorley in Lancashire. The Strutt mills were developed into large complexes for cotton spinning and many experiments were later carried out in them, both in textile machinery and in fireproof construction for the mills themselves. They were also important training schools for engineers.

Elizabeth Strutt died in 1774 and Jedediah never married again. The family seem to have lived frugally in spite of their wealth, probably influenced by their Nonconformist background. He had built a house near the mills at Milford, but it was in his Derby house that Jedediah died in 1797. By the time of his death, his son William had long been involved with the business and became a more important cotton spinner than Jedediah.

[br]

Bibliography

1758. British patent no. 722 (Derby rib machine). 1759. British patent no. 734 (Derby rib machine).

Further Reading

For the involvement of Strutt in Arkwright's spinning ventures, there are two books, the earlier of which is R.S.Fitton and A.P.Wadsworth, 1958, The Strutts and the Arkwrights, 1758–1830, Manchester, which has most of the details about Strutt's life. This has been followed by R.S.Fitton, 1989, The Arkwrights, Spinners of Fortune, Manchester.

R.L.Hills, 1970, Power in the Industrial Revolution, Manchester (for a general background to the textile industry of the period).

W.Felkin, 1967, History of the Machine-wrought Hosiery and Lace Manufactures, reprint, Newton Abbot (orig. pub. 1867) (covers Strutt's knitting inventions).

RLH

Biographical history of technology > Strutt, Jedediah

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

The Time Machine — This article is about the novel by H.G. Wells. For other uses, see The Time Machine (disambiguation). The Time Machine … Wikipedia
hand — /hænd / (say hand) noun 1. (in humans) the terminal, prehensile part of the arm, consisting of the palm and five digits. 2. the corresponding part of the forelimb in any of the higher vertebrates. 3. the terminal part of any limb when prehensile …
The Carmelite Order — The Carmelite Order † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Carmelite Order One of the mendicant orders. Origin The date of the foundation of the Order of Our Lady of Mount Carmel has been under discussion from the fourteenth century to … Catholic encyclopedia
The United States of America — The United States of America † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The United States of America BOUNDARIES AND AREA On the east the boundary is formed by the St. Croix River and an arbitrary line to the St. John, and on the north by the… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Young and the Restless minor characters — The following are characters from the American soap opera The Young and the Restless who are notable for their actions or relationships, but who do not warrant their own articles. Contents 1 Current Characters 1.1 Genevieve … Wikipedia
The Byzantine Empire — The Byzantine Empire † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Byzantine Empire The ancient Roman Empire having been divided into two parts, an Eastern and a Western, the Eastern remained subject to successors of Constantine, whose capital was at … Catholic encyclopedia
The Irish (in Countries Other Than Ireland) — The Irish (in countries other than Ireland) † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Irish (in countries other than Ireland) I. IN THE UNITED STATES Who were the first Irish to land on the American continent and the time of their arrival are … Catholic encyclopedia
Near East — The original Near East; that is, the Ottoman Empire at the beginning of the eastern question. The term is only meaningful as a contrast to Far East. Much of the original extent is south; moreover, countries such as Greece disavow any association… … Wikipedia
The Thirty Years War — The Thirty Years War † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Thirty Years War The Thirty Years War (1618 48), though pre eminently a German war, was also of great importance for the history of the whole of Europe, not only because nearly all… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Circus Starring Britney Spears — The Circus Starring Britney Spears … Wikipedia
The Benedictine Order — The Benedictine Order † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Benedictine Order The Benedictine Order comprises monks living under the Rule of St. Benedict, and commonly known as black monks . The order will be considered in this article under… … Catholic encyclopedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

the time to act is near at hand

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

the time to act is near at hand

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: